Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.

No preview available

The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About113060 MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS INC - CONTRACT - EXCEPTION TO BID - 8266 TIMBERLINE & PROSPECT INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENCity of Fort Collins Purchasing SPECIFICATIONS AND Financial Semices Purchasing Dis ision 215 N. Mason St. 2"" Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 jcgor. contJpurchasing CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR TIMBERLINE & PROSPECT INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BID NO. 8266 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS MARCH 24, 2016 - 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) 115 608-01 Concrete Sidewalk (6 Inch) 1,770 SY $ 116 608-02 Concrete Curb Ramp 68 SY $ 117 609-01 Curb and Gutter Type 2 (Section I-B) 6,585 LF $ 118 609-02 Curb and Gutter Type 2 (Section II-B) 2,650 LF $ 119 609-03 Curb Type 4 (Section B) 184 LF $ 120 609-04 Median Wall (Special) 1,235 LF $ 121 610-01 Median Cover Material 5,930 SF $ 122 619-01 3/4" Water Service (Irrigation TapNault) 1 EA $ 122 620-01 Field Office (Special) 1 EA $ 123 620-02 Sanitary Facility 2 EA $ 124 623-01 Irrigation System Repairs 60 HR $ 125 623-02 Irrigation System 1 LS $ 126 623-03 Backflow Preventer Assembly (Per Detail) 1 EA $ 127 623-09905 Mainline Pipe Routing Across Bridge, including heat trace tape, insulation, connection to power, anchoring to bridge and piping (Per Detail) 1 LS $ 128 626-01 Mobilization 1 LS $ 129 630-01 Construction Zone Traffic Control 1 LS $ 130 630-03 Flagging 2,200 HR $ 131 630-04 Traffic Control Inspection 50 DAY $ 132 630-05 Traffic Control Management 125 DAY $ 133 630-06 Portable Message Sign Panel 60 EWDAY $ 134 630-07 Concrete Barrier (Temporary) 700 LF $ 135 630-08 Concrete Barrier End Treatment (Temporary) 4 EA $ 136 628-01 Bridge Girder and Deck Unit (130 Feet) 1 EA $ FORCE ACCOUNT 137 700 F/A Partnering 1 LS $5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 138 700 F/A Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment 1 LS $40,000.00 $ 40,000.00 138 700 F/A Dewatering 1 LS $10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 139 700 F/A RR Flagging 1 LS $10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 FORCE ACCOUNT TOTAL $ 65,000.00 TOTAL BASE BID IN WORDS: ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract. 3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work. 3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City. 4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2. 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BID SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7.0 CONTRACT TIME. The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement. 8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents. 10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. 11.0 BID FORM. 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid. 11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums. 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. 11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.0 BID PRICING. Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules. 13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation 'BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. 14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. 14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids. 16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT. 17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one contract will be awarded. 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening. 18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY. The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security. 19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER hall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 20.0 TAXES. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions. 21.0 RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions is available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS. Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 24.0 BID RESULTS. For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you. Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after the Bid Opening. END OF SECTION SECTION 00300 BID FORM _1 SECTION 00300 BiD FORM PROJECT: 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvement Project Place: ro+r} 3nl1inS Date_ 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated Mp-sr k , 20JL and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sale Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules, 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of r+ `a of—16to`1 13 A — ($ V) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the speciried performance and payment Bonds is as follows: lin"4ed Fire �+L'raskQl�{v �o pnrcy C-CAO.r 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective cfwhether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. �_ through _3 ADDENDUM 1 - REVISED BID SCHEDULE 8266 TIMBERI INE & PROSPECT INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS 'Ref4 -'.Item Item Description QuantitV Unit Unit Cost Total Cost 1 201-01 Clearing and Grubbing 1 LS $4,750.00 $ 4,750.00 2 202-01 Removal of Inlet 3 EA $960.00 $ 2,880.00 3 202-02 Removal of Manhole 1 EA $960.00 $ 960.00 4 202-03 Removal of Gravel Drive 63 SY $6.00 $ 378.00 5 202-04 Removal of Water Service 1 EA $2,000.00 $ 2,000.00 6 1 202-05 Removal of Fire Hydrant 2 1EA $1,600.00 $ 3,200.00 7 202-06 Removal of Pipe 328 LF $20.00 $ 6,560.00 8 202-07 Removal of Concrete Median Cover Material 1,725 SY $7.00 $ 12,075.00 9 202-08 Removal of Sidewalk 590 SY $7.00 $ 4,130.00 10 202-09 Removal of Curb and Gutter 4,133 LF $4.50 $ 18.598.50 11 202-10 Removal of Concrete Curb Ramp 112 SY $18.00 $ 2,016.00 12 202-11 Removal of Concrete Sidewalk (Bridge) 92 SY 1 $40.00 $ 3,680.00 13 202-12 Removal of Concrete (Silo Foundation, Vault and Scale) 91 SY $75.00 $ 6,825.00 14 202-13 Removal of Metal Bridge Railing 2 FA $4.500.00 $ 9,000.00 15 202-14 Removal of Asphalt Mat (Full Depth) (VA0") 8,536 SY $7.65 $ 65,300.40 16 202-15 Removal of Asphalt Mat (Planing) (0"-2') 14,435 SY $3.50 $ 50,522.50 17 202-16 Removal of Pavement Markings 3,098 SF $3.75 $ 11,617.50 18 202-17 Removal, Stockpile and Reset of Bath Landscape Boulders 1 LS $1,725.00 $ 1,725.00 19 202-18 Removal of "W' Beam Gaurdaril and Posts 91 LF $10.00 $ 910.00 20 203-01 Unclassified Excavation 4,465 CY $22.00 $ 98,230.00 21 203-02 Borrow (Complete in Place) 2,211 CY $48.00 $ 106,128.00 22 203-03 Excess Excavation (Haul) 2,713 CY $13.00 $ 35,269.D0 23 203-04 Muck Excavation (Complete in Place) 1,500 CY $37.00 $ 55,500.00 24 203-05 Potholing (Special) 50 HR $225.00 $ 11,250.00 25 203-06 MEDIAN EMBANKMENT MATERIAL (compacted beneath boulders only), Complete in Place 275 CY $10.00 $ 2.750.00 26 206-01 Structure Excavation 201 CY $18.00 $ 3,618.00 27 2W-02 Structure Backfill (Class 1) 205 CY $50.00 $ 10,250.00 28 206-03 Structure Backfill (Flowfill) 400 CY $125.00 $ 50,000.00 29 207-01 Topsoil (Stripping)(&") 2,381 CY $9.20 $ 21,905.20 30 207-02 Topsoil (Stockpile) 1,243 CY $9.20 $ 11,435.60 31 207-03 Excess Topsoil (Haul) 1,138 CY 1 $13.00 $ 14,794.00 32 207-04 TOPSOIL - Pre -amended with 4 cu.yds. / 1000 sq.ft. Compost Medians - Depth varies 1,525 CY $47.00 $ 71,675.00 33 207-05 TOPSOIL - Irrigated Lawn: Soil Amendment (Compost) @ 4 cu. yds. / 1000 sq.ft. 50 CY $55.00 $ 2.750.00 34 208-01 Erosion Log (12 Inch) 3,016 LF $4.00 $ 12,064,00 35 208-02 Aggregate Bag 88 LF $4.D0 $ 352.00 36 208-03 Inlet Protection 238 LF $4.00 $ 952.00 37 208-04 Concrete Washout Structure 2 EA 1 $1,250.00 $ 2,500.00 38 208-05 Vehicle Tracking Pad 1 EA $2,800.00 $ 2,800.00 39 208-06 Erosion Control Supervisor 160 HR $90.00 $ 13,500.00 40 209-01 Watering (Dust Control) 40,000 GAL $0.15 $ 6,000.00 41 210-01 Modify Manhole 1 FA $2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 42 210-02 Reset Water Meter 1 EA $1,400.00 $ 1,400.00 43 210-03 Adjust Water Valve 2 FA $460,00 $ 920.00 44 210-04 Adjust Fire Hydrant 1 FA $720.00 $ 720.00 45 210-05 Adjust Manhole 1 EA $600.00 $ 600.00 46 210-06 Relocate Water Vent Pipe 1 EA $1,000,00 $ 1,000.00 47 212-01 NAT VE SEED (Non -Irrigated) (23,090 sq.ft.) 0.53 AC $3,5113.84 $ 1,862.34 48 212-02 NATIVE SEED (Irrigated) (13,410 sq.ft.) 0.31 AC $3,513.84 $ 1,089.29 49 212-03 SOD (Includes sod and fine grade) 48,650 SF $0.56 $ 27,244.00 50 213-01 MULCHING (WOOD CHIP) - Td. (9,389 sq.ft.)+(3,033 sq.ft.) 3,110 CIF $1.16 $ 3,607.60 51 213-02 HYDRAULIC MULCHING (non -irrigated native seed area only) 0.53 AC $2,541.50 $ 1,347.00 52 213-03 INORGANIC MULCH - 6"-12" RIVER COBBLE (30% of median = 1.093 s .11.+275 s .fL 48 TONS $144.47 $ 6,645.62 53 213-04 fNORGANIC MULCH - 1.5" to 3" dia. TAN RIVER ROCK (70% of median = 2,551 s .ft.+642 sq.ft.) 56 TONS $117.22 $ 6,564.32 54 213 05 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS - TYPE W TIE FEATURE BOULDERS - SIZES VARIES 25 EA $264.34 $ 6,608.50 55 213-06 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS - TYPE'B' BOULDERS - 24"h. x 30"w. x 361. 98 EA $264.34 $ 25,905.32 56 213-07 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS - TYPE'C' BOULDERS - 18"h. x 24"w. x 301. 45 EA $264.34 $ 11.895.30 57 214-01 Landscape Maintenance 1 LS $13,035.25 $ 13,035.25 Deciduous Stre anopy Trees 58 214-00225 Catalpa speciosa (Northern Catalpa), 2.5" Cal. B&B 8 EA $484.55 $ 3,876.40 59 214-00230 Collis occidenlalis (Northern Hackberry), 3" Cal. B&B 7 EA $657.93 $ 4,605.51 60 214-00225 Ginkgo biloba'Aulumn Gold' (Autumn Gold Ginkgo), 2.5" Cal. 8 EA $484.55 $ 3.876.40 61 214-00225 Gleditsia lricanthos inermis'Shademaster (Shademasler Hone locust 2.5" Cal. B&B 9 EA $484.55 $ 4,360.95 62 214-00225 Gledilsia lricanthos inermis'Skyline' (Skyline Honeylocust), 2.5" Cal. B&B 9 EA $484.55 $ 4,360.95 63 214-00225 Gymnocladus dioicus'Espresso' (Espresso Kentucky Cofteetree), 2.5" Cal. B&B 6 EA $484.55 $ 2,907.30 64 214-00225 Quercus buckleyi (Texas Red Oak), 2.5" Cal. B&B 4 EA $484.55 $ 1,938.20 65 214-00225 Quercus macrocarpa (Bur Oak), 2.5" Cal. B&B 9 EA $484.55 $ 4,360.95 66 214-00225 Quercus shumardii (Shumard Oak), 2.5" Cal. B&B 4 EA $484.55 $ 1,938.20 67 214-00225 Quercus muehlenbergii (Chinkapin Oak), 2.5" Cal. B&B 6 $484.55 $ 2,907.30 68 214-00225 UlmBus japonica x wilsoniana'Morton' (Accolade Elm), 2.5" Cal. B 5 [__EA EA $484.55 $ 2,422.75 Deciduous Ornamental Trees 69 214-00220 Collis occidentalis'JFS-KSU7' (Praide Sentinel Hackberry), 2" Cal. B&B 13 EA $454.15 $ 5,903.95 70 214-00220 Malus'Red Barron' (Red Barron Crabapple), 2" Cal. B&B 29 EA $454.15 $ 13,170.35 71 214-00220 Malus'Thundemhild' (Thunderchild Crabapple), 2" Cal. B&B 2 EA $454.15 $ 908.30 72 214-00220 Prunus x cerasifera'Cripoziam' (Crimson Pointe Plum), 2" Cal. 10 EA $454.15 $ 4,541.50 73 214-00220 Pyrus calleryana'Chanticleer (Chanticleer Pear), 2" Cal. B&B 18 FA $454.15 $ 8,174.70 74 1 214-00220 Quercus'Crimson Spire (Crimson Spire Oak), 2" Cal. B&B 23 EA $454.15 $ 10,445.45 Shrubs 75 214 Deciduous - 4'h. Clump 2 EA $282.57 $ 565.14 76 214 Deciduous - 5'h. Clump 1 FA $282.57 $ 282.67 77 214-00350 Deciduous - #5 Cont. 519 FA $33.25 $ 17.256.75 78 214-00650 Evergreen - #5 Cont. 88 FA $33.25 $ 2,926.00 79 214 Evergreen - #8 Cont. 42 EA $57.42 $ 2,411.64 80 214 Evergreen - #15 Cont. 2 EA $216.76 $ 433.52 81 214-00750 Broadleaf Evergreen -#5 Cont. 75 FA $43.99 $ 3,299.25 Ornamental Grasses 82 214-00910 Grasses-#1 Cont. 569 FA $11.56 $ 6,589.02 Perennials 83 214-00910 Perennials-#1 Cont. 143 FA, $10.90 $ 1,558.70 84 1 216-00039 ISOIL RETENTION BLANKET (Straw) (13,410 sq.ft.) 1.490 SY $1.66 $ 2.473.40 85 304-01 Aggregate Base Course (Class 5 or Class 6) 5,090 TON $26.50 $ 134,885.00 86 403-01 Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (75) (PG 64-28)(4" Full Depth Widenin 1,770 TON $90.00 $ 159,300.00 87 403-02 Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (75) (PG 64-22)(Modified Binder)(2" Final Lift 2,612 TON $85.00 $ 222,020.00 EXHIBIT 2 — CLARIFICATIONS & REVISIONS Project Clarifications: • Deadline for all questions is 5 PM on March 16, 2016. If needed, a second addendum will be released on March 17. 2016. • Removal of Sidewalk Line item includes removal of the attached sidewalk on the west side of the Spring Creek bridge. • The City requires concrete collars in accordance with City Storm Sewer standards at all waterline crossings. • On the bid tab and plan sheet 4 "Pavement Section" the asphalt gradations are incorrect. They are hereby revised as follows: The 2" top lift asphalt will be: Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (PG 64-28) (Modified Binder) (2" Final Lift) — 2,612 TON The 4" Lower lift asphalt will be: Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (PG 64-22) (4" Full Depth Widening) — 1,770 TON The changes are reflected on the revised Bid Tab that is attached to this addendum. • City of Fort Collins Parks Dept. will not be providing organic mulch for this project. • The City will not provide tapping services for the irrigation service. Pre -Bid Clarifications Not Resulting in Changes to the Bid Documents: • See attached Exhibit 3 - City of Fort Collins Utility Dept. Waterline Specifications Pre -Bid Clarifications Resulting in Changes to the Bid Documents: • The City of Fort Collins has adopted a new Dust Prevention and Control Manual: http://www.fcgov.com/purchasing/pdf/dust prevention control manual.ndf. All operations conducted under this Agreement shall be performed in accordance with the stated procedures and requirements. Revisions to the Project Bid Tab: • The bid tab has been revised as follows: Items added to the Bid Tab: 202 Removal of "W" Beam Guardrail and Posts 91 LF 209 Watering (Dust Control) 40,000 GAL 210 Relocate Water Vent 1 EA 88 403.03 Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (75) (PG 64-22)(8" Patching) 491 TON $200.00 $ 98,200.00 89 412-01 Concrete Pavement (9 inch) 936 SY $80.00 $ 74,880.00 90 506-01 Riprap (12 Inch) (Buried with Bedding) 60 CY $105.00 $ 6,300.00 91 514-01 Pedestrian Railing (Steel) 67 LF $275.00 $ 18,425.00 92 514-00100 PEDESTRIAN HAND RAIL (West Railing - with rub rail) 1 EA $45,000.00 $ 45.000.00 93 514-00100 PEDESTRIAN HAND RAIL (East Railing - without rub rail) 1 FA $40,000-00 $ 40,000.00 94 514-00100 PEDESTRIAN HAND RAIL (Median Railing) Includes 1 each extra 'D' and 'E'panel for future replacement 1 EA $39,000.00 $ 39,000.00 95 515-01 Waterproofing (Membrane) 83 SY $30.00 $ 2,490.00 96 601-01 Concrete Class D (Bridge) 72. CY $590.00 $ 42,480.00 97 601-02 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE COATING-RECOAT 270 SY $18.00 $ 4,860.00 98 602-01 Reinforcing Steel (Epoxy Coated) 10,015 LB $1.75 $ 17,526.25 99 603-01 15 Inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe 124 LF $94.00 $ 11,656.00 100 603-02 18 Inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe 426 LF $112.00 $ 47.712.00 100 603-03 14 x 23 Inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Elliptical 8 LF $150.00 $ 1,200.00 101 603-04 18 Inch Reinforced Concrete End Section 2 EA $850.00 $ 1,700.00 102 603-05 Open Trench Sleeve Bank A (Reference Plans for Details) 280 LF $12.75 $ 3,570.00 103 603-06 Open Trench Sleeve Bank 6 (Reference Plan for Details) 140 LF $11.72 $ 1,640.80 104 603-07 Open Trench Sleeve Bank C (Reference Plan for Details) 380 LF $13.72 $ 5,213.60 105 603-08 Bored Sleeve Bank X (Reference Plan for Details) 500 LF $25.88 $ 12,940.00 106 603-09 Bored Sleeve Bank Y (Reference Plan for Details) 200 LF $46.64 $ 9.328.00 107 603-10 Bored Sleeve Bank Z (Reference Plan for Details) 60 LF $72.55 $ 4.353.00 108 604-01 Inlet, Type R (5 Fool) 4 EA $5,000.00 $ 20,000.00 109 604-02 Inlet, Type R (15 Foot) 4 EA $9,000.00 $ 36,000.00 110 604-03 Manhole (4 Foot) 2 EA $3,000.00 $ 6.000.00 111 604-04 Manhole (5 Foot) 1 EA $3,800.00 $ 3.800.00 112 604-05 Manhole (6 Foot) 2 EA $4,200.00 $ 8.400.00 113 605-W 4 Inch Pipe Underdrain (Special) 2,450 LF $17.00 $ 41,650.00 114 607-01 Fence (Plastic) 500 LF $3.00 $ 1,500.00 115 608-01 Concrete Sidewalk (6 Inch) 1.770 SY $52.00 $ 92,040.00 116 608-02 Concrete Curb Ramp 68 SY $190.00 $ 12,920.00 117 609-01 Curb and Gutter Type 2 (Section I-B) 6,585 LF $22.00 $ 144,870.00 118 609-02 ICurb and Gutter Type 2 (Section II-B) 2.650 LF $23.00 $ 60.950.00 119 609-03 Curb Type 4 (Section B) 184 LF $50.00 $ 9,200.00 120 609-04 Median Wall (Special) 1,235 LF $60.00 $ 74,100.00 121 610-01 Median Cover Material 5,930 SF $15.00 $ 88,950.00 122 619-01 314" Water Service (Irrigation TopNault) 1 EA $2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 122 620-01 Field Office (Special) 1 EA $12,500.00 $ 12,500.00 123 620-02 Sanitary Facility 2 FA $1,400.00 $ 2,800.00 124 623-01 Irrigation System Repairs 60 HR $102.00 $ 6,120.00 125 623-02 Irrigation System 1 LS $200.000.00 $ 200,000.00 126 623-03 Backfiow Preventer Assembly (Per Detail) 1 FA $2,048.99 $ 2,048.99 127 623-09905 Mainline Pipe Routing Across Bridge, including heal trace tape, insulation, connection to power, anchoring to bridge and piping (Per Detail) 1 LS $17,141.21 $ 17,141.21 128 626-01 Mobilization 1 LS $160,000.00 $ 160,000.00 129 630-01 Construction Zone Traffic Control 1 LS $17.250.00 $ 17,250.00 130 630-03 Flagging 2.200 HR $27.60 $ 60,720.00 131 630-04 Traffic Control Inspection 50 DAY $86.25 $ 4,312.50 132 630-05 Traffic Control Management 125 DAY $442.75 $ 55,343.75 133 1 630-06 Portable Message Sign Panel 60 FAfDAY $575.00 $ 34,500.00 134 630-07 Concrete Barrier (Temporary) 700 LF $21.45 $ 15,015.00 135 630-08 Concrete Barrier End Treatment (Temporary) 4 EA I $7,200.00 $ 28.800.00 138 1 628.01 FORCE ACCOUNT lBridge Girder and Deck Unit (130 Feet) 1 EA $125.000.00 1 S 125.000.00 137 700 FIA partnering 1 LS $5,000.00 S 5,000.00 136 700 FIA Asphall Cemanl Cast Adjustm ent 1 LS $40,000,00 S 40,000.00 139 700 FIA Dewalaring 1 LS $1O,00O.D0 S 10.000.00 139 700 FIA RR Flagging 1 LS 51O,O0O.0O S 10,000.00 FORCE ACCOUNT TOTAL $ 65.000.00 TOTAL BASE 81D S 3,386,to1.48 IN WORDS: X,— v k.um." "'t JUa--4. N 0/ d ,0 L 1 kau- �{^k. CL- 9. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, deuvatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: lv4�LXrn-t[1Ln (.on5tr��rLn/ �vr[ CONTRACTOR BY: � /� 3-as- Printed Date ?V_ES'tdert. Title License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation` Telephone( q r%O-1 `& S-6 I C. ( Email 5.4f-L41_40rc- CoK� SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned Mountain Constructors, Inc. as Principal, and united Fire & Casualty Company as Surety, are hereby held and firmly Five Percent of Amount bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $ Bid--- (5%---- ) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvement Project. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. UNTIED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, CEDAR RAPIDS, IA UNITED FIRE &INDEMNITY COMPANY, WEBSTER, TX Inquiries: Surety Department FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, ROC'KLIN, CA 118 Second Ave SE CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF ATTORNEY Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 (original on file at Home Office of Company — See Certification) ILNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of lows; UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas; and FINA1NyCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, a corpora�tlion duly organized Pand existing under the laws of the State of California (herein collectively APPLEBY, he ORoSrRaHs)C BROWN,t OR MARK tSWEIGART, ORuarters in CTODD BENGFORO�f OR FL.ORIEETTedcACCOSTAa ORppo� SUSAN J. LATTARULO, ALL INDIVIDUALLY of GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seat and execute in its behalf all lawful bonds, undertakings and other obligatory Instruments of similar nature provided that no single obligation shall exceed g 100, 000 , 000. 00 and to bind the Companies thereby as Ihlly and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authonzed officers of the Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority herby given and hereby ratified and confirmed. The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall retuain in full force and effect until revoked by UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY,. UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, AND FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. This Power of Attomey is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following bylaw duly adopted on May 15, 2013, by the Boards of Directors of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. "Article V1— Surety Bonds and Undertakings" Section 2, Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact. "The President or any Vice President, or any other officer of (be Companies may; from time to time, appoint by written certificates attorneys -in -fact to act in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby, and the Corporate seal. may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such signature and seal, when so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies, to be valid and binding upon the Companies with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Companies by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President or any Vice President, the Board of Directon or any other officer of the Companies may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attorney -in -fact. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have each caused these presents to be signed by its ,r "ws�e, cr4tuW"'. s pG�F �y"W- qU vice president and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 6th day of May. 20 t 5 r c" O1A1e = Srro"*oR"n �: E `3� rib UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY s sir - y, see .r 7 k 1s& € UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY ti®o a"o` s't"a, • ir�d``+I,fon ,r€ FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY 't4111"1� "/qu,na "4i"rryp uM1M^ By: 9e— �—A State of lows, County of Linn, ss: ice President On 6th day of rday, 2015, before me personalty came Dennis J. Richmann to me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say; that he resides in Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa; that be is a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNI'I`Y COMPANY, and a Vice President of FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument, that he knows the seal of said corporations; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporations and that be signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of 000f,ssaiidlcorporations. � �o.r� Maly A. Bortach WNotaPlc WWI Iowa rarinl Seal C commission number 713273 ry Public My Commission Expires 1 DJ26,7016 My commission expires: 10126(2016 1, David A. Lange, Secretary of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY and Assistant Secretary of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, find Assistant Secretary of FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section pf the bylaws and resolutions of said Corporations as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATIONS, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. In testimony vdrereof 1 have rib hereunto subs ed my name and affixed Ili corporate seal of the said Corporations this `_ day of (YlO liC 2Q• a"wu�u°"y nwnumi inaw,� tonrawre =: m,mo.e+" :_ 3; wLrrt O I BY BE —. V Igo 'orQ- 4e Sthl " `cif' C'r(lPOa. �,, ^."rro'+ �•` yvy."ergs.•*ors ..-"- Secretary, OF&C II,�III11Np-^u1111Ne" NIIII Assistant Secrtary, OF&llFPIC RPOAOD49 0115 SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. Name of Bidder: AAnun4m,r� 'Tnc . 2. Permanent main office address �o �� Mo ,� re P� `F'�a e v^ ll P , C_ D gOb 5 I 3. When organized: IVOYe'rrti) r lgg3 4. if a corporation, where incorporated: L' of car a� o 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 31 VeGr 5 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) General character of Work performed by your company: 8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?, If so, where and why? 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? NIo If so, where and why? 10. Are you debarred by any government agency? WO If yes list agency name. 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. ZSo Dj� � 13 Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project: 7D4 -� 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers 15. Credit available: $ :�) CPO, 00 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? 18. Are you licensed as a General Contractor? e-5 If yes, in what city, county and state? -,r i We I . C—ora J p What class, license and numbers? rrrncro-�t F0,V11 0035iyix 19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? l Ls If yes, what percent of total contract? D And to whom? a� DA:A-� 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? Wo IF yes, DETAIL 21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL Gt rrn, 0CCLkr p rr,� LA 0.grq%.aPt %_ What company? � Ave i e t- s Qra�ec__� �'_.r Suodt)z C 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? [%C ,-� 1 I rru 11�o r, t aru,o1r�e_ 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at this QID day of Marc _, 20114. Company: ililc U40, t r-, Co n�ci c v� ors ru - By. /4� r Printed: :�n e IKIArt-1 2- Title: State of oioc [zc�� County of Wpd c� 7voG i< tv -I Z being duly sworn deposes and says that he is-rP_S;dcrcL of N'62'[ tr\ Nr)31rUc�ers Inc_. (Name) (Organization) and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this 05 day of %11 kr 1,- 2014e. �ryF. i �o � Notary Publi My commission expires: o Ict (Seal) SANDY F ARENDS NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF COLORADO NOTARY ID:19914013585 A!YCONIN115SION EXPIRES MAY 1, 2019 EXHIBIT 3 - WATER UTILITY SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 APPROVED PRODUCT LISTING DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02225 TRENCHING, BEDDING AND BACKFILL 02615 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 02621 PLASTIC PRESSURE PIPE 02640 VALVES 02644 TAPPING SLEEVES FOR DISTRIBUTION LINES 02645 HYDRANTS 02646 WATER SERVICE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 02675 DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEMS 02676 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM HYDROSTATIC TESTING 02713 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STANDARD DETAILS 1 WATER MAIN BEDDING REQUIREMMENTS 2 STANDARD CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS 3 FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION 4-A WATER MAIN LOWERING 4-B WATER MAIN LOWERING 7 STEEL CASING 11 TYPICAL WATER SERVICE R1 �" o�IST UST t� WORK ON HAND AS OF MARCH 2O16 ITEM #6 CONTRACT ESTIMATED ESTIMATED DATE PERCENT PROJECT NAME OWNER I ARCHITECT PRICE START DATE OF COMPLETION COMPLETE Town of Severance Roadway & Drainage Improvements (970) 395-9880 $1,754,847.00 6/22/2015 6i112016 50% City of Fort Collirs McClelland Drive Right Turn Lane (970) 221 6775 $280,529.00 10/15/2015 411512016 90% Watson Lake SFU Recirculation and Inlet Colorado Parks Wildlife Line (303)291-7391 $442,621.40 12R,12015 4/1/2016 75% Town of Erie WCR 5 Bridge Repairs (303) 926-28-5 $213,624.00 21812016 4115/2016 80% Town of Milliken Milliken to Johnstown Trail (970) 587-4331 $185,473.00 2129l2015 4/26/2016 10910 Estes Valley Recreation Noels Draw Road Shooting Range (970) 215-8075 $581,496.50 3/7/2016 4/22/2016 10% Martin Marietta SH 392 Lucerne East STA 392A-019 (970) 407-3654 $84,367.77 3/30/2016 4/29/2016 0% Town of Windsor Trail Improvement Project (970) 674-2413 $83,129.90 4!1812016 911/2016 0% TOTALS $3,626, 088.57 MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC. COMPLETED PROJECTS WITHIN FIVE YEARS GENERAL CONTRACTOR ITEM #11; #13 OWNER PROJECT NAME FINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT DATE COMPLETE CONTACT NAME PHONE NUMBER Town of Erie Erie Municipal Airport $316,965.30 4/30/2010 Russell Pennington 303 926-2700 Boulder County SH 7 & E. County Line Road $627,786.13 8/24/2010 Andy Reed 303) 441-3900 City of Fort Morgan Rainbow Bridge $370,458.14 5/28/2010 Bradley Curtis 970 542-3901 Larimer County Replace Structure $175,927.56 6/23/2010 Darrell Morrell (970) 498-5728 Town of Berthoud Roundabout at 1st Street & SH 56 $973,060.84 9/30/2010 Stephanie Brothers 970) 532-2643 City of Greeley 2010 Northside Infrastructure Improvements $58,858.66 10/11/2010 Joe Marcisofsk (970) 336-4124 City of Fort Morgan Fort Morgan Municipal Airport $188,958.25 10/31/2010 Jared Moren (970) 242-0101 CDOT SH 287 At LCR 21 C $409,313.82 11/18/2010 Robert Moen 970) 350-2283 City of Greeley SH 257 and 37th Street Intersection $223,372.00 11/23/2010 Rafael Samanie o (970) 336-4122 City of Loveland 2010 Stormwater Maintenance Projects $292,313.19 12/31/2010 Eric Lessard (970) 962-2773 CDOT SH 7 @ York Street $549,145.68 1/13/2011 Raymond Stranber (303) 398-6770 City of Greeley Poudre Ponds Recreational Fishery $153,229.31 1/31/2011 Sarah Boyd 970) 3364180 COOT SH 392 CSC Repair $995.452.87 5/20/2011 Louis Keen 970 622-1282 Larimer County Replacement of Bridge No. 7-0.8-68 $535,809.93 6/15/2011 Todd Juer ens (970) 498-5711 city of Loveland Boyd Lake Ave @ 5th Street $82,270.50 7/8/2011 Derek Schuler (970) 962-2647 Brannan Sand & Gravel Cherryvale Road Shoulder $242,571.07 10/31/2011 Bob Allison (303) 604-0688 Weld County Public Works WCR 17ANCR 34 Intersection Improvements $129,228.92 11/7/2011 Mike Bedell, P.E. (970) 301-0780 Town of Erie Coal Creek Trail Extension Cheesman to Reliance Park $335,899.91 12/10/2011 Wendi Palmer (303) 926-2875 MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC. COMPLETED PROJECTS WITHIN FIVE YEARS GENERAL CONTRACTOR ITEM #11; #13 OWNER PROJECT NAME FINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT DATE COMPLETE CONTACT NAME PHONE NUMBER City of Loveland 2011 Stormwater Maintenance Projects $299,604.29 12/31 /2011 Eric Lessard (970) 962-2773 City of Thornton 160th / Bull Canal Bridge Replacement $236,258.00 2/29/2012 Eduardo Moreno 720 977-6272 Northern Colorado Traffic Con 1st & Cherry Creek Bridge - Barrier Rental $49,500.00 5/9/2012 Trisha Sandau 970 356-6881 CDOT US 287 Dry Creek Bridge Replacement $1,785,952.73 5/23/2012 Louis Keen (970) 622-1282 Town of Frederick Moore Farms Drainage Outfall Channel $69,630.00 5/23/2012 Richard Nickson 720) 382-5600 City of Fort Collins Intersection Improvements at Harmony & Lemay and Drake & Lemay $418.146.01 8/22/2012 Timothy Kemp, PE 970) 416-2719 Weld County School Dist #6 Greeley West High School Parking Lot $15,830.09 6/27/2012 Bevan Arch (970) 348-6101 Weld County Public Works WCR 54149 Intersection $887,206.00 7/27/2012 Mike Bedell 970) 301-0780 City of Fort Morgan Barlow Road Bridge Repair $37,301.00 7/25/2012 Bradley Curtis (970) 542-3901 Town of Hudson Hudson Fishing Pond $290,136.00 8/31/2012 Joe Racine 303) 536-9311 Northern Colorado Traffic Control, Inc. US 34 Overlook - Barrier Rental $13,296.00 10/31/2012 Trisha Sandau (970) 356-6881 DPC Industries, Inc. Rail Spur Widening $30,000,00 10/16/2012 Richard MCLamb 303 536.4000 State of Colorado - D.O.W. Poudre River SFU Intake Structure $33,179.00 10/31/2012 Cary Pilon 303) 204-2252 Larimer County Replacement of Culverts 43-S3.03-61 & 43-1.78-61 $391,322.09 11/3/2012 Joe Temple 970 498-5717 CDOT SH 7 Business Route - Culvert Replacement $127,339.30 12/12/2012 Bill Aldorfer 303 546-5661 Larimer County Replacement of Bridge No. 54G-0.6-23E $164,082.52 4/5/2013 Kyle Arend 970) 498-5734 City of Greeley 1st Street Storm Line Replacement at 6th Ave. $128,788.25 4/11/2013 Linda Hood 970 350-9274 CDOT US 85/CR 42 Traffic Signal $688,136.25 5/16/2013 Michelle Martin (970) 506.4940 City of Greeley 165th Avenue - S. of US 34 Bypass $182,163.04 5/28/2013 Rafael Samaniego (970) 336.4122 MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC. COMPLETED PROJECTS WITHIN FIVE YEARS GENERAL CONTRACTOR ITEM #11; #13 OWNER PROJECT NAME FINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT DATE COMPLETE CONTACT NAME PHONE NUMBER Brannan Sand & Gravel Niwot Road Neva Road $635,849.69 6/20/2013 Bob Allison (303) 604-0688 Sherwood Village Assoc. Drainage & Pavement Improvements Phase 1 $236,397.00 7/12/2013 Mike Ketterling KBN Engineers 970 395-9880 Division of Wildlife Centennial Valley SWA - Empire Ditch Crossing $58,045.00 8/30/2013 Steve Patterson, P.E. 303 297-1192 Northern Colorado Traffic Control, Inc. US 85 Concrete Barrier $23,024.00 9/19/2013 Trisha Sandau (970) 356-6881 City of Greeley 59th Avenue Shoulder Widening $498,031.60 9/30/2013 Dave Wells, P.E. (970) 350-9796 CDOT SH 39 Flood Repair Work $155,799.53 10/31/2013 Miranda Lange, P.E. (970) 962-4017 United Water and Sanitation District Glassey Recharge Facility $250,888.60 11/5/2013 Adam Smith, P.E. Civil Resources (303) 833-1416 Weld County Public Works WCR 20.5/36 Flood Repair $22,670.58 11/26/2013 Mike Bedell, P.E. (970) 301-0780 Weld County Public Works WCR 20.5 / WCR 5-7 Flood Repair $86,984.48 11/26/2013 Mike Bedell, P.E. (970) 301-0780 City of Loveland North Madison Avenue Trail $109,922.42 11/30/2013 Shelley Aschenbrenner 970) 962-2558 Town of Estes Park Moraine Avenue Pedestrian Improvements $291,621.49 11/30/2013 J.C. Cundall, P.E. Farnsworth Group, Inc. (970) 484-7477 City of Loveland 2013 Stormwater Maintanance Projects $984,965.29 11/30/2013 Eric Lessard (970) 962-2773 City of Loveland 2013 Alley Maintenance Project $50,330.00 12/24/2013 Mike Bryant 970 962-2559 Adams County Culvert Replacement @ Big Dry Creek $285,031.73 2/28/2014 Chris Montoya 720 523-6050 City of Loveland Hauling & Placement of Soil $197,863.05 3/28/2014 Adam Clark (970) 962-3432 Town of Erie Erie Irrigation Pond Restoration $292,739.31 4/30/2014 Wendi Palmer (303) 926-2875 City of Greeley Irrigation Pipe Repair - Reservoir Road and 23rd Avenue $41,366.25 5/5/2014 Matt Simpson (970) 350-9793 City of Greeley ILift Station 9 - Manhole Access Road Repair $62,400.00 5/20/2014 Phill Carter (970) 350-9826 MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS. INC, COMPLETED PROJECTS WITHIN FIVE YEARS GENERAL CONTRACTOR ITEM #11; #13 OWNER PROJECT NAME FINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT DATE COMPLETE CONTACT NAME PHONE NUMBER City of Evans C Streambank - Flood Repair $44,281.35 5/3012014 Dawn Anderson (970) 475-1160 City of Loveland 41h & Railroad Parking Lot $96,045.37 6/30/2014 Marc Kapaska (970) 952-2393 Weld County Public Works WCR 231SH 392 Intersection $2,430,240.98 W3112014 Mike Bedell, P.E. (970) 304-6496 Town of Windsor 7th Street Trail $250,600,96 8/3112014 Curtis Templeman, P.E_ 970 674-2400 Airfield Western. LLC Erie Municipal Airport $12,763.00 10/2912014 Brian Hoops 970 252-1747 Town of Millikem Heritage House Site Improvements 584,888.70 10/3112014 Sharlene Shadowen, P.E. (970) 226-0342 City of Fort Collins West Side Access Road - N. College Road Improvements $609,277.54 11/14/2014 Randy Maitland (970) 221-6775 City of Fort Morgan Upper Platte & Beaver Canal Bank Stabilization $155,979.00 12/31/2014 1 Brad Curtis (970) 542-3901 City of Loveland 2014 Loveland Stormwater Maintenance $433,350.08 12/31/2014 1 Eric Lessard (970) 962-2 ?3 City of Fort Collins W, Prospect Road Bridge Replacement $788,752,17 113112C15 Mark Laken (970) 222-3546 Coulson Excavating Dakota Glen First Subdivision $12,880.00 3/2412015 Bill Schrader (970) 667-2178 City of Greeley 20th Street, 1st Avenue to Balsam .Avenue $1,212,884.20 419/2015 Dave Wells. P.E. (970) 350-9881 City of Fort Morgan Riverside Park Pedestrian Bridge $106,333.33 4/17/2015 Brad Curtis 970) 542-3901 Coulson Excavating Town of Berthoud $23,896.00 4121/2015 Bill Schrader 970) 667-2178 City of Forl Morgan Linda Street Construction 5551,905.82 5/3112015 Brad Curtis 970 542-3901 City of Greeley 10th Street Access Control Project $2,056,317.12 5/31/2015 Rafael Samani a (970) 336-4122 Town of Windsor WCR 21 La1 Greeley No. 2 Canal $709,635.70 6/2512015 Curtis Templeman, P-E. (970) 674-2400 City of Loveland IMadison Avenue Bndge $1,250.911.53 6/30/2015 ShelleyAschenbrenner 970) 962-2555 Sherwood Village Assoc. Drainage & Pavement Improvenrenls Phase 2, 3, and 4 $467,209 20 7/3112015 Mike Ketterfing KBN Engineers (970) 395-9880 MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC. COMPLETED PROJECTS WITHIN FIVE YEARS GENERAL CONTRACTOR ITEM 911; #13 OWNER PROJECT NAME FINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT DATE COMPLETE CONTACT NAME PHONE NUMBER Town of Hudson Beech Street improvements $406,879.00 8131/2015 buddy Vierow KEN Engineers (970) 395-9880 CDOT US 34 & 71st Avenue in Greeley 5314.926.60 9/9/2015 Esayas Butta (970) 350-2268 City of Loveland Sage Court 5324,991.00 9/3012015 Eric Lessard 970 962-2773 Larimer County Culvert No. 23-0.15-50E (Mill Creek) $219,993.37 10I75/2015 Erich Purcell 970 646-2064 Town of Johnstown S. Parish avenue Road Widening $1,007,625.21 101312015 Tom Hellen (970) 587-4664 Weld County Public Works Weld County Road 13. 19 & 126 Haul Road Project 1 $4,796,588.12 11/92015 Richard While (970} 304 6496 COOT SH 257 Bridge Repairs $724.007.87 111232015 Kathy Peterson (970) 350-2368 City of Loveland Cascade Avenue $167,421.00.1 111302G15 Encc Lessard (970) 962-2773 SIMILAR PROJECTS MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION 15 Pick Up Trucks, 3/4 Ton 5 Service Fuel Trucks / Mechanic Truck 2 Dump Trucks 4 Water Trucks 2,000 Gal., 3,500 Gal., 4,000 Gal. 5 Truck Tractors - 85,000 GVW 13 Trailers - End Dump (2), Bottom Dump (3), Low Bed (2), Floats (4), Side Dump (2) 1 Crawler Dozer - CAT D7H ITEM 912 4 Motor Graders - CAT 130G, 140G, 140H, 143H 8 Rollers - CAT 815, Dynapac 2511, CAT 433B, CAT 563C, CAT 563CP, CAT CB-114, CAT CS433C, AR-13-H 3 Motor Scrapers - CAT 6238, CAT 623E, CAT 613C 5 Rubber Tire Backhoes - JD 310D, JD 410D, JD 410E, JD 410G, CAT 430D 9 Track Backhoes - JD 892D, JD 892E, JD 4501-C, JD 330 CLC, JD 350D LC, Komatsu PC228US-3, Kubota U35 4 Skid Steer - Bobcat 5175, S300, T300 (2) 1 Power Curber 5700-B 1 Air Compressor - Ingersol Rand 185 CFM 2 Welders 200Amp (3), 300 Amp (1) 4 Water Pump - 6", 3" (2), 4" (2) 7 Wheel Loaders - CAT 950, CAT 966E, CAT 966F,CAT 966H, CAT 980F, CAT 938F, CAT 938K 2 Demo Hammer 2 Generator - 501KW, 36KW ITEM #14 MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS, INC. OFFICERS AND PRINCIPALS 622 MAIN STREET PLATTEVILLE, CO 80651 YEARS OF INDUSTRY NAME TITLE EXPERIENCE Sandy Arends Corporate Secretary / VP Finance 17 Steve Bisig General Superintendent/Project Manager 44 Dan Boyer Superintendent/Project Manager 10 Mathew Carlson Erosion Control/Safety Superintendent 10 Joe Kuntz President / Owner / Safety Officer 47 None of the above employees or company officers have ever been convicted of bid related crimes or violations in any jurisdiction. Nor are any of the above employees or company officers under notice of intent to disbar or has ever been debarred in any jurisdiction. SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 5% of the contract. ITEM J SUBCONTRACTOR SECTION 00500 AGREEMENTFORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed ' SECTION 01000 APPROVED PRODUCT LISTING PART GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section lists the required manufacturers and/or products referred to in the related sections of the standard construction specification. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SECTION 02224 - PIPE BORING AND JACKING A. CASING SEALS 1. Pipeline Seal and Insulator Co., Model W. 2. Or An Approved Equal. B. CASING CHOCKS 1. Cascade Waterworks. 2, Power Seal. 3. Or An Approved Equal. C. ANODES: 1. AMAX "MaxMag" 2. Dow "Galvomag" 3. Or An Approved Equal. D. WIRE SPLICE CONNECTIONS 1. Pre -manufactured cathodic protection splice kits shall be Royston "MINI SPLICE -RIGHT" with a copper crimp it connector 2. Or An Approved Equal. E. EXOTHERMIC WELDS 1. Erico Products Inc. "CADWELD" 2. Burndy "THERMOWELD" or approved equal. F. PIPELINE AND EXOTHERMIC COATINGS 1. Pipe line coatings for ductile iron pipe: 3 Approved Product Listing 01000-1 SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD DATE: April 14, 2016 TO: Mountain Constructors Inc. PROJECT: 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvement Project OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated March 25, 2016 for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvement Project. The Price of your Agreement is Three Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty - Six Dollars and Ninety Eight Cents ($3,450,966.98), which is the sum of the Base Bid plus the following revisions: • Line 86 - Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (75) (PG 64-22) (4" Full Depth Widening): Increase unit cost from $90.00/TON to $92.25/TON at 1,770 TONS = $163,282.50 • Line 87 - Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (75) (PG 64-28) (Modified Binder) (2" Final Lift): Increase unit cost from $85.00/TON to $100.25/TON at 2,612 TONS = $261,853 • Line 88 - HMA Patching: Increase unit cost from $200.00/TON to $210.00/TON at 491 TONS = $103,110 - Line 86-88 change to contract price: $163,282.50 + $261,853 + $103,110 = $528,245.50 (Revised) - $479,520 (Original) _ $48,725,50 • Line 117 - Curb and Gutter Type 2 (Section 1-B): Increase quantity by 720 LF + 6585 LF = 7305 LF X $22/LF = $160,710 - Line 117 change to contract price: $160,710 (Revised) - $144,870 (Original) _ $15,840 Original Bid: $3,386,401.48 Revised Price: $3,450,966.98 Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by April 29, 2016. 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract DocumentsAattached. City of OWNE By: Gerry Pau Purchasing Director Mov.r�>~ C.� r` C_.oris-}ruL-Fors SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 14th day of April in the year of 2016 and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and Mountain Constructors Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvement Project and is generally described in Section 0 10 10. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Interwest Consulting Group, 1218 W Ash, Suite A, Windsor, CO 80550. The City of Fort Collins, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER, will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within One Hundred Thirty -Five (135) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions within Forty (40) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as Liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: Thirty -Three Hundred Dollars ($3 300) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the One Hundred Thirty -Five (135) calendar day period for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. 2) Final Acceptance: After Substantial Completion, One Thousand Three Hundred Dollars ($1.300) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the Forty (40) calendar day period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: Three Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty -Six Dollars and Ninety Eight Cents ($3,450,966.98), in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, Owner will be entitled to withhold as contract retainage five percent (5%) of each progress payment, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. If , in the sole discretion of Owner, on recommendation of Engineer, Owner determines that the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 95% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application Section 00520 Page 3 for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient, if necessary, to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4 Consent of Surety 7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2.6 Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: INDEX OF SHEETS SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION OF SHEETS 1 COVER SHEET 2 GENERAL NOTES 3-4 TYPICAL SECTION 5-7 DEMOLITION PLAN 8-11 TIMBERLINE PLAN AND PROFILE 12 PROSPECT ROAD PLAN 13-15 MEDIAN PLAN 16-17 GRADING PLAN 18-19 EROSION CONTROL PLAN 20-23 STORM SEWER PLAN AND PROFILE 24-2S SIGNING AND STRIPING PLAN 26-30 CROSS SECTIONS 31-34 DETAILS 131-135 PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE PLANS (5 SHEETS) 1-1.0-1-4.5 LANDSCAPE PLANS (30 SHEETS) IR1.0-IR3.2 IRRIGATION PLANS (12 SHEETS) The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers 1 to 3, inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. OWNER: CITY OF FORT C LIN By: 1 DARIN ATTEBERRY, CITY MANA R s'/r9 DATE: By: GERRY PAUL,, PU CHASING DIRECTOR DATE: &— 1 / , /2o i � Attest: Address for giving notices: P. 0. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 Approved as to Form lC`J `e,&, Senior Assistant City Attorney CONTRACTOR: MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORSINC. By: PRINTED Title: -Pr2.Stj2n— Date: ,A n_ r�-2 1 . o? O I6 (CORPORATE SEAL) Attest: �frjL .rJGu �� Address for giving notices: License No.: SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work: 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements To: Mountain Constructors Inc. This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work. you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this day of 20_ The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be 20_and _ , 20_, respectively. City of Fort Collins OWNER No Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of 20 CONTRACTOR: Mountain Constructors Inc. M Title: SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate a: Koppers `Bitumastic 50" b. Royston Mfg. "Roskote A51" C. Or Approved Equal. 2. Pre -filled weld caps shall be: a. Royston "Handicaps" b. Or An Approved Equal. 3. Pipeline coatings for steel pipe? a Polyken 927 primer and 934 Tape b. Or An Approved Equal. 2.02 SECTION 02605 - MANHOLES, VAULTS AND INLETS A. Pipe Penetration Gaskets - Cast -In -Place Structures 1. Indiana Seal - Manhole Adapter 2. Standard "O"-ring gasket 3. Or An Approved Equal. B. Pipe Penetration Gaskets - Precast Structures 1. Kor-N-Seal, Dukor Company 2. PS-10, Press Seal Gasket Corp. 3. A-Lok, A-Lok Corp. 4. Lock Joint Flexible Manhole Sleeve, Interpace Corp. 5. Or An Approved Equal. C. Manhole Frames and Covers 1. Neenah - R1706, w/ type "K" cover pattern, 2. Deeter Foundry, Inc. - Model 1258, 3. Castings, Inc., 4. J Mark Corp, 5. Or An Approved Equal. D. Manhole Steps 1. M.A. Industries, Model PS2-PF. 2. Or An Approved Equal. E. Joint Sealants 9/3/2013 Approved Product Listing 01000-2 SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No.54207280 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Mountain Constructors Inc. 622 Main Street, PO Box 405, Platteville, CO 80651 �id(�i?tD(V{CyfCRt4didc64fibg4}, (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) United Fire & Casualty Company (Address) P.O. Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, IA 52407 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of Three Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty -Six Dollars and Ninety Eight Cents ($3,450,966.98) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 14th day of April, 2016, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins Project, 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. Bond No.54207280 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 19th day of April , 20 16. IN PRESENCE OF: (Title (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Not Applicable Not Applicable IN PRESENCE F: (W BY: Susan J. Lattaru , Surety Witness (Surety Saal) Principal Mountai onstruct/ors, Inc.. BY C�E I �� (Title) 622 Main Street, PO Box 405, Platteville, CO 80651 (Address) Other Partners By. Not Applicable By. Not Applicable Surety r�United Fire & Casualty Company lorietta Acosta, Attorney -In -Fact P.O. Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, IA 52407 (Address) NOTE: Date of Sond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No.54207280 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that Mountain Constructors Inc 622 Main Street, PO Box 405, Platteville, CO 80651 t4t4}fiX�S)j)CQ6>ff6�X�i# (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) United Fire & Casualty Company (Address) P.O. Box 73909. Cedar Rapids, IA 52407 hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of Three Million Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty -Six Dollars and Ninety Eight Cents ($3 450,966.98) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the 14th day of April, 2016, a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins Project, 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. Bond No.54207280 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 19th day of April 20 1fi IN PRESENCE OF: Principal Mountain Constructors, Inc. BY: QpZ (Title) (Title) (Corporate Seal) IN PRESENCE OF: Not Applicable Not Applicable 622 Main Street, PO Box 405, Platteville, CO 80651 (Address) Other Partners By Not Applicable By. Not Applicable IN PRESENC Surety United Fire & Casualty Company By one a cos a, orney-n- act Susan J. Lattarulo. Surety Witness P.O. Box 73909, Cedar Rapids, IA 52407 (Address) (Surety 6aai) NOTE: 'Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, CEDAR RAPIDS, IA Inquiries: Surety Department UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, WEBSTER, TX 118 Second Ave SE FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, ROCKLIN, CA Cedar Rapids, IA 52401 CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF ATTORNEY (original on file at Home Office of Company — See Certification) 'NOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, That UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under e laws of the State of Iowa; UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas; and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of California (herein collectively called the Companies), and having their corporate headquarters in Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa, does make, constitute and appoint DONALD E. APPLEBY, OR SARAH C. BROWN, OR MARK SWEIGART, OR TODD BENGFORD, OR FLORIETTA ACOSTA, OR SUSAN J. LATTARULO, ALL INDIVIDUALLY OF GREENWOOD VILLAGE, CO their true and lawful Attorneys) -in -Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execute in its behalf all lawful bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of similar nature provided that no single obligation shall exceed S 100,000,000.00 and to bind the Companies thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such instruments were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies and all of the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to the authority hereby given and hereby ratified and confirmed. The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall remain in full force and effect until revoked by UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, AND FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following bylaw duly adopted on May 15, 2013, by the Boards of Directors of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY. "Article VI — Surety Bonds and Undertakings" Section 2, Appointment of Attorney -in -Fact. "The President or any Vice President, or any other officer of the Companies may, from time to time, appoint by written certificates attomeys-in-fact to act in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurance, bonds, undertakings and other obligatory instruments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby, and the Corporate seal, may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special power of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such signature and seal, when so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies, to be valid and binding upon the Companies with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective certificates of authority shall have full power to bind the Companies by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President or any Vice President, the Board of Directors or any other officer of the Companies may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any attomey-in-fact. e\Irllrm„ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the COMPANIES have each caused these presents to be signed by its Ja r INSU 0", ST `,•��\e..cA...o �a�yc,' vice president and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this 1 day of JANUARY, 2016 -ORPORATE CORrORATE = j. fo: r,s UNITED FIRE &CASUALTY COMPANY SEAL �` �% SEAL =e:. o raeE v ; UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY um��" C/ State of Iowa, County of Linn, ss: By� lack�Vice President On IST day of JANUARY, 2016, before me personally came Dennis J. Richmann to me known, who being by me duly swom, did depose and say; that he resides in Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa; that he is a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, a Vice President of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and a Vice President of FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporations; that the seal affixed to the said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed pursuant to authority given by the Board of Directors of said corporations and that he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be the act and deed of said corporations. d to Judith to Davis Iowa Notarial Seal Commission number 173041 Notary Public ov • My Commission Expires 04/2312018 My commission expires: 04/23/2018 I, David A. Lange, Secretary of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY and Assistant Secretary of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and Assistant Secretary of FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the bylaws and resolutions of said Corporations as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATIONS, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. In testimony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the corporate seal of the said Corporations this 19th day of April , 20j_6_. O•*... 1NSUGy�ii�... ')+cis•: ,•C co. �� PP0% 4e CORPORATE q>> a CORPORATE i c Z OS i' = ULY p �'_ p v �9 SEAL %� SEAL ♦ �` 'y,r c'r41FOP BPOA0049 0913 Secretary, OF&C Assistant Secretary, OF&I/FPIC SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance in accordance with the following requirements: 1. The Contractor will provide, from insurance companies acceptable to the City, the insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs. Before commencing work under this bid, the Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of expiration of policies, and containing substantially the following statement: "The insurance evidenced by this Certificate will not reduce coverage or limits and will not be cancelled, except after thirty (30) days written notice has been received by the City of Fort Collins." In case of the breach of any provision of the Insurance Requirements, the City, at its option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of the Contractor, such insurance as the City may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies which may be due or become due the Contractor under this Agreement. The City, its officers, agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on the Contractor 's general liability and automobile liability insurance policies for any claims arising out of work performed under this Agreement. 2. Insurance coverages shall be as follows: A. Workers' Compensation & Employer's Liability. The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement for all of the Contractor's employees engaged in work performed under this agreement: 1. Workers' Compensation insurance with statutory limits as required by Colorado law. 2. Employer's Liability insurance with limits of $100,000 per accident, $500,000 disease aggregate, and $100,000 disease each employee. B. Commercial General & Vehicle Liability. The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement such commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance as will provide coverage for damage claims of personal injury, including accidental death, as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise directly or indirectly from the performance of work under this Agreement. Coverage for property damage shall be on a "broad form" basis. The amount of insurance for each coverage, Commercial General and Vehicle, shall not be less than $1,000,000 combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage. In the event any work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the work performed under this Agreement by a subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance Cliant#- 33585 mni ICnNPC ACORD., CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD YYYY) F 4/21/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED 'REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. APORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT Pat Reece NAME: Holmes Murphy -Colorado PHONE 720�22-8246 FAX 855-668-0069 A/C No Ext : A/C No 7600 East Orchard Rd, Ste 330 South E-MAIL reece holmesmur h com ADDRESS: P @ P Y• Greenwood Village, CO 80111 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURER A: Charter Oak Fire Insurance Comp 25615 INSURED INSURER B : Travelers Property Casualty Co. 25674 Mountain Constructors, Inc. 41190 Pinnacol Assurance Company INSURERC: P Y 622 Main Street PO BOX 405 INSURER D : Platteville, CO 80651 INSURER E: INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER - THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDLSUB INSR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MMIDD/YYYY POLICY EXP MMIDDIYYYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE O OCCUR X PD Ded: $1,000 X DTC0326DO33215COF 07/28/2015 07/01120le EACHOCCURRENCE $1,000,000 $300000 PMISES EaEoNNT5mD nce RE MED EXP (Any one person) $5 000 PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE s2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY X PR IT El LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG s2,000,000 $ AUTOMOBILE IUABILIT' ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X NON -OWNED AUTOS AVe OtIn Car X DT810326DO3321STIL 7/28/2015 07/01/2016 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT Ea accident1, $1,000,000 $ $ X BODILY INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) X PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ X $ B XI UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB J( OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE DTSMCUP326DO3321ST 7/28/2015 07/01/201 EACH OCCURRENCE $$ OOO OOO AGGREGATE $$ 000 000 $ DIED X RETENTION $$10,000 C WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY IA ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNER/EXECUTIVE YIN N OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? � (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NIA 3027994 7/01/2015 07/01/201E X WCSTATU- oTH- - $1,000,000 E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT -- $1,000,000 I DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) Project: 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvement As required by written contract or written agreement, the Certificate Holder is included as Additional Insured under General Liability and Automobile Liability with respect to the above referenced. City of Fort Collins SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN P.O. Box 580 ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Fort Collins, CO 80522 AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE —O © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010/05) 1 of 1 The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD #S203698/M149224 MANV1 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. WHO IS AN INSURED — (Section II) is amended to include any person or organization that you agree in a "written contract requiring insurance" to include as an additional insured on this Cover- age Part, but: a) Only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal injury"; and b) If, and only to the extent that, the injury or damage is caused by acts or omissions of YOU or your subcontractor in the performance of "your work" to which the "written contract requiring insurance" applies. The person or organization does not qualify as an additional insured with respect to the independent acts or omissions of such person or organization. 2. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is limited as follows: a) In the event that the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations exceed the limits of liability required by the "written contract requiring insurance", the in- surance provided to the additional insured shall be limited to the limits of liability re- quired by that "written contract requiring in- surance". This endorsement shall not in- crease the limits of insurance described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. b) The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury", "prop- erty damage" or "personal injury" arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or sur- veying services, including: i. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- ders or change orders, or the preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or ap- prove, drawings and specifications; and ii. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. c) The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by "your work" and included in the "products -completed op- erations hazard" unless the "written contract requiring insurance" specifically requires you to provide such coverage for that additional insured, and then the insurance provided to the additional insured applies only to such "bodily injury" or "properly damage" that oc- curs before the end of the period of time for which the "written contract requiring insur- ance" requires you to provide such coverage or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier. 3. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible "other insurance", whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, if the "written contract requiring insurance" specifically requires that this insurance apply on a primary basis or a primary and non-contributory basis, this insurance is primary to "other insurance" available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a named insured for such loss, and we will not share with that "other insurance". But the insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement still is excess over any valid and collectible "other in- surance", whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the addi- tional insured when that person or organization is an additional insured under such "other insur- ance". 4. As a condition of coverage provided to the additional insured by this endorsement: a) The additional insured must give us written notice as soon as practicable of an "occur- rence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, such notice should include: CG D2 46 08 05 © 2005 The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. Page 1 of 2 'COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY L How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; it. The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and iii. The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the occurrence" or offense. b) If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against the additional insured, the additional insured must: i. Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and ii. Notify us as soon as practicable. The additional insured must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c) The additional insured must immediately send us copies of all legal papers received in connection with the claim or "suit", cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit", and otherwise comply with all policy conditions. d) The additional insured must tender the de- fense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any provider of "other insurance" which would cover the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, this condition does not affect whether the insur- ance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is primary to 'other insur- ance" available to the additional insured which covers that person or organization as a named insured as described in paragraph 3. above. 5. The following definition is added to SECTION V. — DEFINITIONS: "Written contract requiring insurance" means that part of any written contract or agreement under which you are required to include a person or organization as an additional in- sured on this Coverage Part, provided that the "bodily injury" and "property damage" oc- curs and the "personal injury" is caused by an offense committed: a. After the signing and execution of the contract or agreement by you; b. While that part of the contract or agreement is in effect; and c. Before the end of the policy period. Page 2 of 2 © 2005 The St. Paul Travelers Companies, Inc. CG D2 46 08 05 003384 COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE —This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED ( B> BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED LIMITS F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS PROVISIONS A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any organization you newly acquire or form dur- ing the policy period over which you maintain 50% or more ownership interest and that is not separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage under this provision is afforded only un- til the 180th day after you acquire or form the or- ganization or the end of the policy period, which- ever is earlier. B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION 11 — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an addi- tional insured is an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES —INCREASED LIMIT J. PERSONAL PROPERTY K. AIRBAGS L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section 11. C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO 1. The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION 11 — COV- ERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: An "employee" of yours is an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in an "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. 2. The following replaces Paragraph b. in B.5., Other Insurance, of SECTION IV — BUSI- NESS AUTO CONDITIONS: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover- age, the following are deemed to be cov- ered "autos" you own: (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2) Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a -contract in - an "employee's" name, with your CA T3 53 02 15 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 4 Inrli viac rnnvrinhfari matarinl of incuranca RPnrirac Offirc Inc with itc norm iccinn 1. "Rub'r-Nek:, K.T. Snyder Co. 2. "Kent Seal", Hamilton -Kent Manufacturing Co. 3. GS #79, 44, or 4, General Sealants. 4. ConSeal, CS202. 5. Or An Approved Equal. 6. "Ram-Nek" is not acceptable. F. Grout 1. Pre -mixed Master Builders "Set Grout", Sika "Grout 212" 2.03 SECTION 02615 - DUCTILE IRON PIPE A. MECHANICAL JOINTS RESTRAINTS: 1. Megalug Series 1100, manufactured by EBAA Iron, Inc. 2. GripRing, manufactured by Romac Industries, Inc. 3. Allgrip Series 3600, manufactured by Star Pope Products, L.P. 4. Uniflange Series 1400, manufactured by Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. B. PUSH -ON JOINTS RESTRAINTS: 1. Megalug Series 1700, by EBAA Iron, Inc. 2. Uniflange Series UFR 1390-C, manufactured by Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. 3. Romac 600 Series Style 611 manufactured by Romac Industries, Inc. 2.04 SECTION 02621 - PLASTIC PRESSURE PIPE A. PIPE 1. Diamond Plastics Corporation 2. PW Eagle 3. J-M Manufacturing Company 4. CertainTeed 5. Underground Solutions, Inc 6. Or An Approved Equal B. TRACER WIRE SPLICES: 1. SnakeBite 90 degree twist lock connecters as manufactured by Copperhead Industries. C. LOCATOR STATION BOXES WITH LID LABELED "LOCATOR STATION": 9/3/2013 01000-3 Approved Product Listing COMMERCIAL AUTO permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto". D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us- ing a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS —INCREASED LIMITS 1. The following replaces Paragraph A_2.a.(2), of SECTION If — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in- cluding bonds for related traffic law viola- tions) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2. The following replaces Paragraph A.1.a.(4), of SECTION 11 — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day be- cause of time off from work. F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para- graph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: (5) Anywhere in the world, except any country or jurisdiction while any trade sanction, em- bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the United States of America applies to and pro- hibits the transaction of business with or within such country or jurisdiction, for Cov- ered Autos Liability Coverage for any covered "auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver for a period of 30 days or less and that is not an "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow from any of your "employees", partners (if you are a 'partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company) or members of their households. (a) With respect to any claim made or "suit" brought outside the United States of America, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico and Canada: (i) You must arrange to defend the "in- sured" against, and investigate or set- tle any such claim or "suit" and keep us advised of all proceedings and ac- tions. (ii) Neither you nor any other involved "insured" will make any settlement without our consent. (iii) We may, at our discretion, participate in defending the "insured" against, or in the settlement of, any claim or "suit". (iv) We will reimburse the "insured" for sums that the "insured" legally must pay as damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies, that the "in- sured" pays with our consent, but only up to the limit described in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION 11 — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE. (v) We will reimburse the "insured" for the reasonable expenses incurred with our consent for your investiga- tion of such claims and your defense of the "insured" against any such "suit", but only up to and included within the limit described in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, and not in addition to such limit. Our duty to make such payments ends when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in payments for damages, settlements or defense expenses. (b) This insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the "insured" whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. (c) This insurance is not a substitute for re- quired or compulsory insurance in any country outside the United States, its ter- ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Canada. Page 2 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15 Includes coovriehted material of Insurance services Office Inc with its narmissinn You agree to maintain all required or compulsory insurance in any such coun- try up to the minimum limits required by local law. Your failure to comply with compulsory insurance requirements will not invalidate the coverage afforded by this policy, but we will only be liable to the same extent we would have been liable had you complied with the compulsory in- surance requirements. (d) It is understood that we are not an admit- ted or authorized insurer outside the United States of America, its territories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can- ada. We assume no responsibility for the furnishing of certificates of insurance, or for compliance in any way with the laws of other countries relating to insurance. G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS The following is added to Paragraph D., Deducti- ble, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE —INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the last sentence of Para- graph A.4.1b., Loss Of Use Expenses, of SEC- TION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of $750 for any one "accident'. I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the first sentence in Para- graph AA.a., Transportation Expenses, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- AGE: We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in- curred by you because of the total theft of a cov- ered "auto" of the private passenger type. J. PERSONAL PROPERTY COMMERCIAL AUTO (2) In or on your covered "auto". This coverage applies only in the event of a total theft of your covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this Personal Property coverage. K. AIRBAGS The following is added to Paragraph B.3., Exclu- sions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss" to one or more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in- flate due to a cause other than a cause of "loss" set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b. and A.1.c., but only: a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre- hensive Coverage under this policy; b. The airbags are not covered under any war- ranty; and c. The airbags were not intentionally inflated. We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for any one "loss". L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a., of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Your duty to give us or our authorized representa- tive prompt notice of the "accident" or 'loss" ap- plies only when the "accident" or 'loss" is known to: (a) You (if you are an individual); (b) A partner (if you are a partnership); (c) A member (if you are a limited liability com- pany); (d) An executive officer, director or insurance manager (if you are a corporation or other or- ganization); or (e) Any "employee" authorized by you to give no- tice of the "accident" or "loss". M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following replaces Paragraph A.5., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: The following is added to Paragraph AA., Cover- 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against age Extensions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL Others To Us DAMAGE COVERAGE: We waive any right of recovery we may have Personal Property against any person or organization to the ex- tent required of you by a written contract We will pay up to $400 for "loss" to wearing ap- signed and executed prior to any "accident" paral and other personal property which is: - or "loss", provided ,thai the "accident' or"'ioss (1) Owned by an "insured"; and arises out of operations contemplated by CA T3 53 02 15 OO 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 4 COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the The unintentional omission of, or unintentional person or organization designated in such error in, any information given by you shall not contract. prejudice your rights under this insurance. How- N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ever this provision does not affect our right to col - The following is added to Paragraph B.2., Con- lect additional premium or exercise our right of cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, of cancellation or non -renewal. SECTION IV —BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Page 4 of 4 © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15 Includes coovriahted material of Insurance Services Office. Inc. with its permission. POLICY NUMBER: DT-CO-326D0332-COF-1 5 ISSUE DATE: 07 27 -1 5 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice of Cancellation: 30 PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM CONTINUED ON IL T8 03 ADDRESS: CONTINUED ON IL TS 03 PLATTEVILLE CO 80651 PROVISIONS: If we cancel this policy for any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for cancellation in the schedule above, we will rnail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in the schedule above. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the schedule above at least the number of days shown for cancellation in the schedule above before the effective date of cancellation. IL T4 05 03 11 Cc> 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. 0034G7 Page 1 of 1 SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: Mountain Constructors Inc. CONTRACT DATE: April 14, 2016 The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER DA REMARKS: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE ,20— TO: Mountain Constructors Inc. Gentlemen: You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20_, the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by Mountain Constructors Inc. for the City of Fort Collins project, 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements. A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated April 14, 2016. In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date: 20_. Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: Mountain Constructors Inc. (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. Signed this day of 20_ CONTRACTOR: MOUNTAIN CONSTRUCTORS INC. M Title: ATTEST: Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of by Witness my hand and official seal. Notary Public My Commission Expires: s SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: Mountain Constructors Inc. PROJECT: 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements CONTRACT DATE: April 14, 2016 In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for (Surety) on bond of hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of 20 (Surety Company) 0 ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact. SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE DR 0172 (12198) COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE DENVER CO 80261 (303)232-2416 CONTRACTOR APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Pursuant to Statute Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(XIX) v Inn NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment, supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become part of the structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization. Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided by law. A separate certificate is required for each contract. Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue- It is the responsibility of the prime contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side). FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED. Registration/Account No. (to be assigned by DOR) Period 0170-750 (999) $0.00 89 - CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Trade name/DBA: Owner, partner, or corporate name. Mailing address (City. State, Zip): Contact Person E-Mail address: Federal Employer's Identification Number. Bid amount for your contract: Fax Number: ( Business telephone number Colorado withholding tax account number: Copies of contract or agreement pages (1) identifying the contracting parties EXEMPTION INFORMATION and (2) containing signatures of contracting parties must be attached. Name of exempt organization (as shown on contract): Exempt organization number: 98 - Address of exempt organization (City, State, Zip): Principal contact at exempt organization Principal contact's telephone number: Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cities and/or County lies) where project is located) Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Day Year construction start date'. completion date 1 declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and complete to the best of my knowledge. Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer Title of corporate officer: Date. DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE 1. - Tyler 6855 Series 2. East Jordan Iron Works (EJIW) 8555 Series D. MECHANICAL JOINTS RESTRAINTS: 1. Megalug Series 2000PV or Series 2000SV, manufactured by EBAA Iron Inc. 2. PVC Ring Lock Series 3500, manufactured by Star Pipe Products, L.P. 3. Uniflange Series 1500, manufactured by Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. E. PUSH -ON JOINTS RESTRAINTS: 1. Megalug Series 1600 with Type 304 stainless steel tie bolts, manufactured by EBAA Iron Inc. 2. Uniflange Series UFR1390-C with Type 304 stainless steel tee bolts, manufactured by Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. 3. Romac 600 Series Style 611 with Type 304 stainless steel tee bolts, manufactured by Romac Industries, Inc. 2.05 SECTION 02636 — SNOUT OIL -WATER -DEBRIS SEPARATOR 1. Best Management Products, Inc. 2. Or An Approved Equal. 2.06 SECTION 02640 - VALVES A. GATE VALVES 1. Mueller 2. American Flow Control 3. Clow 4. M & H Valve Company 5. US Pipe. B. BUTTERFLY VALVES: 1. Mueller 2. Pratt 3. American Darling (Val-Matic) 4. DeZurick 5. M & H Valve Company. C. VALVE BOXES: 9/3/2013 01000-4 Approved Product Listing Special Notice Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes in procedure: The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors. Only prime contractors will receive a Contractor's Exemption Certificate on exempt projects. Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor's name and address and signing it. The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractor's place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit. Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For instance, if you were assigned 89-12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeeding numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this may delay processing of your application. SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as a base. Changes to that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and striking through text that has been deleted. EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Number & Title TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Page Article or Paragraph Number Number & Title DEFINITIONS ........................ ............................. I 1.1 Addenda.............................................1 1.2 Agreem enk ............................. . .......... J 1.3 Application for Payment.......................1 1.4 Asbestos ...................................... J 1.5 Bid ......................... . .............. 1.6 Bidding Documents_....._.._ ................ 1.7 Bidding Requirements ......................... 1.8 Bonds ................................................. J 1.9 Change Order . .......................... __l 1.10 Contract Documents ... I 1.11 Contract Price, ....................................1 1 1.12 Contract Times ....................................1 1.13 CONTRACTOR ................ ................. 1 1.14 defective ................... ......................... 3 1.15 Drawings, ................................ ...... _J 1.16 Effective Date of the Agrcemcnk_....,J 1.17 ENGINEER ........................................1. 1.18 ENGINEERS Comiultant, .....................1 1.19 Field Order .......................................... 1 1.20 General Requirements .........................2 1.21 Hazardous Waste ................................. 2 1.22.a Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations ......................................2 1. 22. b Legal Holidays .....................................2 1.23 Liens ..................................................2 1.24 Milestone ........................................2 1.25 Notice of Award........_ ......... .............. 2 1.26 Notice to Proceed ................................ 2 1.27 OWNER ................ . ........................... 2 1.28 Partial Utilization ............................... 2 1.29 PCBs..................................................2 1.30 Petroleum . ..................... . .................... 1.31 Project.....--- ............... ------ .............. 2 1.32.a Radioactive Nfaffial ........................... 2 1.32-b Regular Working Haas.......................2 1.33 Resident Project RcprcurAative ........... 2 1.34 Samples ..............................................2 1.35 Shop Drawings ............. ...................... 2 1.36 Specifications .....................................2 1.37 Subcontractor ......................................2 1.38 Substantial Completion .......................2 1.39 Supplementary Conditionx ............. 1.-.2 1.40 Supplier ..............................................2 1.41 Underground Facilities .................... 2-3 1.42 Unit Price Work ........... _ ..................... 3 1.43 Work ..................................................3 1.44 Work Change Directive.......................:3 1.45 Written Amendment ...........................3 Page Number PRELIMINARY MATTERS_ ............................. 3 21 Delivery of Bonds............_.............. 3 2.2 Copies of Documents ....................... 2.3 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed ................ 3 2A Starting the Work ............................3 2.5-2 7 Before Starting Construction: CONTRACTOR's Responsibility to Report; Preliminary SchedLIcs, Delivery of Certificates of Insurance, ...... ....... ............. 3-4 2.8 Proconstruction Conference .............. 4 2.9 initially Acceptable Schedules— ....... 4 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Z=, AMENDING, REUSE .................................. ....... 4 3.1-3.2 Intent ................ ............................. 4 3.3 Reference to Standards and Speci- fications of Technical Societies, Reporting and Resolving Dis- crepancies ................................. 4-5 3-4 Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives ..................................... 5 3.5 Amending Contract Docanentik ........ 5 3.6 Supplementing Contract Documents ................................... 5 3.7 Rcuse of Docury ents ......................_.3 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS .........................................5 4.1 Availability of Lands .....................5-6 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 42.1 Reports and Drawings„ .................. 4.2.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRAC- TOR Authorized, Technical Data............................................. 6 4.23 Notice of iffering Subsurface or Physical Conditiomi ....... . ........ jS 4.2.4 ENGTNEERs Review .......................0 42.5 Possible Contract Documents Change................................... 4.2.6 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ............................... r-7 4.3 Physical Conditions --Underground Facilities ...................................... 7 4.3.1 Shown or Indicated .............. . ......... 7 4.3.2 Not Shown or Indicati:4 ................... Y 4.4 Reference Points . ............................. I UMCGENMAL CONDITIONS 19104 (1990 EDITION) W1 CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 4.5 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 625 Submittal Procedures; CON - Hazardous Waste or TRACTOR's Review Prior Radioactive Material,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 7-8 to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal .................................... 16 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE................................8 6.26 Shop Drawing & Sample Submit. 5.1-5.2 Performance, Payment and Other tals Review by ENGINEER .....16-17 Bonds,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,*........, .....*..., ,, 8 6.27 Responsibility for Variations 5.3 Licensed Sureties and Insurers; From Contract Documents ........... 17 Certificates of Insurance .................... 8 6.28 Related Work Performed Prior 5.4 CONTRACTOR's Liability to ENGINEER's Review and Insurance ......................................... 9 Approval of Required 5.5 OWNER's Liability Insurance ............... Submittals .... ............................... 17 5.6 Property Insurance ....... .......... ......... 9-10 6.29 Continuing the Work ........ ........... ..17 5.7 Boiler and Machinery or Addi- 6.30 CONTRACTOR's General tional Property Insurance ................ 10 Warranty and Guarantee.............17 5.8 Notice of Cancellation Pro%islon....,,,,,10 6.31-6.33 Indemnification ,,,,__17-18 5.9 CONTRACTOR'sResponsibility 6.34 Survival of Obligations ...................j8 for Deductible Amounts.................... 10 5.10 Other Special Insurance ......................10 7. OTHER WORK ............ ....... .............................. JS 5.11 Waiver of Rights................................11 7.1-7.3 Related Work at W...................... IS 5.12-5.13 Receipt and Application of 7.4 Coordination.................................18 Insurance Proceeds .....................30-11 5.14 Acceptance of Bonds andIn=- 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITIES .........................18 once; Option to Replace...................11 8.1 Communications to CON- 5.15 Partial Utilization --Property TRACTOR.................................18 Insurance ........................................ 11 8.2 Replacement of ENGINEER ...........18 8.3 Furnish Data andPay Promptly 6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES I I When Due18 6.1-6.2 Supervision and Superintendencg,,,,,..11 8.4 Lands and Easements; Reports 6.3-6.5 Labor, Materials and Equipment ... 11-12 and Tests ....... _...... _...,........... 18-19 6.6 Progress Schedule..............................J2 8.5 Insurance ....................................... 19 6.7 Substitutes and 'Or -Equal" Items; 8.6 Change Orders..............................J9 CONTRACTORs ExpensC 8.7 Inspections, Tests and Substitute Construction Approvals...................................19 Methods or Procedures; 8.8 Stop or Suspend Work, ENGINEER's Evaluation .._.,,,,,,,12-13 Terminate CONTRACTOR's 6.8-6.11 Concerning Subcontractors, Services......................................19 Suppliers and Others; 8.9 Limitations on OWNER'S Waiver of Rights. ............... ........ j3-14 Responsibilities ...... ,.................... 19 6,12 Patent Fees and Royalties,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14 8.10 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, 6.13 Permits.... ......... ............................... 14 Hazardous Waste or 6.14 Laws and Regulations ........................J4 Radioactive Material, ................... J9 6.15 Taxes ........................................... 14-15 8.11 Evidence of Financil 6.16 Use ofPremism ................................15 Arrangements .......................... ..,.19 6.17 Site Cleanliness ................................ 15 6.18 Safe Structural Loading,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 15 9. ENG11,TERS STATUS DURING 6.19 Record Documents .............................15 CONSTRUCTION .............. ............................... 19 6.20 Safety and Protection.. ...... __........ 15-16 9.1 OWNER's Representative...............19 6.21 Safety Representative ......................... J6 9.2 Visits to Site. ................................. 19 6.22 Hazard Communication Program* ...... 16 9.3 Project Representative .....19-21 .......... 6.23 Emergencies.....................................16 9.4 Clarifications and Interpre- 6.24 Shop Drawings and Sampleg..............16 tations...................... ................... 1 9.5 Authorized Variations in Pbrk........ 21 EJCDC GENQlAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION) w/ C1TY OF FORT COLLINS MODMCA77ONS (REV 9/99) Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page Number & Title Number Number & Title Number 9.6 Rejecting Defective Work..................21 9.7-9.9 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ................................... 21 9.10 Determinatials for Unit Prices,.,,,. 21-22 9.11-9.12 Decisions on Disputes; ENGI- NEER as Initial Interpreter.............22 9.13 Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and Responsibilitiq.... ,22-23 CHANGES IN THE WORK ....................................... 23 10.1 OWNER's Ordered Change................P 14. 10.2 Claim for Adjustment........................23 10.3 Work Not Required by Contract Documents ..................................... 23 10.4 Change Order$ ................................. 23 10.5 Notification of Surety ........................23 CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE .............................73 11.1-11.3 Contract Price; Claim for Adjustment; Value of the Work .............................. _... 23-24 11.4 Cast of the Work ..........................24-25 11.5 Exclusions to Cost of the Work,,,,,,,,,, 25 11.6 CONTRACTOR's Fee,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„ 25 11.7 Cost Records.................................25-26 11.8 Cash Allowances..............................26 11.9 Unit Price Work....__ ........................ 26 CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIIv1ES ...........................26 12.1 Claim for Adjustment................„__....26 12.2 Time of the Essence ..........................26 12.3 Delays Beyond CONTRACTORS Control ...... ............................... 26-27 12.4 Delays Beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's Control ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,27 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFEC77VE WORK..................................................77 13.1 Notice of Defects ...............................77 13.2 Access to the Work. ..... - ........... ....... 27 13.3 Tests and Inspections; CONTRACTOR's Cooperation,,,,,..,, 27 13.4 OWNERS Responsibilities; Independent Testing Laboratory.,.,.., 27 13.5 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities... ........... ................ 27 13.6-13.7 Covering Work Prior to Inspec- tion, Testing or Approval., ............... 27 13,8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI- NEER's Request .....................77-28 13.10 OWNER May Stop the Work,...,..... 28 13.11 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ...........................78 13.12 Correction Period ...........................28 13.13 Acceptance ofDefective Work ......... 28 13.14 OWNER May Correct Defective Work..................................... 28-29 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION................................................. 29 14.1 Schedule of Values .........................29 14.2 Application for Progress Payment ............................. ....... 29 14.3 CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title.......................................... 29 14.4-14.7 Review of Applications for Progress Payments.................19-30 14.8-14.9 Substantial Completion ..................30 14.10 Partial utilization ..... ................ 30-31 14.11 FinalInspection .............................31 14.12 Final Application for Payment ........ 31 14.13-1434 Final Payment and Acceptanoe....... 31 14.15 Waiver of Claims ......................31-32 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ............................................... 32 15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work .......... 32 15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate,_.,..._,._,,._ 32 15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate 32-33 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION ..__..___.-_.....................33 17. MISCELLANEOUS, ........................... ............ 3 17.1 Giving Notice ................................33 17.2 Computation of Tim as,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,33 17.3 Notice of Claim..............................33 17.4 Cumulative Remedies.....................33 17.5 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included ......................... ---- 33 17.6 Applicable State Laws ............... 33-34 Intentionally left blank ...................................... 35 E)aMT GC -A: (Optional) Dispute Resolution Agreement .....................00-Al 16.1-16.6 Arbitration ................ ..............PC -Al 16.7 Mediation...............................PC-AI EICDC GENERAL COMMTIONS 1910.9 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODMCATIONS OtEV 9/99) INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index Article or Paragraph Number Acceptance of — Bonds and Insurance........................................5.14 defective Work............................10.4.1. 13.5, 13.13 final payment........................................9.12, 14.13 insurance.........................................................5.14 other Work by CONTRACTOR ..........................7.3 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items .....................5.7.1 Work by OWNER..............................2.5, 6.30.6.34 Access to the -- Lands, OWNER and CONTRACTOR responsibilities ............................................. 4.1 site. related Work .............................................. 7.2 Work..........................................13.2.13.14.14.9 Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions— CONTRACTOR...................................6.9.1, 9.13.3 ENGINEER.....................................6.20, 9.13.3 OWNER....................................................0.20, 8.9 Addenda --definition of (also see definition of Specifications) ....... (1.6, 1.10, 6.19), 1.1 Additional Property Insurances„ ............................... 5.7 Adjustments — Contract Rice or Contract Times ................. ,......... 1.5. 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2,4.5.2, ... _1. 5.3.9.4, 9.5. 10.2 10.4, .........................................11. 12, 14.8. 15.1 progress scheduk.............................................. 6.6 Agreement— dcfinition of......................................................).2 'All -Risk" Insurance, policy fcrtq...........................j.6.2 Allowances, Cash....................................................11.8 Amending Contract Document; ................................ 3.5 Amendment, Written -- in general. , ............... 1. 10, 1.45. 3.5. 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2 ..........................0.8.2, 6.19, 10.1. 10.4, 11.2 ...........I........................12.1, 13.112, 14.7.2 Appeal. OWNER or CONTRACTOR intent to, ......................... 9. 10, 9.11. 10.4. 16.2, 16.5 Application for Payment -- definition of....................................................1.3 ENGINEER's Responsibility ............................... 9.9 final payment..................9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15 in general ..........................2.8, 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5 progress payment......................................14.1-14.7 review of ............................ ......... .............. 14.4-14.7 Arbitration.....................................................16.1-16.6 Asbestos -- claims pursuant thereto..........................4.5.2. 4.5.3 CONTRACTOR authorized to stop Work .......... 4.5.2 definitionof........................................................1.4 Article or Paragraph Number OWNER responsibility for,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.5A, 8,10 possible price and times changa..... ............ 4.5.2 Authorized Variations in Work...,,,,,, 3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5 Availability of Lands... ........ .............................. 4.1.8.4 Award, Notice of--defined,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,l 25 Before Starting Construction ............................ _� 5-2.8 Bid --definition of ... ....... _... ........ 1.5 (1.1, 1.10, 2 3, 3.3, .......... ......... .----- ,2.6.4, 6,13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1) Bidding Documents —definition Of 1.6(6.8.2) Bidding Requirements —definition Of ........................................1.7 (IA, 4.2.6.2) Bonds -- acceptance of . ............................ .............. ....... 5.14 additional bonds ...................... .......... 10.5. 11.4.5.9 Cost of the Work............................................11.5.4 definition of.......................................................1.8 delivery of ................ ............. ___ ............... .2.1, 5.1 final Application for Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 14.12-14.14 general....................................„J.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13, ................ I—- ............... . 9.13. 10.5. 14.7.6 Performance, Payment and Other ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5.1-5.2 Bonds and Insurance --in general...._...........................5 Builder's risk "all-risk" policy form .........................5.6.2 Cancellation Provisions, Insurance,,,,,,,, 5.4.11, 5.8, 5.15 Cash Allowances..............................-.....................)1.8 Certificate of Substantial Completion ........ 1.38, 6.30.2.3, ............................... ................ _14.8, 14.10 Certificates of Inspection ..................9.13.4. 13.5, 14.12 Certificates of Insurance..............2.7. 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13. .....I ................ 5.6.5. 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12 Change in Contract Price — Cash Allowances 11.8 claim for price adjustment,.,,,,.,,,,, 4.1. 4.2.6, 4.5. 5.15, 6.8.2. 9.4 ..................9.5.9.11. 10.2, 10.5. 11.2, 13.9. .......................33.13. 13.14, 14.7. 15.1. 15.5 CONTRACTORS fee.........................................11.6 Cast of the Work general...............................................11.4-11.7 Exclusions to.............................................11.5 CostRecords .......... .... _.................................... )1.7 in general.............J.19, 1.44, 9.11, 10.4.2, 10.4.3. 11 Lump Sum Pricing..........................................11.3.2 Notification of Surety.........................................10.5 Scope of,.... .........................._.....__ _....J0.3-10.4 Testing and Inspection, Uncovering the Work..................................13.9 EXMC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) Unit Price Work 11.9 Article or Paragraph Number Value of Work..............................................I...31.3 Change in Contract Tim es - Claim for times adjustmcat ........4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, ....... 6.8.2, 9.4. 9.5, 9.11, 1 O.2, 10.5, 12.1, ........13.9,13.13,13.14,14.7,15.1.15.5 Contractual time limit; ............................. ....... 12.2 Delays beyond CONTRACTOWs control......................................................32.3 Delays beyond OWNER's and CONTRACTORs control.............................12.4 Notification of surety.........................................10.5 Scope of change........................................10.3-10.4 Change Orders -- Acceptance ofDefeetive Work .........................13.13 Amending Contract Documents ..........................3.5 Cash Allowances..............................................11.8 Change of Contract Pric4....................... .............. I I Change of Contract Timq...................................12 Changes in the Work ................ __.... ...... ............ JO CONTRACTORs fee ....................................... 11.6 Cost of the Work... ................................. _114-11.7 Cost Records ..................... ........ _..................... 11.7 definition of ................................ .......................1.9 emergencies.....................................................0.23 ENGINEERsresponsibility ........ .8. 10.4, 11.2. 121 execution of.....................................................10.4 Indemni6ctierl .........................6.12, 6.16, 6.31.6.33 Insurance, Bonds and.......................5.10, 5.13, 10.5 OWNER may terminate . ......... ................... .15.2-15.4 OWNER's Resparsibility.............................$.6, 10.4 Physical Conditions - Subsurfaceand.............................................4.2 Underground Facilities»............................4.3.2 Record Documents.........-...............................6.19 Scope of Change.......................................10.3-10.4 Substitutes ............................................. 6.7.3. 6.8.2 Unit Price Work.........................................I.....11.9 value of Work, covered by ..................... ._......... 11.3 Changes in the Work.................................................)0 Notification of surety ........................................ 10.5 OWNER's and CONTRACTORs responsibilities............................................10.4 Right to an adjustment, ..................................... 10.2 Scope of change ................. ....................... 10.3-10.4 Claims -- against CONTRACTOR ..... ............................ .. 6.16 against ENGINEER ......................................... 6.32 against OWNER...............................................0.32 Change of Contract Pricq ............................9A. 11.2 Change of Contract Times ...........................9.4. 12.1 CONTRACTOR'S.............4. 7.1, 9.4. 9.5, 9.11, 10.2. ...........................11.2, 11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, ............I......115.1. 15.5.17.3 CONTRACTOR's Fee 11.6 ........................................ Article or Paragraph Number CONTRACTORs liability,,,,,.,,,, 5.4, 612, 6.16, 6.31 Cost of the Work......................................11.4, 11.5 Decisions on Disputes...............................9.11, 9.12 Dispute Resolution............................................16.1 Dispute Resolution Agreement ....................16.1-16A ENGINEER as initial interpreter.......................911 Lump Sum Pricing, ..... .................... ... __ ...... 11.3.2 Noticeof...........................................................1.7.3 OWNER's....................9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9 .............. .......... 12.1,13.9,13.13,13.14.17.3 OWNER's liability .............................................. 5.5 OWNER may refuse to make payment, ................14.7 Professional Fees and Court Costs Included.. - ................................._.........17.5 request for formal decision m................ ....... -3,11 Substitute Items ........ ............... _.................. 0.7.1.2 Time Extension........_......................................1Z.1 Time requirements .................................. 9.11, 12.1 Unit Price Work.............................................I L9.3 Valueof ...........................................................1.1.3 Waiver of --on Final Payment................. 34.14. 14.15 Work Change Directive.....................................10. 2 written notice required ......................9.11. 11,) 121 Clarifications and Interpretations,......,.... 3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Clean Site ... - _.._.............--- ....._ _.. .............. 0.17 Codes of Technical Society, Organization or Association..................................................3.3.3 Commencement of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,..,- 23 Communications— general..............................................6.2.6.9.2, 8.1 Hazard Communication Programs .....................622 Completion - Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12 Final Inspection .............. ... _............. .......... 14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance ............._14.13-14.14 Partial Utilization ................................... _...... 14.10 Substantial Compietion ....................1-38. 14.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims............................................34.15 Computation of Times...............................17.2.1-17.2.2 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others.................................................6.8-6.11 Conferences -- initially acceptable schedulq..............................2.9 preconstruction, ..................................................2.8 Conflict, Error, Ambiguity. Discrepancy -- CONTRACTOR to Report ........................ Construction, before starting by CONTRACTOR...........................................2.5-2.7 Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc ..................6.4 Continuing the Work............................._......6,29, 10.4 Contract Documents - Amending..........................................................3-5 Bonds............................................................. 5.1 ErCDC GENERAL cotmtnON31910-9 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 91W Cash Allowances.-- ................................_ ....... jI.8 Article or Paragraph Number Change of Contract PricQ .................................... I I Change of Contract Times .............. I .................... 12 Changes in the Work ................................10.440.5 check and verify ................................................ ;2.5 Clarifications and Interpretations, .........................3.2, 16, 9.4. 9.11 definition of ...................................1.10 ENGINEER as initial interpreter of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.11 ENGINEER as OWNER'S representativeL,, ........... 9.1 genera[3 Insurance...........................................................5.3 Intent..... .................................................. 3.1-3.4 minor variations in the Work ..............................3.6 OWNERs responsibility to famish data. __ ....... 8.3 OWNER's responsibility to make prompt payment.... ..... ................ 8-3, 14-4,14.13 precedence.................. ............. ............... 3.1.3.3.3 Record Documents... ......................................... 0.19 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies...................................3.3 Related Work ....................................................7.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies,,,,,,,, 2.5, 3.3 Reuse of 33 Supplementing ..................................................3.6 Termination of ENGINEERs Employment ......... 8.2 Unit Price Work ...............................................11.9 variations.........................................3.6, 6.23, 6.27 Visits to Site, ENGINEER!q ................ . ............. 92 Contract Price — adjustment of ................. 3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3. 11.2-11.3 Changeof ..........................................................11 Decision on Disputes ........................................9.11 definition of ......................................................1.11 Contract Times -- adjustment of..........................3.5.4.1, 9.4,10.3,12 Change of .............................. .................. 12.1-12.4 Commencement of definition of .....................................................1.12 CONTRACTOR — Acceptance of Insurance ................................... 5.14 Comm unicationsL ...................................... 6.2. 6.9.2 Continue Work ......................................... 6.29,10.4 coordination and scheduling ............................0..9.2 definition of ..................................................... 1.13 Limited Reliance on Technical Data Authorized.. ............. _ ............. ........ 4.2.2 May Stop Work or Terminate ............................I5.5 provide site access to others,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Y.2, 13.2 Safety and Protection ...................4.3.1.2, 6.16, 6.18, j ............ * ... * ........... 6.21-6.23. TZ 13.2 Shop Drawing and Sample Review Prior to Submittal ........................................0.25 Stop Work requirements......__ ............ _ ........ _4.5.2 CONTRACTORs— Articlear Paragraph Number Compensation., ... 1 .................... I ........ ..... 11.1-IL2 Continuing Obligation .....................................14.15 Defective Work ................................ 9.6,13.10-13.14 Duty to correct defective Work ..........................13.11 Duty to Report -- Changes in the Work caused by Emergency. _.............. .............._....... :6.23 Defects in Work of Others ..............................7.3 Differing conditions ...................................4.2.3 Discrepancy in Documents ........ 2.5, 3.1'12 6.14.2 Underground Facilities not indicated._,,,,,,,, 4.3.2 Emergencies.....................................................0.23 Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cad of the Work 11.4.5.3 Fee --Cost Plus,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 11.4.5.6,11-5.1,11.6 General Warranty and GuanmW ...................... 0-10 Hazard Communication Programs .....................0.22 Indemnification ......................... 0. IZ 6.16.6.31-6.33 Inspection of the Work ............................... 7.3.13.4 Labor, Materials and Equipment .................... 0.3-6-5 Laws and Regulations, Compliance by,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.14.1 Liability Insurance..............................................5.4 Notice of Intent to Appeal ......................... 9.10,10.4 obligation to perform and complete theWork ....................................................6.30 Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by,,,,,,,,,,,,, 6.12 Performance and Other Bonds 5.1 Permits, obtained and paid for by .......................0.13 Progress Schedule ...........................2.6, 2 8, 2.9, 6.6. ........................................6.N. 10.4.15.2.1 Request for formal decisionon disputes ..... ........ 9.11 Responsibilities— Changes in the Work ...................................10.1 Concerning Subcontractors. Suppliers and Others ...................................... 6.8-6.11 Continuing the Work, ......................... 0.29.10.4 CONTRACTOR's expense ...........................6.7.1 CONTRACTORs General Warranty and Guarantee 6.30 CONTRACTOks review prior to Shop Drawing or Sample submittal, ................ f).25 Coordination of Work ................................6.9.2 Emcrgencies............................................... . 6.23 ENGINEEXs evaluation. SubstWms or "Or -Equal" Items_._ ............ __ ......... 0.7.3 For Acts and Omissions of Others ............................. 0.9.1-6.9.2,9.13 for deductible amountsjnsurance...................5.9 general ......................... ......... 6,7.2,7.3, 8.9 Hazardous Communication Programs..__,.,.__ 6.22 Indemnification ................................... 6.31-6.33 vu LXDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-S (IM ED1110N) W/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODEFICA71ONS (REV 9/99) Labor, Materials and Equipmer4 ..... ........ 6.3-6.5 Laws and Regulations..................................6.14 Liability Insurance ........................................ 5.4 Article or Paragraph Number Notice of variation from Contract Documents, ............................ ............. 0.27 Patent Fees and Royalties.............................6.12 Permits.......................................................0.13 Progress Schedule-, ....................................... 46 Record Documents ...................................... 6.19 related Work performed prior to ENGINEER s approval of required submittals ............................................. 6.28 safe structural loading.................................6.18 Safety and Protection .....................6.20, 7.2, 112 Safety Representative.......... _....................6.21 Scheduling the Work ................................. 6.9.2 Shop Drawings and Sampler........................0.24 Shop Drawings and Samples Review by ENGINEER ..................................... 6.26 Site Cleanliness ................. .... _...................6.17 Submittal Procedures...................................6.25 Substitute Construction Methods and Procedures .................................... 6.7.2 Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items................0.7.1 Superintendence ...................... ....... ............. 0.2 Supervision............. ....... .......... _........ ........... 0.1 Survival of Obligations .............................. 634 Tapes............................................ .e......-...: - Tests and Inspections............................_....13-5 ToReport ............................. ........................ 2.5 Use of Premises ....................0.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4 Review Prior to Shop Drawing or Sample Submittal........................................6.25 Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ..... 10.2 right to claim............ A. 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,11.2, ,,.,,,,,..31.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8, 15.1, 15.5, 17.3 Safety and Protection .................. 6.20-6.22, 7.2, 13.2 Safety Representative ....................................... 6.21 Shop Drawings and Samples Submittals,,,, 6.24-6.28 Special Consultants, .......................... ............ 11-4.4 Substitute Construction Methods and Proecdures,6.7 Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items, Expense .......................................... 6.7.1, 6.7.2 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others .......... 6.8-6.11 Supervision and Superintendencq......... .1, 6.2, 6.21 Tares. Payment by ............................ ....... ....... 6.15 Use of Premises....................................6.16-6.18 Warranties and guarsuttees ..........................it.5. 6.30 Warranty of Title..............................................14.3 Written Notice Required CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminate ....... 15.5 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions ........................4.2.3 Substantial Completion................._._-._......14.8 hii MNTRACTORS--other..... 7 Contractual LiabilityInsurance.._......................... 5.4.10 Contractual Time Limits .............. ........ ............... . J 2.2 Article or Paragraph Number Coordination— CONTRACTORs responsibility .......................6.9.2 Copies of Documents ............................................... 22 Correction Period..................................................1312 Correction. Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work-- in general ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10.4.1,13.10-13.14 Acceptance cfDefective Work ..........................13.13 Correction or Removal of Defective Work. ................................ 6.30,13.11 Correction Period .............................. ............. 13,12 OWNER May Correct Defective Work..............13.14 OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10 Cost — of Tests and Inspections....................................13.4 Records 11.7 Cost of the Work -- Bonds and insurance, additional ...................11.4.5.9 Cash Discounts..............................................11.4.2 CONTRACTOR's Fee.......................................11.6 Employee Expenses......................................11.4.5.1 Exclusions to....................................................11.5 Genera111.4-11.5 Home office and overhead expenses ....................11.5 Losses and damages .................................... 11.4.5.6 Materials and equipment.. ......................... _ .... 11.4.2 Minor expenses, .......................................... J1.4.5.8 Payroll costs on changes.................................11.4.1 performed by Subcontractors ...........................1 L43 Records11.7 Rentals of construction equipment and machinery....._ ............. .................11.4.5.3 Royalty payments, permits and license fees............................................11.4.5.5 Site office and temporary facilities. . ...... ....... 11.4.5.2 Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's_........... 11.4.4 Supplemental ................................. _............. .11.4.5 Taxes related to the Work............................11.4.5.4 Tests and Lispectioq.........................................13.4 Trade Discounts .............................................11.4.2 Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilitieq..............11.4.5.7 Work alter regular hours.................................11.4.1 Covering Work .................... ............. .............. 13.6-13.7 Cumulative Remedies _.-.....__..._ ...................... 17.4-17.5 Cutting. fitting and patching ................................... 7.2 Dnta, to he furnished by OWNED ............................. 8-3 Day —definition Of................................................17.22 Decisions on Disputes ............................... .... .11, 9.12 defective --definition of...........................................1.14 defective Work — Acceptance of......................................10.4.1. 13.13 trCDC (3EtamAL CONDITIOM 1910.8 0990 EDITION) w/ C1TY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 91") 1. East Jordan Iron Works 8560 series 2. Casting Inc 6860 series 3. Tyler 6860 series. D. COMBINATION AIR RELIEFNACUUM RELIEF VALVES: 1. Val-Matic Valve and Mfg. Corporation (series 200C). 2. APCO Combination Air Release Valve, by Valve and Primer Corporation. 3. Crispin Universal Air Valve, by Multiplex Manufacturing. 4. CAV Combination Air Release and Vacuum Valve, by G.A. Industries Inc. 5. D-040 Combination Air Valve, by A.R.I. Flow Control Accessories 2.07 SECTION 02644 —TAPPING SLEEVES FOR DISTRIBUTION LINES A. TAPPING SLEEVES: Romac: FTS 420 2.08 SECTION 02645 - HYDRANTS A. FIRE HYDRANTS: 1. Mueller: No. A-423 (5-1/4" Super Centurion 250), Aqua -Grip restraint system may be used with Mueller hydrant, no other options required. 2. Waterous: Pacer 250 with Weather -Shield nut (5-1/4"), shall include a bronze bushed shoe providing bronze to bronze seating for the main valve complete with O-ring for sealing. 3. No substitutions allowed. 2.09 SECTION 02646 - WATER SERVICE LINES AND APPURTENANCES A. TAPPING SADDLES: 1. Mueller. 2. Ford. 3. James Jones Co. 4. No substitutions allowed. B. CORPORATION STOPS 13 1. Mueller; #B25008. 2. Mueller, #N35008 (If insulated corp is required) 3. Ford (quick joint coupling only); #FB1000-Q. 4. A. Y. McDonald; #4701 BQ. 5. No substitutions allowed. 01000-5 Approved Product Listing Correction or Removal of ..................... J U 4.1, 13.11 Correction 13criod, ............... .... 11 ..................... 13.12 in general .........................................13, 14.7. 14.11 Article or Paragraph Number Observation by ENGINEEK ..................... ......... 9.2 OWNER May Step Work ...... ................... ...... 13,10 Prompt Notice of Defects % ................... .............. 13.1 Rejecting........................................................... $1.6 Uncov"ing the Work ........................... ....... J3.8 Definitions Delays ......................................4.1, 6.29, 123-12.4 Delivery of Bonds .....................................................2.1 Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................Z7 Determinations for Unit Prices.,., ......... ....... 9.10 Differing Subsurface or Physical Ccnditions- Notice of ...... .... ............. . ............ ..... 4.2.3 ENGINFER!s Review ......................................4.2.4 Possible Contract Documents Change ......... ..... 4,2_5 Possible Price Find Times Adjustments .............. 4.2-6 Discrepancies -Reporting and Resolving .............................. -15. 3.3.2, 6,14.2 Dispute Resolution - Agreement... . ........................................... J6.1-16.6 Arbitraticirk ....... . ..................................... 16-1-16.5 gcnemII6 Mediation ........................................................16.6 Dispute Re -solution Agreement..._ . .. ........ ...... 16.1-16.6 Disputes. Decisions by ENGINEER ................... 9.11-9.12 Doc= ants -- Copiesof........._................................................2.2 Record 6.19 Reuseof ................................... _ ....................... 3.7 Drawings --definition of ......... ...................... J.15 Easements ....... ;4.1 Effective date of Agreement _ definition of .............J.16 Emergencies-, --------- 6.23 ENGINEER -- as initial interpreter on disputes ................ 9.11-9.12 definition of, --- 11 ... ....... Limitations on authority and Tcsponsibilitie,§ ..... 9.13 Replacementot ............................................. .... 8.2 Resident Project Representative ...........................9.3 ENGINEERS Consultant definition of ..................1.18 ENGINEERS— authority and responsibility. limitations o9........9.13 Authorized Variations in the Work ..................... 9.5 Change Orders. responsibility for...... 9.7.10,11, 12 Clarifications and Interpretations .... ........3.6.3, 9.4 Decisions on Disputes ............................... 9.11-9.12 defectNe Work, notice of..................................13.1 Evaluation of Substitute Items ..........................4.7.3 Liability_ ................................................. 0,32,9.12 Notice Work is AcceptableL ..............................14.13 Observations ...........................................6.30.2, 9.2 OWNER's Representative ......... ...... . ................ 9.1 Payments to the CONTRACTOR, Responsibility for. .................................... 9.9,14 Recommendation of Payment ................... 14.4.14.13 Article or Paragraph Number Responsibilities --Limitations oo ........ ....... 9.11-9.13 Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface and Physical Conditions .............................. 4.2.4 Shop Drawings and Samples, review responsibility....... ... ...................... ........... 0.26 Status During Construction - authorized variations in the Work..................9.5 Clarifications and Interpretations ..................9.4 Decisions on Disputes .......................... 9.11-9.12 Determinations on Unit Priot ......................9.10 ENGINEER as Initial Interpreter,-_..... 9.11-9.12 ENGINEERS Responsibilities ................ 9.1-9.12 Limitations on ENGINFEWs Authority and Responsibilities..............................9.13 OWNER's Representative ..............................9.1 Project Representative...................................9.3 Rejecting Defective Work ............................... 9.6 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 9.7-9.9 Visits to Site .................................................9.2 Unit Price determination-;.................................9.10 Visits to Site 9.2 Written consent required .............................. :I.Z 9.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials an4 ............... . ...... 0.3-6.5 Equipment rental, Cost of the Work .................. J 1.4.5.3 Equivalent Materials and Equipment ........................0.7 error or omissions ....................................I.............6.33 Evidence of Financial Arrangements .......................0.11 Explorations of physical conditions; ........................ 4.2.1 Fee, CONTRACTORs-Costs Pluik ............. . ........... 11.6 Field Order -- definition of .....................................................1.19 issued by ENGINEER ................................ 3.6.1.9.5 Final Application for Payment ..............................14.12 Final Inspection ...................................................14.11 Final Payment - and Acccptancq .............................. . ... _14.13-14.14 Prior to, for cash allovanm ...............................11.8 General Provisions ............................. ......... _173-17.4 General Requirements - definition o......................................................J.20 principal references tQ, ............. 2.6.6.4. 6.6-67,6,24 Giving Notice ... ....... ........ .. .......... ................. ... )7.1 Guarantee of Work -by CONTRACTOR ........ 0.30,14.12 Hazard Communication Programs ...........................0.22 Hazardous Waste - definition of.....................................................1.21 general................................. . .......................... 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for .............................. 5.10 EJCDC MNIUM CONDITIONS 1910 -8 (1990 EDITION) W/ CITY OF FORT COLONS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9M) Indemnification..........._.............1Z 616, 6.31-6.33 Insurance...........................-----..... .3 5....... ............. Initially Acceptable Schedules.._ .......... _ .................. 2.9 Precedence............. ................................. 3.1,3.3.3 Inspection— Reference W ........... ................................. ..... 3.3.1 Certificates of ..............................9.13.4. 13.5. 14,12 Safety and Protection......................,........ 620.132 Final ......................... ................................. 14.11 Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others.......... 6.8-6.11 Article or Paragraph Number Special. required byENGINEER .........................9.6 Tests and Approval .............................8.7. 13.3-13.4 Insurance — Acceptance of, by OWNER ...............................5.14 Additional, required by changes in the Work ..........................................11.4.5.9 Before starting the Work ................. .................. 2.7 Bonds and —in general ..........................................5 Cancellation Provisions ..................................... 5.8 Certificates of 27,5,5.3,5.4.11,5.4.13, .........* ....... 5.6.5, 5.9, 5.14, 9,13.4, 14.12 completed operations,.,,,._,_„ * ... * ........ * ...... ** ..... 5A.13 CONTRACTORs Liability ..................................5.4 CONTRACTORs objection to coverage .............5.14 Contractual Liability ......................................5.4.10 deductible amounts, CONTRACTORs responsibility ................................................5.9 Final Application for Payment,,,,,,,,,,,, „.....14.12 Licensed Insurers .5.3 Notice requirements, material changes,-,,,,, 5.8, 10.5 Option to Replace------........--_.........................5.14 other special insurance* .................................... 5.10 OWNER as fiduciary for insured§ .............. 5.12-5.13 OWNERs Liability ............................................ 53 OWNERS Responsibility .................................... 8.5 Partial Utilization, Property Insuranct; ............... 5.15 Property_ ................................................... 5.6-5.10 Receipt and Application of Insurance Pro=d!k ............................................. 5.12-5.13 Special Insurance .... ....... ................. ............... 5.10 Waiver of Rights....._....................................... 5.11 Intent of Contract Documents .................. ........... 3.1-3.4 Interpretations and Clarifications ........... ___...3.6.3, 9.4 Investigations of'physical condition; ................ ......... 4.2 Labor. Materials and Equipment .............. ........... 0.3-6.5 Lands — andEasements ............................. . ................... Availability of .............. .............................. 1.1.8.4 Reports and Tests...............................................8.4 Laws and Regulations —Laws or Regulations — Bonds.............................................. ......... 5.1.5.2 Changes in the Work ...................... ................. 10.4 Contract Documents ...........................................3.1 CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities ....................614 Correction Period.defeefive Work ....................13.12 Cost of the Work, taxes...............................11.4.5.4 definition of ........... ........... . ............................ 1.22 gencraI6.14 Indernnificaticq .............................. _ .... _631-6.33 Article or Paragraph Number Tests and Inspections. ............................ -....13.5 Use of Premises ...............................................6.16 Visits to Site.........._..........................................9.2 Liability Insurance— CONTRACTOR!s ............................. ................. 5.4 OWNERs...........................................................53 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ................................ 53 Liens — Application for Progress Payment .......................14.2 CONTRACTORs Warranty of Title . ................ )4.3 Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12 definition of ............... ............ ___ ............. _.J.23 Waiver of Claims., ........................... .............. J4 15 Limitations on FNGINEER's authority and responsibilities ........................... .......... ............ ?'13 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized .......................................................4.22 Maintenance and Operating Manuals; - Final Application for Payment .........................14.12 Manuals (of others) — Precedence ...................... .................... ....... 3.33.1 Reference to in Contract Docwcnt$ .................. 3.3.1 Materials and equipment — furnished by CONTRACTOR .............................. §.3 not incorporated in Work... ................................ 14.2 Materials or equipment--equivalent...........................0.7 Mediation (optional) ..............................................16.7 Milestones —definition of ............... .......................1.24 Miscellaneous — Computation of Times , ....................................... 17.2 Cumulative Remedies ........................................17.4 Giving Notice ....................................................17.1 Notice of Claim ....... .......................................17.3 Professional Fees and Court Costs Include4 ........ 17.5 Multi -prime contracts, .................................... ........... :7 Not Shown or Indicated .........................................4.3.2 Notice of -- Acceptability of Project.................................... 14.13 Award, definition ot ................ ........... ............ 1.2S Claim................... ...................................... -17.3 Defects,13.1 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions,,,.,, 4.2.3 Giving.............. .......................................... _17.1 Tests and Inspections ........................................13.3 Variation Shop Drawing and Sampli; ................. 0,27 Notice to Proceed — definition of ............................. __ .................... 126 givingof ............................................................2.3 EJCDC GENERAL com)inom 1910-9 (1990 EDITION) W1 CITY OF FORT COUNS MODMCAITONS (REV 9190) Notification to Surety ..............................................10.5 Observations, by ENGINEER...........................6.30, 9.2 Occupancy of the Work..................5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Omissions or acts by CONTRACfOR...............0.9, 9.13 Open Peril policy form. Insuranoq ..........................s42 Option to Replace....................................................5.14 Article or Paragraph Number 'Or Equal' Items......................................................b.7 Other work 7 Overtime Work —prohibition of.................................6.3 OWNER -- Acceptance of defective Work...........................13.13 appoint an ENGINEER ...................................... 8.2 as fiduciary ..............................................3.12-5.13 Availability of Lands, responsibility, ..................... 4.1 definition of... .................................................. 1.27 data, furnish ........... ......................................... ._8.3 May Correct Defective Work...........................13.14 May refuse to make payment............................34.7 May Stop the Work ............................ .... ....... 13.10 May Suspend Work, Terminate ...........................$.8, 13.10. 15.1-15.4 Payment, make prompt ,,,,,,,,,,,,,„.,,,,,$.3, 14.4, 14.13 performance of other work ................................. 7.1 permits and licenses, requirements ....................0.13 purchased insurance requirementq.............. 5.6-5.10 OWNER'S -- Acceptance of the Work..............................4.30.2.5 Change Orders, obligation to execut4,.......... 8.6, 10.4 Communications ............................................... 8" Coordination of the Work 7.4 Disputes, request for decisiory............................R.11 Inspections, tests and approval{ .... ..............$.7, 13.4 Liability Insurance ............................................. 5.5 Notice of Defects..............................................33.1 Representative —During Construction, ENGINEER's Status 9.1 Responsibilities -- Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum. Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material................F.10 ChangeOrders............................................. 8.6 Changes in the Work ....... ........... ...............10.1 communications ........................................... 8.1 CONTRACTOR's respcnsibilitie;.................. 8.9 evidence of financial arrangemeny5$.11 inspections. tests and approvals..... ........... _ _ 8.7 insuranoq.................................................... _8.5 lands and easements.....................................8.4 prompt payment by........................................8.3 replacement of ENGINEER ...........................$.2 reports and tests...........................................8-4 stop or suspend Work.................$.8. 13.10, 15.1 terminate CONTRACTORS services .......................................... $.8. 15.2 separate representative at sit0..............................9.3 testing, independent.........................................13.4 use or occupancy of the Work .......................... 5.15.6,302.4, 14,10 written consent or approval required.........................................9.1.6.3, 11.4 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CM OF FORT COLLINS MODWICA77ONS (REV 9199) Article or Paragraph Number written notice required ................. ... _7.11, 9.4. 9.11. ...... .......................... ILZ 11.9. 14.7, 15.4 definition af.....................................................1.29 general..................................... ........................ 4.5 OWNER's responsibility for .............................. $10 Partial Utilization - definition of......................................................1.28 general 6.30.2.4. 14.10 Property Insurance ............................................5.15 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................ 6.12 Payment Bonds ...... . ... .. . ................... 5.1-5.2 Payments. Recommendation o - ....... 14.4-14.7. 114.13 Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion - Application for ProgressPayments......................14.2 CONTRACTORs Warranty of Title ................... J4.3 Final Application for Payment .........................14.12 Final Inspection ..............................................14.11 Final Payment and Acceptance............... 14.13-14.14 general......................................................... ?.3, 14 Partial Utilization ............................................ 14,10 Retainage................. ....................................... J4.2 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ...................... ........ 14.4-14.7 prompt payment .................................................0.3 Schedule of Value............................................14.1 Substantial Completion , ............................. J4.8-14.9 Waiver of Claims .............................................14.15 when payments due . ................................ 14.4,14.13 withholding payment ......... .............................14.7 Performance Bends ......... ........................ ......... 5.1-5.2 Permits............................................................ 0.13 Petroleum -- definition of . . ........................... .......... ........... 1.30 general............................................................ -4.5 OWNER's responsibility for ............................ . s.10 Physical Conditions— Drawings of, in or relating t(? ........................ 4.11.2 ENGINEER'S review .........................................4.14 existing structures ........................................... 41.2 general 4.2.1.2 ................................... " .... * ....... Notice or Differing Subsurface or, ....... ............. 4.23 Possible Contract Documents Change._.. ........ A.2.5 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ..............4.2.6 Reports and Drawings ...................................... 4.2.1 Subsurface and, ................................................4.2 41 Subsurface Conditions ................. ................. 4.2.1.1 Technical Data, Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized ....................... A.2.2 Underground Facilities. - general.............................. . ......... .............. 43 Net Shown or Indicad ............................... 4.3.2 Protection of ............................. .......... 4.3,6.20 Article or Paragraph Number Shown or Indicated .......... ............ _ ................ 4.3-1 Technical Date ................................ ............... 4-7-2 Preconstruction Confereneq .......................................2.8 Preliminary Matters .....................................................7 Prelim inary schcdulq ..............................................2.6 Premises, Use of .............................................6.16.6.18 Price, Change of Contrack ................... ........ . ........... 11 Price, Contract -definition of ........... ...................... 1.11 Progress Payment, Applications for ..........................14.2 Progress Payment--retainagq ................................... 14.2 Progress schedule, CONTRACTOEVs ....... ... 7.6.2.8, 2-9, ................................. 6.6.6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1 Project -definition of .............................................. 1.31 Project Representative— ENGINEER's Status During ConstructioA ............ 9.3 Project Representative, Resident. -definition of ......... 1.33 prompt payment by 0V.WEP .....................................8.3 Property Insurance-- Additional.........................................................5.7 gencral5.6-5.10 Partial Utilization ................................5.15. 14.10.2 receipt and application of proce*,, .......... 5.12-5.13 Protection, Safety and .............................. 6.20-6.21,13.2 Punch list t4.11 Radioactive Material-- defintiono......................................................1.32 general4.5 OWNER's responsibility for .............................. $.10 Recommendation of Paymcnk ................ )4.4,14.5,14.13 Record Documents ......... ............ ................. j5.19.14.12 Records, procedures for maintaining..........................2.8 ReferencePoints ...................................................... 4.4 Reference to Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies ........................................ 3.3 Regulations, Laws and (or) ............... __ ......... . ....... 6.14 Rejecting Defective Work ................... ............ .... 9.6 Related Work -- atSite ........................................................ 7.1-73 Performed prior to Shop Drawings and Samples submittals review ..................... 6.28 Remedies. cumulative......................................17.4.17.5 Removal or Correction ofDefective Work„............. _13.11 rental agreements, OWNER approval required .... 11.4.5.3 replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER ...................0.2 0.2 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................2.5, 3.1Z 6.14.2 Reports -- and Drawings..._............_ .........___.... ......4.2.1 and Tests. OWNEIZ!s responsibility ...... .............. g.4 Resident and Project Representative -- definition of ............................................... 33 provision for ............................................................ 9-3 Xii EXDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION w/ CITY OF FORT COLONS MODMICAITONS (REV9199) Article or Paragraph Nurn her Resident Superintendent. CONTRACTOR$ ................ 6.2 Responsibilities— CONTRACTORs-in general .................................. 6 ENGINEERs-in general ........................................9 Limitations on .............................................9.13 OVAZWs-in genera............................................. . 8 Retainage_., ............................ ........... ............. 14.2 Reuse of Documcnts .................................................3.7 Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings and Samples Prior to Submittal ........................... 0.25 Review of Applications for Progress Payments ..................................... 14.4-14.7 Fight to an adjustment...........................................10.2 Rightsof Way... .. .. ............................................... 4.1 Royalties, Patent Fees and,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ***j5.12 Safe Structural Loading ........... ........ I ......... I ...... 6118 Safety -- and Protection ................................ 4.3.2,6.16.6.18, ......... _ ......... _ ....... .... 6.20-6.21. 7.2. 13.2 general.................................................... . §.20-&X) Representative, CONTRACTORs .......................6.21 Samples — definition of .......................................... ........... 1.34 general .................................................... 4.24-6.29 Review by CONTRACTOR ................... ............ 6.25 Review by ENGINEER .............................. §.26, 6.27 related Work .....................................................0.28 submittal of... ................................................ 6.24.2 submittal procedures ....................... .............. _0.25 Schedule of progress .............................2.6. 2.&2.9, 6.6, -- --.-...- .-.---i--. -- ..6.29,10.4.152.1 -br.............................6.29, Schedule of �;o� awing and Sample Submittals .............................. 2.6,2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28 Schedule of Values ............. ...... __.2.6,2.8-2.9,14.1 Schedules — Adherence to 15.2.1 Adjusting.............. ............ .......... ........ ..... 6.6 Change of Contract Times ................................. 10A Initially Acceptable ...................................... 2.8.2,9 Prcliminmy..... ..... .................. ................ ........ 2.6 Scope of Changes ...................................... 10.3-10.4 Subsurface Conditions Shop Drawings -- and Samples, general ...................... .......... 6.24-6.28 Change Orders & Applications for Payments, and ................. ............ .......... 9.7-9.9 definition of ............................... ...................... 1.35 ENGINEER's approval of ................................. 3.6.2 ENGINEER responsibility for review ..... .............................. 9.7, 6,24-6.28 related Work .....................................................6.28 review procedurck ............................... 18.6.24-6.28 Article or Paragraph Number submittal required ............................. . ... . ......... §.24.1 Submittal Procedures 6.25 use to approve substitutions.............................. 6.7.3 Shown or Indicated ...............................................4.3.1 Site Access ... ....................... .......................... TZ 13.2 Site Cleanliness ......................................................0.17 Site, Visits to -- by ENGINEER ..........................................9.2, 9.Z 13.2 byothers .......................................................... 13.2 "special causes of lose policy form, insurance........................................................j.6.2 definition of . ......... ___ ...................................... )_36 Specifications— definati on of ....................................................1.36 of Technical Societies, reference to._.-,,.,_,.,._. 3.3.1 precedence ......................................................3.3.3 Standards and Specifications of Technical Societies .......................................... 3.3 Starting Construction. Before ............................... 25-2.8 Starting the Work ................................ ........ ........... 2.4 Stop or Suspend Work — by CONTRACTOR ..........................................15.5 by OWNER ...................................... 8.8, 13.10,15.1 Storage of materials and equipment .....................4.1, 7.2 Structural Loading, Safety... ..................................... 6.18 Subcontractor — Concerning ........................... ___ ............ definition of, ............................... .................... 1.37 delays............................................................ A2.3 waiver of rights ................................................6.11 Subcontractors --in general ................................. 6.8-6.11 Subcontracts --required provision ........5.11, 6.11, 11.4.3 Subm ittals— Applications for Payment ............................ __ 14.2 Maintenance and Operation Manuals..............14.12 Procedures .......................................................6.25 Progress Schedules ....................................... 2.6,2.9 Samples... ..................... .. .................. .... 0.24-6.28 Schedule of Values 2.6,14.1 Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples Submissions... .................. ....... . .... _2.6, 2.8-2-9 Shop Drawin&A ........... .................... �6.24-6.28 Substantial Completion— cortitication of..._......_............... fi.30.2.3. 14.8-14.9 definition of .............................. ..................... J1.38 Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures....... 6.7.2 Substitutes and "or Equal" Items, ....... __ ............ _ .... 6.7 CONTRACTOR's Expense,.........._...............0.7.1.3 ENGMER's Evaluation 6.7.3 "Or-Equid ....................................................0.7.1.1 Substitute Construction Methods xiii EXDC GENERAL COMMONS 1910.9 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV "9) Article or Paragraph Number or Procedures ........... ................................. 6.7.2 Substitute Items ...................... . ............ 15.7.1.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions - Drawings of, in or relatng to ........................ 42 1.2 ENGINEER!s Review - ........ ......... 4.2.4 general.............................................................. 4.2 Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized .............................. . ..... . ......... 4,2.2 Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................... ..........4.2.3 Physical Conditions ....................................... 42.1.2 Possible Contract Documents Change ............... 4.2.5 Possible Price andTimes Adjustments ............... 4.2.6 Reports and Drawings-----_ ............................ 4.2.1 Subsurface and ................................ _ ................ 4.2 Subsurface Conditions at the Site,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2.1,1 Technical Date.................................................4.2.2 Supervision- CONTRACTOWs responsibility ...........................6.1 OWNER shall not supervise .............................. _ 8.9 ENGINEER shall not supervisi; ..... ........... 9.2.9.13.2 Superintendence ...................................................... 62 Superintendent, CONTRACTOR!s resident ............... 0.2 Supplemental costs...............................................11.4.5 Supplementary Conditions - definition of- ................................................... J.39 principal references tq ................. 1-1011-18.2.2.2.7. ....................... 4,7- 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.6-5.9, 5.11. 61, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11, 9.3. 9.10 Supplementing Contract Documen4 ........................5.6 Supplier - definitionof ..................................................... 1.40 principal references tq ........... 3J, 6.5, 6.8-6.11, 6.20, ... .......... ... .. - --- - ----- 6.24,9.13,14.12 ....................... Waiver of Righik ..............................................0.11 Surety - consent to final payment, ....................... )4.1114.14 ENGINEER has no duty tq ................................ 9.13 Notification of .............. -_ .... .......... 10.1. 10-5.15.2 qualification of, .. ....... - -- - -------- -**- ......... 5.1-53 Survival of Obligations ........................................... 634 Suspend Work, OWNER May ................ ...... 13,10,15.1 Suspension of Work and Termination-„„-,„„ ..............15 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate..........----........,....................... 15.5 OWNER May Suspend Work ......... . ......... ........ 15.1 OWNER May Terminate ............................ 15.2-15.4 Taxes -Payment by CONTRACTOR .................... _§-15 Technical Data - Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR ................ 4.2.2 Possible Price and Times Adjustments ..............4.2.6 Reports of Differing Subsurface and Physical Canditiarik ........................... .... _.4.2.3 Xiv 'rem porary construction facilities, Article or Paru6:ruph Number Term ination- by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5 by OWNER .............................. . ......... 8.8,15.1-15.4 of ENGINEERS employment ...............................6.2 Suspension of Work-in general .................... ........ )5 Terms and Adjectives ..............................................3.4 Tests and Inspections -- Access to the Work-, by others ............................ 13.2 CONTRACTOWs responsibilities ...................... J3.5 oust of 13.4 covering Work prior to ....... ...................... J3.6-13.7 Laws and Regulations (or) ............................. .. 13.5 Notice of Defects . .............................................. 13.1 OWNER May Stop Work ............................ __13.10 OWNER's independent testing .......................... J3.4 special, required by ENGINEER, ......................... 9.6 timely notice required .......................................13.4 Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEMs request............ .................................... 13.8-13.9 Times - Adjusting.............. _ .......................................... 0.6 Change of Contract............................................12 Computation of ............................... ................ 17.2 Contract Times -definition of ...........................1.12 day................................... .................. .. 17.2-2 Milestones.......................................................... 12 Requirements -- appeals ........... .................. . ........... 9.10, 16 clarifications, claims and disputesk ................. 9.11, 11.112 Commencement of Contract Time; ............... :13 Preconstruction Conference ........................... 7.8 schedules .........................................2.6.2.9, 6.6 Starting the Work....,...._..._......._ ...... .... 2.4 Title, Warranty of ...................................................14.3 Uncovering Work ............................................ 13.9-13.9 Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions - definition of .................................................... 1,41 Not Shown or Indicated. . ..... ............... ........... 4.3.2 protection of...,......,._ ...................... ......... 4.3,6.20 Shawn of Indicated.........................................4.3.1 Unit Price Work - claims.........................................................11.9.3 definition at ............................ ....................... 3,42 general 1.9. 14.1. 14.5 Unit Prices- gencralll.3.1 Determination for ............................................. 9.10 Use of Premises .............................. -.6.16.6.18, 6.30.2.4 Utility owners ............................. 0.13. 6,20. 7.1-7.3, 13,2 Utilization. Partial ...................1.28, 5.15. 6.30.2.4, 14.10 Value of the Work .................................................31.3 Values, Schedule of ..............................26. 2.8-2.9.14.1 EXI)CCENMAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (IM EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 91") Variations in Work --Minor Authorized,,,,,,,„ ..................._......... 6,25, 6.27, 9.5 Article or Paragraph Number Visits to Site —by ENGINEER...................................9.2 Waiver of Claims --on Final Payment ......................14.15 Waiver of Rights by insured partieg,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,j.l 1, 6.11 Warranty and Guarantee, General --by CONTRACTOR................................................0.30 Warranty of Title, CONTRACTORs........................143 Work -- Accessto..........................................................13.2 byothers............................................................... 7 Changes in the.....................................................30 Continuing the..................................................0.29 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work orTerminate...............................................15.5 Coordination of ...................... -........................... Cost of the .. ............................. ................. 11.4.11.5 definitionof.....................................................1.43 neglected by CONTRACTOR............................13.14 otherWork............................................................7 OWNER May Stop Work .......... _... -... ..........13.10 OWNER May Suspend Wcrk...................13.10, 15.1 Related, Work at Sitq....................................7.1-7.3 Starting the..........................................................4 Stopping by CONTRACTOR.............................15.5 Stopping by OWNER............................._15.1-15.4 Variation and deviation authorized, minor ........ ,,.3.6 Work Change arective— claims pursuantto.............................................10.2 definition of ........................................................ 1.44 principal references tq......................3.5.3. 10.1-10.2 Written Amendment — definition of.............................-........................1.45 principal references to. ............. 1.10. 3.5, 5.10,15.12, ....................0.6.2, 6.8.2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, ............................11.2, 12.1, 13.112, 14.7.2 Written Clarifications and Interpretations ...................................3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11 Written Notice Required — by CONTRACTOR............................7.1, 9.10-9.11, ............ I .............................. 10.4, 11.2. 12.1 by OWNER ....................9.10-9,11, 10.4, 11.2, 13.14 tv EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910.8 (1990 EDITION) w/ CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIRCA71ONS (REV 9199) (This page left blank intentionally) GICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION) w, CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9199) GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLEI-DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both die sir Ian and plural thereof. 1.1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract Documents. 122 Agreement -The written contract hctwecn OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. 1.3. Alication for Payment -The form accepted by ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents, 1.4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one Percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 1.5. Bid -The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 1.6. Bidding Do umenLv-The advertisement or invitation to Bid instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 1.7. Bieldng Requirements -The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form. I.B. Bonds -Performance and Payment bonds and other instruments of security. 1.9. Change Order -A document recommended by ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and OWNER and authorizes an addition deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Cortrad Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 1.10. Contract Documents-Thc Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post Bud documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement the Notice to proceed, the Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 E6tioa) wt CIIYOFFORTCC)LU SMODIFICATIONS(REV4rz000) same are more specifically identified in the Agreement, together with all Written Amendmerds, Change Orders, Work Change Directives. Field Orders and ENGINEER's written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to paragrap`ts3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 42.1 and 4.2 2 are not Contract Documents. 1.11. Contract Price -The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). 1.12. Contract Times -'The numbers of days or the dates stated in the Agreement: () to achieve Substantial Completion, and (it) to complete the Wok so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. 1.13. CONRACTOR--The person. firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement 1.14. defective -An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). 1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope, extent and character of the Work to be furnished and performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not Dmwmgs as so defined L16. Effective Date of the Agreement -The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indiu-nted it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 1.17. ENGINEER -The person firm or corporation named as such in the Agreem ent. 1.18. ENGMEER's Consubant A person,, firm or corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to fumish services as ENGINEER's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 1.19. Field Order -A written order issued by ENGINEER which orders minor changes m the Work in accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 1 20. General Requirements —Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 121. Hazardous Waste —The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposed Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 1 22.a. Laws and Regulations, Laos or Regulations —Any and all applicable laws, rides, regulatiom ordinances, codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies, Agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. 122.b. Ler;aI Holidn o-shall be those holidays observed by the Ciitt • of Fort Collins. 123. Liens —Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. 124. Milestone —A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.25. Nonce ojAavard—A written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. 126. Notice to Proceed -A written rwtice given by OWNM to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to LNGINFER) fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commerce to non and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations undo the Contract Documents. 1.27. OWNER —The public body or authority, corporation, association, firm or person with whom CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be provided 128. Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 1.29. PCBs —Polychlorinated biphenyl% 130. Petroleum --Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressrae (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene and oil mined with other non-Iiazardous Wastes and crude oils 1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.32.a. Radioactive Material —Source, special nuclear. or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of E)=QENERALcoNDITIO s1910-8(199oE(kion) w/ QTY OF FORT COLD Ft4 MODIFICATIONS tR&V 412000) 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 1.32.b. Regular Working Hours -Regular working hours are defined as 7700am to 6:00om unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements. 1.33. Resident Project Representative —The authorized representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the site or any pan thereoL 1.34. Samples —Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be Judged 1.35. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work. 1.36. Specfcations—Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thercto. 1.37. Subcontractor —An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. 1.38. Substantial Completion --The Work (or a specified part thereop has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidcmoed by ENGINEER's defirutive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER'S written recommendation of final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The tees "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof 1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 1.40. Supplier --A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier. distributor, materialman or vendor having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. 1.41. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or Other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been istalled underground to furnish any of the following services or C. COUPLINGS 1. Mueller; #H-15403. 2. Ford (quick joint coupling only); C44-Q. 3. A. Y. McDonald; #4758Q. 4. No substitutions allowed. D. CURB STOPS 1. 3/4-inch and 1-inch curb stops: a. Mueller; B25155 (with Minneapolis top threads). b. A. Y. McDonald; #6104Q (with Minneapolis top threads). C. Ford; B44-MO (quick joint coupling only with Minneapolis top threads). d. No substitutions allowed. 2. 1 '/2-inch curb stops: a. Mueller; B25155 (with Minneapolis top threads). b. A. Y. McDonald; #6104Q (with Minneapolis top threads). C. Ford #B44-MQ (quick joint coupling with Minneapolis top threads). d. No substitutions allowed. 3. 2-inch curb stops: a. Mueller; B25155 (with Minneapolis top threads). b. A. Y. McDonald #6104Q (with Minneapolis top threads). C. Ford #B44-MQ (quick joint coupling with Minneapolis top threads). d. No substitutions allowed. E. CURB BOXES FOR CURB STOPS 1. Mueller; #H-10302. 2. No substitutions allowed. 2.10 SECTION 02650 — METERS AND APPURTENANCES A. METERS AND STRAINERS 1. Schlumberger/Neptune. 2. I nvensys/Sensus/Rockwell. 3. Badger. 4. No substitutions allowed. B. METER SETTERS 9/3/2013 Approved Product Listing 01000-6 materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or oiler communications, cable television sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems or water. 1.42. Unit Price Work -Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 1.43. Work --The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Wort: includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorpnmting materints and equipment into the comuuction and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documcrds 1.44. Work Change Directive -A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by ENGINEER, ordering an addition. deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in paragraph 10.2. 1.45. Written Amendment -A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the noncngineering or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related aspects of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2-PRELBUNARY MATTERS DeGvey of Banff.• 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with paragraph 5.1. Copies ofDocumentic 2.2. OWNER shall furnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies will be fumishecl, upon request, at the cost of reproduction Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or, WI)C OENEM Co UTIOM 191" 0 M E66m) w/ CITY OF FORT (ALUMS MODIFICATIONS (ttE V 42000) if a Notice to proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within thirty days aAer the Effective Date of the Agreement-4 - 7, •he cammet T:-.... of -Rid opening or -the -thirtieth day-after-thee-liflective-Date ef-the Nemenklvhichevertlateiseerier. Starting the Work. 2A. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run, but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run Before Starting Constradron: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall carefulh, study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from ENGINEER before proceeding with any, Work affected thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review: 2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating the tunes (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals which will list each required submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and processing such submittal; 2.6.21_in_pp case w"I11 a schedule be acceptable which allows leap than 21 calendar days for each review by Enetrom 2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component pans in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started. CONTRACTOR and GIANE F shall eaeh deliver to the elhwr OWNER with copies to identified irtthe Suppkmenmq-Conditions ENGINEFdt certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance RmSfifibb' F04Uest requested by OWNERI which CONTRACTOR is requued to purchase and maintain in accordance with paragraphs 5.4; 56and 5.4. Preeonstradion Conference: 2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to run, but before any Work at the site is started a conference attended by CONTRACTOR ENGINEER and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals processing Applications for Payment and maintaining required records. inhi rl y Acceptable Schedules.' 2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, i_ .... _ days u_o.-_.._ bn1i...:._ _fthe fiF before any work at the site bees a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as ep��r>,xiete designated by OWNER. will be held to review, fe acceptability to ENGINEER as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph2.6. gp�_[)IYi314a 1 - GelLe'tO,i_._ggyjrgial-apt.§- CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on ENGIhrEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full responsibility therefor. CONTRACfORs schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals CONTRACT OR's schedule of values will be acceptable to ENGINEER as to form and substance. ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1, The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work The Cori= Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the place of the Project. 3.2- it is the intent of the Contract Documents to EICDCOE14E At COMMnON31910-9(199a Fdtim) wi CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS OtEV 42000) describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or [rum prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.4. 33. Referrnce to -R r dr and Specifuadons of Technical Societies; Reporting and Resohing Discrepancies.- 3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 3.3.2. ll; during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided however, that CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 33.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict., error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and. 33.3.1. the provisions of any such standard, specification, marwal, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or 3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or ENGINEER or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGTNEER's Consultants, agents or employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provrstore of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. 3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the toms "as ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable", "suitable". "acceptable", "proper" or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review or judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be solely to evaluate, in general• the completed Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.13 or arry direr provision of the Contract Documents. Amending and Supplementing Coehaet Documents 3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to Provide foradditions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: 3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4), or EJCDC aMPLAL COtUMONS 191048 (1990 Edtim) a•/CITY OF FORT MLLA S MODIFICATIONSOtEV 412000) 3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.1). 3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented. and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authonmd, in one or more of the following ways: 3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.51 3.6.2. ENGINE- ER's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or 3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse ojDocuments 3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organisation pxrfnrmin� or furnishing any of the Work under a diet or indirect contract with OWNER (i) shell not have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thercoi) prepared by or bearing the seal of F'NGINERR or FNGTNF.F,R's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies on mansions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER. ARTICLE 4-AVAELABU.JTY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ArailabiGry ofLernek. 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights -of -way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR Upon reasottablewrittart request: nirnsh—Rilash GONTP nrrnn . _th _ earfeet statemenE-Ff-record-legal-title-cent-legal-dewript+E�noFlhe lands -upon -which-the- Work- is400-be-p tiplotmed-and 9WNERts-interest4herein -as necessary -foe giving-notioe odor piling_.a machenc's- lien dtgainst such -lands,.. in asserdenon-with tt alaticrts OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements fur permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNERS fumising these lands, rights -of - way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I I and 12. CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions. 4.2.1. Reports and Drasings: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of 4.2.1.1. Subsurface Condib'ons: Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents: and 4.2.12. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. Limited Relimtce by CON7R.4CTOR Authorized' Techmcal Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the 'technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to: 42.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.222. other data, 'interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.223. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such data, interpretations, opinions or information 4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical Conctlfiars. if CONTRACTOR believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site that is uncovered or revealed either 4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 is materially maccutate, or 4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contact Doau aft or 4.2.3.1 differs materially from that shown or FXDC OEMEELnt CONanOM 191" n990 E(btim) wi CITY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS QthV 4t2000) indicated in the Contract Documents, or 4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; that CONTRACTOR shall, preteptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as permitted by prag iph 6.23� notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing about such condition CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. 4.2.4. ENGINEER'S ReOew: IR4GI1,ThEER will promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing (with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. 4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required as a result of condition that meets one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3. a Work Change Directive or a Change order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of such change. 4.2.6. Possible Price and times A,u stmentr: An equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTORS cost oC or time requital for performance of: the Work; subject• however, to the following: 4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive; 4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraph 42.5 will no be an automatic authorization of nor a condition precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment; 4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for on a Unit Rice Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and 4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times if; 4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of the existence of such coalitions at the time CONTRACTOR made a final aanmitment to OWNER in respect of Contract price and Contract Times by the submission of a bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract or 4226.4 2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test or studv of the site and contiguous areas ret aired by the Bidding Acquirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior to CONTRACTOR's making such final commitment; or 4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to give the written notice within the time and as required by paragraph 4.2.3. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles I and 12. However, OWNER ENGINEER and ENGINEER% Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages susm ned by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.3. Ph)sical Conditions —Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shoun orbndcated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based an information and data furnished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 4.3.1.2. The cast of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such unformation and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,(iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction. and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities us provided in puragmph6.20 oral repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 4.3.2. Not Shourr or Indicated- If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly immediately after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or perfatming any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by paragraph6.23). identify the owner of such Underground Facility and EJCDC=,1E L.COND1MONS 1910-5(1990E(Etian) wt CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 4l2OW) 1 give written notice to ant owner and to OWNER and ENGINEER ENGINEER will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility. if ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document such consequences. During such time. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph20. CONTRACTOR shall may be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated If OWNER and CONTRACTOR me unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Corntriect Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles I 1 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGiNEER's Consultants shall no be liable to CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shell make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. 4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous RD iste or Radioadive Material. 4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or pro}xrty exposed thereto in com ocbon with the Work tog site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. ,TRACTOR slhall immediately, {i)-stopall such-noticell-promptly comultwith -ENGINEER-concerning the necessity for OWNER -to stain a qualified expert -to evaluate such GONTRACTOR-shall-not-be required -to resume -Work iian or in an -requsedietrans-related-thadeand-delivered--to tku3t sash-Bandition-end anvnll'eetad area-js-erhe�hxn t�wtr�t-n c e-er tt_ __ _ _ _f __ _,1' if _ _ Jm.RA Fe it of g w.wn Wcuk- stoppage -nr--such�pa-whir"lt Work is agreed by PONT14.4kc-TOR to be Feswred; rt.-rwl... I I And I' }-wFitten--rtetioe EONTRA6TOR-does notagree-to resume such work ..._.I:t:..... then ftit/Atl:t ... ....ie. ...,.I, ..f Vithe ltr_.l. that itt .._t L......,!_... fleeted area to be a_l.t."-ern the 'Verkf nmotif u.�ic . __- `ONTR,.in,rrn 04014-, agree -as -to a ntitlement 4o or-theentountor tetentof-an eitherparty-may-makea clainttltarafor�s provided -in porion-0f -the-iVoAe--padonnad-bv-OWtNER'sowt+ foreesorotharsin eeeorderuce-with Articlo-7- Regulations, -OWNER shrill -indemnity and -}told }m wAes,--C-O ':TRAC-TOR.- Subcavmctors. officers,—dweotots;—.employees: - agents: - caller autsu}tfmts-and-subcontmcuas-of each -turd-any of them from -aml-agairnF-a}I-claimx-cost+-losscw-and damages- ar sing out of --or- resulting -from ..such ha strdeusanvadikifar claim aYA Ices -or damage -is-attnbutable-to- bodily -injury. k'f ',-- Of tangible Pfep" (other than the WOr'k -il If). including-thte-- loss -of--use-resulted-therohom, and (u)nothing-in this subparagraph 4.5:4 shall ubinwe OWNER to indemnity any personorentity from and own negligence: . _ arid 1.3 a14i' ;:{sue-We�.tte-or-Eia(i3t6l;i 3va-ifaMael-2iiai0v1Set1 er-revealedatthe Sae VCDC OEMR& CONDITIONS 1910-9 (1990 Edition) w/ CITY OF FORT WIJJ NS MODIFICATIONS MN 42000) ARTICLE 5-BOMS AND INSURANCE Performance, Payment and Other Bonds: 5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performamx and Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date when final payment becomes due. except as provided otherwise by laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by laws or Regulations and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Openutons, U.S. Treasury Department All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act- 5.2. If the surety on any Bond famished by CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER 5.3. Licensed Surettev and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance: 53.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorised in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies for the limits and covem&es so required. Such surety and insurance compames shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 53.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or arty other additional insured) which CONTRACTOR is retied to purchase and maintain in accordance with pamgraph 5.4. OWNER-shmll additional-insured--identified--in-thue�u etneaNery fM'-any-titila( add1 regUlFNd tO pufohow-an d if{aialam-in-@UXa 1Vli1i pamgmphs-5.6 and 5 7 herAsf CONfR4CTOR's LtabihV Iasumnce., 5A. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result front CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents. whether it is to be performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be Gable: 5.4.1. claims under worker! compensation disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; 5.4.2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickrness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.4.3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 5444.—ale inns—for-4amages--insured-by--0ustomary mpleymentof arobIw---rrhy e0iff-reasm 5.4.5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself: because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and 5.4.6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph 5.4 to be purchased and maintained shall: 5A.7, with respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.4.3 through 5.4.6 inclusive and 5.4.9, include as additional insureds (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability), OWNEit, ENGINEER. ENGINEER's Consultants and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers and employees of all such additional insureds: 5.4.8. include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater, 5-4.9. include completed operations insurance; EJCDC GENERAL C011D1T10NS 1910.8 (1990 Edition) e•/ CITY OF FORT (O1] M MODIFICATIONS (RLV 42000) 5.4.10. include contractual liability insurance covering CONTRACTOR's indemnity obligations under paragraphs 6.12, 6.16 and 611 through 6.33; 5.4.11. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraph 5.32 will so provide); 5.4.12, remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Wort: in accordance with paragraph 13.12; and 5.4.13. with respect to completed operations insurance, and arty insurance coverage written on a claims -made basis, remain in effect for at least two years after final payment (and CONTRACTOR shall furnish OWNER and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to OWNER and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter). OTYNER's Liability Insurance.- 5.5. in addition to insurance required to be provided by CONTRACTOR under paragraph 5.4, OWNER, at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain at OWNER's expense OWNER's own liability insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Property Insurance. 3:6. L4rtless-t>ihdrwise- provided -in theSupplamxnwry Conditions, OWNER—shall—purchase-and-mantam of -the -full replacement- cost - -thereof (subject tosuch dedtwlible remounts --as may he provided in the Supplementary--C-onditiom or required -by- Laws -ant Regulations} Thsiinsuranceshah: 5.61:-.inohtde-. the interests -- of-- OWNER, €3�ultr entitles. -identified in the Supphm*ntary -Conditions, each of4hom is dernml to have-art-insurable4ntertst and"ll-be-lu;wd as an insuredar-addifiowlinsuredl: 5.6.2. be written -on -a Builder's Risk "all-risk"- or and Work iH tmnsik ' iasure againsi at lea the —foil,.... .: t.. r.__ 1;-L...;-ig. exter4led coverage, theft ;-vandaIisin-aril-malicious-inischief, twumsiefled by ffilofuemen; Of Laws UPAI Reg; de, ion, 5.6.3. include- expenses incurred in Iht- repair or replacement of any insuredproPerty-(including but not etJtite.�is}. or at another location -that-was'egeed-to-in -writing by t3lW:ER-prig-tv--being 'iimffP9fflivcrva- the —WmE =atedt-materials and equipment -have -bean r N teeemmended by ENGR�rd 3 .3.�-s=aatRtr ed-w�Beet-until -t then -payment -is nlrrArcD rnAmn nn•rnn ,....1 cnrn_n.rcc•D a. thirt�--S! -Mace-netiee-te- -ether--additional t55ned 5.7. OWNER shall pufeliffse ;d-aTRttltRin etch-lii�ilaf And-R}Fte:.'mo:)�i�ar.w-F.r-R as may -be -requited- by the Supplementary Conditions or nl1T2RJ l`nA4 R n/�'I'rlU C..6_,._._,,.-.,._.. CAVSrA/CLD GAf._IAICL`Dr„(•,...... Im.,r. end-anFatheFpeflSBnS-GC--@Rtitieu isdeemedwheweeni An iM-'Fed-9r AddN1(ASI iss'FAd maintained -by G ANiPin ue<ord nc*-with-paragraphs 5:6 eowroge- atforeled--will-not -be-cancelled-or-materially changedor renewal-refused-untilat-Ietlst-thirty-days prior wrivien- mliee-has--been-given---((r-Ot --and whom-a-eartifcate-of insurance -has- been imued-find-will contain--waiver—provisions--irr-accordance --with PPS 5-9. OWNER slull net be T�%Tcnwble for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of CONTRACTOR Subcontractors or others in identified in the Suppfearentary-Eamlitiors -The risk -of los'. within such-identifa! such kiss and ifanyof-them e-wishes -property-mmnince Ixrvenrge-within-the--hmits-of-sudr-Rmuunls,-each -may purchaseiindmaintainitel-thapucFmsas own -expense. 41(�---ff-GONTitt�CTOI:-requestw-vr wriiir>g-that-,xhar OF and the cost all be ehmgedw by-approliniat Chi. ,. n.a.._ or W4iUe..�nt Pnu—io EICDCOENFRAI. CONDiTION51910-8 (1990 E(Rkn) 10 wl CITY OF FORT COI11MMODtFICATIONS(REV412000) commencement of -the Work at the site; OWNTR-shall-in 5:14 1-: OWNER and t OKTRACTOR intend thatail policies purchasedinaccordance-with-paregFmghs3.{, wyj 5.7 .. •II .._ ...., nrinnb nnAi'rD nI^Tnn Subcontractors. - ENGINEER- ENGIMBER's in the Swpplemen;�- Conditions to ass insureds-or-Rdditiorwal-in ureds- in-sudt-pelieies-and damage,caused- -- the perils covered-theraby—All the or additional aredti- 1ralR:iid . waive all-flgtk.9 against 696h etheF arid their ive-efCreers direct^ 1^.•^-.. arTcl--egents_fot�l�i,.w�,.^a F&MItinO fFAM AR . rrM ape, In�-ra.,....,ier... 1... .. ,.1. ....lie:-w - __ and - in --addition, -wetve--aI-such--rights--egeirtst SiirhO(iriirae[aTS, cnrr•_rntmN,rr v�ENGP E moors t onsultants and-allother parsons or entities identified makingFq of a held by 0;VPlW4'1:1'tFU...ec-?n'- vdl"m-ter-R. payableunderany-poltcy-sG-issued wins[--—GONTRAC-TQR -Sabcontmf wm offioaras-�F:-c*tnljloyees�nd-again,-of- Bry-of them, -Far: Gf-water-other-coirseguentiel-lcsa--e.�nding beyond--direct-physical--less-sir-damage -�o GIANER's or—'hearising out of or- resulting from -Ere -or c�lenl; whether-or-not-by-9WNER and 5.4-123- loss or--damage-to-the-completed resulting -from -fire -or other-uisurod peril -covered by--anY--fxnpaay-iurensa--aieintawad--en-iha during —partial— utiliattian—pursuant--to peraignaph 14:10, .after Substanuel--Completion pursuant to paragmph-14.8-or alier-final-payment ------------ recovery-against.any of CONTRAC-TOR:-Subeormttetors: ReceiptandApplicadon oflnsumnceProceedi: 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received, and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach If no other special agreement is reached the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced the moneys so received applied on account thereof and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amcndmonl. 5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made OWNER as fiduciary shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers I rrw2 P ides arT :1r�ive boT d fop--tiie Acceptance of Ronde and lns unmet, Option to Replace: i14. If either any (GA:E eF PG?FFr]AGT-G ) !.. OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the Bonds-er insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other rm% CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of nonconformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party-shall-so-no*4he-otherperty OWNER will nkbrQQNT�?d QR in writing within test Ct ecri days after reo6pt deli of the certificates (or -other -evidence requested) 19 OWN,E& as required by paragraph 2.7. OWNER and GGNT1;6kG:FQR shiill othter-attshradditioral-irefiattaeficat-err respect-o�insomrtce provided- as-iha-tither-racy-rwroreblv..-reque6t---117-either party -does not purchase or -maintain a 11-4 the Bonds -and insurance --required -of such ---pant- -by- dw--Ccamact n writing of such failure-to-ptrehese prior to the start -of the ai-a' & orofstwh fi,ilarr 'n errremeeby:-ihr.other-party may-eelect ao oblein equivalent Bonds ur-irotrarnxluprotect-sach-wher-party's ird re to at dhaexp�of-the pra"ho-was-required-to provide ..uch C-eraraet-hhieeaueordutgly Partial Udli adon-Propertj,Insurance: 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 191" (1990 Edtim) V OTY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 411000) Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.I1}, provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6-CONTRACTOR'S Sapenidon and Superintendence: 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expntise as may be necessary to prform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documtents. CONTRACTOR %hal I be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means. method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall he responsible to sec that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2 CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be CONTRACTORSs representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor, Materials and Equipment: 63. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the Work as required by the Contract Document& CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular waking hours and CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday. Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shw11 submit requests to the ENGINEER no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to he performed on Saturday. Sunday, Holidays or outside the Regular Working Horns, 6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall famish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, tramportatttxt, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel. power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing start-up and completion of the Work. 6.4.1. Purchasing g Restrictions: CONTRACTOR must comply with the Citv's purchasing restrictions A copy_ of the resolutions are available for review in the offices of the Purchasing and Rick Management Division or the City Clerk's office. 64.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 reuuires that suppliers and prOdUSerS o—'t cement or products cemining camera to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that bum hazardous waste as a fuel 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good duality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contact Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of OWNER Tf required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quafity of materials and equipment All materials and equipment shall be applied installed, connected, erected, used cleaned and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Progress SdteAde: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adore to the progress schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for acceptance (to the extent indicated in paragraph 2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of pemgraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in accordance with Article 12. 6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal " Items., 6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a Particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required Unless the specification or description EJCUC UENEM CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Editim) 12 wl CITY OF FORT OOLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) contains or is followed by words reading that no like. equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by ENGINEER under the following circumstances: 6.7.1.1. 'T7r-Equal". If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an Rem of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by ENGiNEER as an "or al" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in ENGiNEER's sole discretion, he accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed substitute items. 6.7.1.2. Substitute Items. If in ENGINEER's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as an "or-equnl" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow ENGTNEER to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements and as ENGTNEER may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by ENGTNEER from anyone oiler than CONTRACTOR If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make written application to ENGINEER for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and be suited to the same use as that specified The application will state the extent, if any. to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contact with OWNER for work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available mauitenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected 5/8 x 3/4-inch copperhoms (interior meter settings): a. Ford #CH88-233 with B-11-233 ball valve on each end with HB-2 handles on both valves and '/<-inch tag mounting hole in both handles. b. A.Y. McDonald #M43-2 MM33 M style with 6101 ball valve on each end with 6120 handle on both valves and '/<-inch tag mounting hole in both handles. C. No substitutions allowed. 2. 5/8 x 3/4-inch coppersetters (exterior meter settings): a. Ford #V82W-44-33 b. Mueller #H-1440 with 1/4-inch 110 compression connections. C. No substitutions allowed. 3. 1-inch copperhorns (interior meter settings): a. Ford #CH88-444 with B11-444 valve on each end with HB-34S handle on both valves and Y<-inch tag mounting hole in both handles. b. Mueller #H1412 with H14233 end connections and with B-20200 valves on each end with B20298-99000 handle on both valves and 1/4-inch tag mounting holes in both handles. C. No substitutions will be allowed. 4. 1-inch coppersetters (exterior meter settings): a. Ford #V84-44-44 pack joint type b. Mueller #H1440 with 1-inch 110 compression #H15451 C. No substitutions allowed. 5. 1 '/z-inch and 2-inch meter setters: a. Ford. i. 1 1/2-inch, #VVF6612B-13. ii. 2-inch, #VVF7712B-17. b. Mueller. i. 2-inch, #H-1423. ii. No substitutions allowed. C. METER BOXES 1. 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meter boxes: a. DFW Plastics #DFW 20 x 48. 9/3/2013 Approved Product Listing 01000-7 by the resulting change, all of which will be earsidered by ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.13. CONMICTOR'sExpense. All data to be provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at CONTRACTORS expense. 6.7.2. SubstiOlte Consbuction Methods or Procedures: If a ssppeeccific means, method, technique, sequence or procedurc of construction is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to allow hNGINgXk in E.NGiNEER's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The procedure fa review by ENGINEER will be similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2- 6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without liNG11,1EER's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop thawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR' expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute. ENGINEER will record time required by ENGINEER and ENGIN"EEWs Consultants in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project) occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. 6.8. Concerning Subcontmdors, Suppliers and Other: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organizatien (including those acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2� whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or ENGINEER may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to Gunish cr perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. VCDCOENUM CONDIMONs 1910-8 (1990 Edtim) w/ CITy OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS OLEV 412000) 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 20 percent of the Work with its own Cor�that i� without suborimract W. The 20 percent requirement shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of which totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract Price 6.53. If-the--Supplementary-40onditions Biddin Documents require the identity of certain Subcontractors Suppliers or other persons or organizsticros (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials or equipment) to be submitted to OWNER in-advance-4-the-specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, —end --if GON4PLGTOR has sutmi_d list tLef__r OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) oC tvtsis-0f-reesenahle-ah. . eceepmb}e--9rrtitute.-_Priee--will be suoh substitution-and-an-approprinte Change -Order hNtiIN hhK No acceptance py 11wNGK or ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject defective Work 6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization any contractual relationship between OWNER or ENGMM- and any such Subcontractor. Supplier or other person or organization, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. OWNER o ENGINEER may f�m sh tu any subcontractor, supplier or other person or organization evidence of amounts paid to CONTRACTOR in accordance with CONTRACTOR'S "Awliwtiors for Paymem . 13 6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subwntracters. Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shell require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Wort: to communicate with the ENGINEER through CONTRACTOR 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of an Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11- All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and ENGINEER Wh8never anysuch aaFeeme t additional insured -on- the- ynre>perty-i. ncL--provided in t between thc�L_ C4)NTRAC-TOR-Qnd-the-Subcontractor or Supplier -will All CONTRAGTOR, ei evils eevtre �bY ppl tehleto tha-Work,.—If-the -insurers on --any -such -policies-require Patent Fees and Royalties 6,11 CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowlalge of OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of arty license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights Shall be disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEIXs Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them fi am and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infingement of patent rights or cooppyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Wo - or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, desigri, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents. EICDCOEN>ERAt. CONDITIONS Ivlo� (197o Edtiau 14 coI CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) Permits. 6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licences. CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees 6.14. Lansanditulatiuns. 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6,14.2. If CONTRACTOR perfoms arty Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulation, CONTRACTOR shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting therefrom, however, it shall not be CONTRACTORS primary responsibility to make certain that the Specification.; and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2. Taxes 6.15, CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be paid by CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6,15,1. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and locales and use taxes on materials%t Fx pet mancntly incorpor@ted into lhe-proiecl Said ta,ees shall not be included in the Contract Price. Address: Colcredo Department of Revenue State Capital Annex 1375 Sherman Street Denver. Colorado_ 80261 Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado Regional Trarmortation District (RTD) and certain Colorado counties are collected by the State of Colorado anti are included in the Certification of h5iemption. All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State collected taxes), on any items other than construction and building materials olnsicslly incorporated into the o act are to be id CONTRACTOR and are to ncluded in aooromiatc bid items. Use of Premisciz. 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the orations of workers to the site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made bn' any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER ENGINEER's Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them from and against all claims, cols, losses and damages arising out of or resulting firm arty claim ur action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against OWNER ENGINEER or any other parry indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon CONTRACTOR'sperformance of the Work. 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR stall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be leaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it Record Documents: EICDC GENERAL COMMON81910-8 (199a Eo6timm w/ CITY OF FORT COWS MODIFICATIONS MEV VIM) 6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda Written Amendments. Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders and written interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to pamgmph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all changes mark during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion of the Work, and prior to release of final payment, these record documents. Samples and Shop Drawings will be delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER. Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintain ng and supervising all safety precautions and programs m connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety oC and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 6.20.I. all persons on the Work site or who may be affected by the Work: 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site: and 6,20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property a to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.202 or 6.20.3 caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in pan, by CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly. in whole or in part. to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them). CCNTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a 15 notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. Sajery Represenranre: CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the site whose duties and respunsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supesv .sing of safety precautions and programs. Ha:ardCommunicarion Programs: 6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to he made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the site in accordance with laws or Regulations. Emergencies: 6.2-3. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR without special instruction or authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action 6.24. Shop Drawings andSamples: 6.24.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in the number of copies specified in the General Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawing will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the information for the limited purposes required by paragraph 6.26. 6.242 CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified dearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers and the use for which intended and otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable ENGINUR to review the submittal for the limited FJCDCOENERA1. CONDITIOM 191H (1990ea6tionm 16 wt CITY OF FORT COIIANS MODIFICATIONS(REV 4R000) purposes required by paragmph626. The numbers of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in the Specifications. 6.25. Submiaal Procedures: 6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, CONTRACTOR shell Intve determined and verified: 6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, 6.25.1 all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, . ipptrig, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Wort , and 6.25.1.3. all information relative to CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect of means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review and approval of that submittal. 6.25.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and. in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENGINEER'S review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the retpi red number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and subma as required new Samples for review and approval. CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by ENGINEER at previous submittals 627. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shopp Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such variation at the time of submission as required by paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written approval of each such variation by a specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for ocariplying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1- 6.29. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. any related Work performed prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and respons bnhty of CONTRACTOR Continuingthe Work: 6,29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in writing. 630. CONTR4CFOR's Cenral Warranty and Guarantee: 6.30.1, CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER. ENGINEER and ENGINEER'S Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder occludes defects or damage causal by: 630.1.1. abuse, modification or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR Subcontractors or Suppliers; or 630.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. 6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perlonn and omnplete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in EJCDC GENERAL COMMMON51910-8 (1999 EMM) V UTY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (Rtiv 42000) accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER; 6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or final payment by INGINMR. 6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents: 6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER; 6.30.235 any acceptance by OWNER or any failuro to do so: 6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of accelAability by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 1413: 6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by others; or 6.30.2.& any correction of defective Work by OWNER Indemnifreation: 6.31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER ENGINEER ENGINEERS Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including, but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage: (i) is attributable to bodily k6ury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (u) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform OF furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. regardless of whether or not caused in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity ardemniiGGed hereunder o whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity. 6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any parson or organization directly or indirectly employed by 17 any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, conperaation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers compensation ads, disability benefit ads or other employee benefit acts. 633. The indemnification obligations of CONTRACTOR under pang iph 6.31 shall not extend to the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants. officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the professional negligence. errors or cm Issions of any of them. Suniiul of 0bligatims. 634 All represcnrations, indemnifications, warranties and guarantees made in required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the Work and termination or completion of the Agreement. ARTICLE 7-0THER WORK Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then: (i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to staring any such other work and (6) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the am cunt or exlent thereof. 7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility owner (and OWNER if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the exccuuon of such other work and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documerns, CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fining and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. The durics and respons bilitics of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable EJCDC OE14ERAL CONNTIOM I910-3 (tyro taaIW) 18 w/ CITY OF FORT CULL( M MODIFICATIONS (REV 4r2000) provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners and other contractors. 7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed by others trader this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall insped such other work and promptly report to ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for Intent or normpparent defects and deficiencies in such other work. Coordination: 7.4. if OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the follow'atgwill be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: T4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; 7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized: and 7.4.3, the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination ARTICLE 8-OWNER'S 8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of ENGINEER. OWNER shall appoint an engineer against whom-C-1 TItAC-TC4R-makesno-reasonabk-abjection; whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former ENGINEER. 8.3. OWNER shall fianish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Nragrdph4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents. SS c� r o,.. _ . ._.. :c,:...:_ _ __etA _r_.._..li..,.:_.. forth- in-paragraphs-3Sthraugh S-I4 8L. OWNL•R is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.4. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in paragraph13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER'S right to stop Work or suspend Work, sec paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER'S right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. 8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for. CONTRACTOR'S means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. iki'�01*41il�-1011'ffifll " ......... -'= . arnngemaras—Haut �aett—made—te—satis€y-4WI�IEA's r slwnsibility in -respect thereof will be asset-{urh-in the Supplemtentar}Fgnditions: ARTICLE 9—ENGTNEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION OWNER's Representative: 9.1. 04GLNTMR will be OWNER'S representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and ENGINES Visits to Site: 9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress FJCDC GENERAL CONDInoNS 191as 0990 emtiom ovaCITY or•FORT Conn MMODIFICATIONS (REV 4n_troo) that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations. ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on - site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Wok. ENGINEER'S efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on - site observations. FNGINF..ER will keep OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's visits and on -site observations are subject to all the limitations on ENGINEER'S authority and responsibility set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without limitation dtutng or as a result of ENGINEER'S on site visits or observations of CONTRACTOR'S Wok ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. Project Representative: 9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER will furnish a Resident project Representative to assist ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of the Work. The responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of any such Resident project Representative and assistants will be as provided in paragraphs 9.3 and 9.13 arA in the SuWleme"" Go nditi6ii of these General Conditions. If OWNER designates another representative or agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEERS Consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other person will be as provided in the Supplements— 6ertiere {aph2 of these General Conditionsif the ENGINEER furnishes g_ Re;idea project Relgy3e�tative fRPR) 4f,-_Qt}tgr assistants, or if the OWNER eies;gnates a R, r-sentatiye or agent all as provided in paragrarh 9.3 of the General CCo tQns. the-c resentatives shall have the authori and limitations as rovirkd iragraph 9.13 0( the General Conditions and shall be subiect to the following: 931 The Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the inn site work will, in t>eneral, be with the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR But. the Representative will k p the OWNER grocer adyiseti about such-matters_The Relsesentative's dealings with subcontractors will only be th=jdi or with the _fUll__knowledge a __approval or the CONTRACTOR 9.3.2. Duties and Resopnsibilities. Reoesertative will: 9.3.2.1. Schedules - Review the progress 19 schedule and other schedules Prepared by the CONTRACTOR and cormth wplh the FNGINEER concerning aazoiability. -- 9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Atted mactine with the CONTRACTOR such as 5u�nst; rg4on conferences, nrogre umc-ti d other nob conferences and prepare and circulate copies of minutes of meetirgs. 93.2.3. Liaison 9.3.2.3.1 Serve as ENGINEER'S linkon with CONTRACTOR waking Principally through CONTRACTORS superintendent to assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding the Contract Docurents. 9.3.2.3.2. Assist in obtaining from OWNER additional details or information when remnired for Proper execution of the Work. 9.3.2.3.3. Advise the ENGTNEFR and CONTRACTOR of the commencement of any Work requinnp a Shop Drawing_ nr mmnlc submission if the submission has not been by the ENGINEER Q.3.2.4�twiew of Wcrk. Rgjkotjg�p_�petg�t1Y_S Work. Inspections and Tests - 9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of OA _W__Qrk in w M to assist the ENGINEER in determining n the Work_is.procecdmgin accordance with the Contract Documerts. 9.3.2A3. Accompany visitir9--J pectors reoresentIng public a other agencies haying j sziicuon over the Protect, record the results of these inspections and rwport to the ENGINEER. 93.2.5. Interpretation of C_Qngact Documents. Report to ENGINEER when clatificafions and itrterPreta[ior s of the Contract Davments are_medel arul__trerzstnit to CONTRACTOR clarification and interPretation of the Contract Domments as issued by the INN. ft3rywi 932.6. Modifications. Consider and evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions fo E)CDCOEI aULCONDITiOfS 191"(1990E(itim) 20 wf CITY OF FORT OOLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) modification in Drawings or Soecificationns and report_thex recommendat9 � ENGD�ER.. Accurately transmit 10 CONTRACTOR decisions issued by the ENGINEER 9.3.2.7. Recardy 9.3.2.81. Furnish ENGINEER periodic r rt as r--ired of the ��ress of the Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S compGanxe with the M=m schedule and schedule of shop Drawing and sample Submittals, 2x212_-4'9n l�tt t wit1�ENGzU Erin advance of schedubmoor inks actions or start of unportant t>)rases of the Wyk, 9.328.3. Draft proposed Change Orders and Work Directive Changes obtaining ckup material Gom the CONTRACTOR and recommend ro ENGINEER Change Orders Work Directive Changes and Geld orders 9.3.2.8.4. Report immediately to ENGINEER mid OWNER the occurrence_of My accident. 9.3.2.9. Payment Requests. Review applications fa envenom with CONTRACTOR for cernpliance with the established Procedure for their submission and forward with rocommendation to ENGINEER noting, particularly the relationship of the —payment_ requested_a the_schedul_e_of_val_ues, work completed and materials and eauiptnent delivered at the site but not incorporated to the 2.3.2.10. Can_pleW 9.3210.1. Before ENGINEER issues a Certificate of Substantial Completion submit to CONTRACTOR a, of observed items reuu.irina correction or completion 93.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the comnenv of the ENGINEER, OWNER and CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of items to be corrected or completed. 93.2,10.3. Observe that all items on the final list have been corrected or�com feted and make recommendations to ENGINEER concerning acceprance 93.3_ limitation of Authority The Representative shall not, 9.3.3.1. Authorize arr�r deviations from the Contract Documents or accept any substitute m1 or eauiDA(�it,�de�s�gthprj�j_py_Itte ENGINEER 93.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEERS autlterity as xt forth in the Contract Documcrrts 9.3.3.3. Undertake anv of the responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR Subcontractors or CONTRACTOR'S suoerintendenl 93.3.4. Advise on or issue directions relative to_ or assume control over an_y_aoui oC thz means, methods, techniguess seouences or procedures for corvswctig t unless such is specifically called for in the Corntrad Documents, 9.33.5. Advise on or issue directions regarding Qr as tone control__QYe� iX precautions andprogmms in connections with the Wei.. 93 3.6_ Acee�t _Shop Drawv_tas, or sample submittals from anyone other than the CONTRACTOR 9.3.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the Work in whole or in pert. 93.3.8. ' to in gxcializod field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others 9%caQt_9s_ SP_ecifical eutfrorizal b _t}te ENGINEER Clarfrcadurrs and Interpretatiuns: 9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the E)CDC OENERAL COMMONS 19103 (1990 E(fition) w/ CtTY OF FORT COLLIr14 MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such written clatifications and interpretations will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thcreoC if any.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5, ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an ad§ustmcm in the Contract Price or the Contract Tunes and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. Rgedtng Defedn a Work: 9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective, or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. ENT VEER will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. .Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments 9.7. In connection with ENGINEERS authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through 6.28 inclusive. 9.8. In cormection with ENGINEERS authority as to Change Orders. see Articles 10.11. and 12. 9.9. In connection with ENGINEERS authority as to Applications for Payment, we Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices 9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application 21 for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision therean will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. unless, within ten days alter the date of any such decision either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of intention to appeal from FNGINEF.R's decision and: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into. a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR Such appeal will not be subject to the procedures of paragraph 9.11. Decisions on Dirpreter 9.11. ENGINEER will he the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other mattes relating to the acceptability of the Wok or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Wok and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time). ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to Artick 16, or (i)if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's written decision is delivered by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such FxDC OEKEFL& comnom 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 22 wf CITY OF FORT COI.LI M MODIFICATIONS tREV C7000) decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and CONTRACTOR 9.12. When functioning as interprets and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show pmtiality to OWNFR or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by ENGMER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter (except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter Swenite A Abele 16. 9.13. Limitations on LWGINEER's Amthoritp and Responsibilitiev: 9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by ENGINEER shall crcatq impose or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organuation or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them 9.13.2. ENGINEER will net supervise, direct, control or have authority over or he responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, 9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work. 9.13.4. ENGINEFR's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to determine generally that their moment complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents 9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and City of Fort Collinsur Pchasing ADDENDUM NO. 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St 2no Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov. com/purchasing Description of BID 8266: Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) March 25, 2016 1. Due to adverse weather conditions, the Opening Date has been changed to March 25, 2016 at 3:00 PM. Please contact Elliot Dale, Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. b. Mid States Polyethylene, # 20 x 48.' C. No substitutions allowed. 2. Covers and lids for 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meter boxes: a. Ford; #W3 cover with a WA3L-TP lid. 3. 3-inch extensions for 5/8 x 3/4-inch and 1-inch meter boxes: a. DFW Plastics, DFW-203R b. Mid States Polyethylene, 81 R03. C. No substitutions allowed. D. METER PITS AND VAULTS 1. Meter pits and vaults for 1 '/z-inch and larger meters are: a. AMCOR Precast b. Or An Approved Equal. 2. Meter pit and vault covers for 1 1/2-inch and larger meters are: a. Casting Incorporated #MN-125-24 AL -WATER. b. No substitutions allowed. 3. AMR Pods for Meter pits and vaults 1 1/2 -inch and larger meters are: a. AMR POD (FORD yoke box part # YUC-7 with FORD yoke box lid part # YL-TP with 1 27/32" dia. hole and removable plug). PART 3 EXECUTION — (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 9/3/2013 Approved Product Listing 01000-8 responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project Representative and assistants. ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1. Without irnalidatatg the Agreement and without notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment. a Change Order. or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). 10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are ratable to agree as to the ement, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Wort; Change Directive. a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or Article 12. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not he entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.9. 10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER (car Written Amendments) covering: 10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work tinder paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under paragraph 13.14, or (iiii) agreed to by the parties: 10.4.2. charges in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties: and 10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraph 9.11: provided that, in lieu of executing any such Charge Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and scihere to the progress schedule as provided in paragraph 6.29. 10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the prowisions of the Contract Documents EICDC OWERAL CONDITIONS 191" 099a Editim) w/ C1TY OF FORT COLLIM MOO MATIONS (REV 42000) (including, but not limited to. Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the givirq of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility. and the amours of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. ARTICLE II —CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for perforating the Work. All duties. responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at COI TRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be hued on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (tut in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after the strut of such occurrence or event (unless ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Pricewill be determined as follows: 11.3.L where the Wort: involved is covered by unit prigs contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of 23 paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive); 11.3.1 where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with paragraph 11.6.2). 11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under paragraph 11.12, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in paragraphs 11,4 art] 11.5) plus a CONTRAC'rOR's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in paragraph 1 1.6). Costojrhe Work. 11.4. The tern Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the project, shall include only the following items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5: 11.4.1. Pa oll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR. Such employees shall include without l mitation superimcndents, foremen and other personnel employed full-time at the site. payroll costs for employees not employed full-time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work Payroll costs shall include butftot be limited to• salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health andtetirement benefits;-bonusev; applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours, on Saturday. Sunday or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER 11.4_2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services toqtured in connection therewith All cash discounts sha11 accruc to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained 11.4.3. payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by Suhrom motors. If required by OWNM �4 HICOCOE1g CONDMOM 191" i1990Edtim) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of ENGINEER which bids, if any, will be accepted. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractors Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR'S Cost of the Work and fee as provided in paragnaphs 1 I A, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4A. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testis laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountantsS} employed for services specifically related to the Work. 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following. 11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connector] with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office and temporary facilities at the site and hard tools not owned by the workers, which arc consumed in the performance of the Work, and cast less market value of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.53. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWiv'ER with the advice of ENGINEER and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation dismantling and removal thereof —ail in accordance with terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer. use or similar taxes related to the Work and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the • 0 performance and furnishing of the Work (except 11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of losses and damages within the deductible amounts CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone of property insurance established by OWNER in 5-91 directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for them be liable, including but accordance with paragraph provided they whose acts any of may have resulted from causes other than the not limited to, the correction of defective Work negligence of CONTRACTOR, any disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly and making good any damage to property. employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include 1I;Sb. Other overhead or general expense costs of settlements made with the written consent and any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and approval of OWNER No such lasses, damages expressly included in paragraph 1 IA and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining 11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to CONTRACTOR's lee. IL however, Any such loss CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be or damage requires reconstruction and determined Asfollows� CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee 11.6.1, a mutually acceptable fixed Fee; or proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee 11.4.5.T The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary based on the following percentages of the various facilities at the site. portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.4.5.8. Minor cxpenscs such as U:Icgrams, 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under long distance telephone calls, telephone service at paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11-4.2, the the site, e�Tresmgc and similar petty rash items in CONTRACTOR's fee shall be fifteen percent connection with the Work. 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under 11.4.5.9. Cast of premiums for additional Bonds paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR's fee shall and insurance required because of changes in the be five percent; Work. 11.6.2.3- where one or more tiers of I I.S. The term Cast of the Work shall not include any of subcontracts arc on the basis of Cost of the Work the following: plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, IIA.2, 11.4.3 and 11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of 11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier, partnership and solc proprietorships), general managers, will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs acemmants, purchasing and contracting agents, 11.4.1 and 11.42 and that any higher tier expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in paid a fee-of-five-percent-o€-Hte aweutu paiA fe CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for the-next--bwerfier£ubeantraetoe; to be negotiated general administration of the Work and not specifically az d-$jt Lw tFh the OWNER but not to etaeed included in the agreed upon schedule of job five percent of the amount paid to the next lower classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or tior Subcomra9QL specifically covered by paragraph I I A.4-all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the 11.6.2.4, no fee shall be payable on the basis CONTRACTOR's fee of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 and 11.5; 11.5-2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR' office at 11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed the site. by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the 11.53. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount capital employed for the Work and charges against equal to five percent of such net decrease; and CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are 11.5.4. Cast of premiums for all Bonds and for all involved in any one charge, the adjustrnent in insruance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required CONTRACTOR's fee shall be computed on the by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain basis of the net change in accordance with the same (axccpt for the cost of premiums covered by paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2-5, inclusive. subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). 11.7. Whenever the cast of any Work is to be E1CDC OEN'ERAL CONDITIONS 191" (1990 E(Rim) 25 w' a TY OF FORT COLLIM MODIFICATIONS (RLV tn_000) determined pursuant to paragraphs l l.4 and 11.5, CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. Cash AUonances: 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract ac:t Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furrushed and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equilmnent required by the allowances to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes: and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.9. Unir Price Work• 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work iriitially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established emit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work arc not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and dassitications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.10. 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate to cover CONTRACTORS overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if: 11.9.31. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; ExvcoEMUALCONIxnom19ios(t%i Edtlm) 26 wI CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4r1000) and 11.9.3.2. there is rum corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work, and 11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or OWNER believes that OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of airy such increase or decrease. 11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in the Aid or cha ntitics at OWNER'S sole discretion without a ectine the Contract Price of any remaining, item so long as the deletion or addition does not exceed twenty-five percent oC the original total Contract Price ARTICLE 12--CHANGE OF CONTRACT T13M 12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by ENGINEER in accordance with pamgraph9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1. 12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. 12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, Cues, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of CONTRACTOR 12.4. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any' part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR, an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) in an aniount equal to the time last due to such delay shall be CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting Cram (i) delays caused by or within the control of the CONTRACTOR or (ii) dclays hevond the control of both parties including, but not limited to, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts or neglect by utility, owners or other contructors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.L Naive ofWeerr Prompt notice of all defective Wort of which OWNER or ENGINEER have actual knowledge will be given to CONTRACTOR All defective Work may be rejected, corrected or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Access to Work: 13.2. OWNER ENGINEER ENGINEER's Consultants, other representatives and personnel of OWNER independent testing laboratories and govemmemal agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Work at rnwnable-timo for their observation, inspecting and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. Tests and Inspections: 13.3. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspectiors, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests 13.4. OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 13.4.1. for inspections, less or approvals covered by paragraph 13.5 below; 13.4.2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to paragraph 13.9 EJCDC OENERAL CONDITIONS 191" 0 M E(fitito) w/ CITY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS OLEV 412000) below shall be paid as provided in said paragraph 13.9. and 13.4.3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. 13.5. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and fumish ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection, or approval. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections. tests or approvals required for OW'NERs and FNGTNEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. 13.6. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered by CONTRACTOR without written concurrence of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by ENGiNHbR, be uncovered for observation. 13.7. Uncovering Work as provided in paragraph 13.6 shall be at CONITRACTOWs expense unless CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. Uncovering Work: 13.8. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of ENGINEER, it must, if requested by LNGllNtEER, be uncovered for ENGINEER's observation and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. if ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR at ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation. irspedYion or testing as ENGINEER may require, that portion of the Work in question furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of ur resulting from such uncovering exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfattory replacement or reconstructitm, (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereoh may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If, however, such Work is not found to be defredve, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such 27 uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof. CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work. 13.10. If the Work is defeetive, or CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop the Work. or any portion thcrcoL until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER to stop the Wort: shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRA( -FOR or arty surety or other party. Correction or Remmut of Defective Wonf: 13.1 L if required by F.NGINEF.R, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, locus and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.12. Correction Period• 13.12.1.If within one-year two years after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. IT CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected Work removed and replaced and all claims, costs, lasses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR 13.122.1n special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. 13.12.3. Where defective Work (aid damage to other �g EICDC GENERA. CONDITIONS 1910-9 (1990 Editim) w/ CITY OF FORT COW NS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be exteded for an additional period of Bon year two years after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. .acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13. If. instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective 'Work, OWNER (arid, prior to ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so. CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims. cysts, losses and damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any such acceptance occurs prior to FNGTNF.ER's recommendation of final paymcnL a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be emitted to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and. if the parties are tenable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such reeOmmendatian, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correa Defective >b'ork: 13.14 If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written notice to CONTRACTOR correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials anal equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere. CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER OWNER's representatives, agents and eatployees, OWNER's other contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to exercise the ri+ is and remedies under this paragraph All claims, costs, osses and damages incurred or sustained by OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR and a Charge Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and if the parties arc tunable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such claims, casts, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or Teplamnent of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. ARTICLE 14—PAYAMffS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Srhedale of UkWes: 14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed Application for Progress Payment 14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month). CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNIIYs interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement Arty funds that are withheld b,the QVaffiR shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR with securities or erg+ arrangements involvingan escrow or custodiarsitip. By erecutirg the application for payment form the CONTRACTOR expressly waives his right to the benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes Section 24-91-101. et sea. CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees thattitle to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review ofAltplicadousforPrvgrsaPayment: 14A. ENGINEER wilL within ten days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a EICOC OENEM COIUTIONS 1910-8 (1990 Echtim) WI CITY OF FORT COWNS MODIFICATIONS 01EV 420M) recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. lien days after presentation of the Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEERS recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7) become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR 14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by ENGINEER to OWNI-3t, based on ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on ENGINEER'S review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying datu and schedules, that to the best of ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief: 14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point indicated, 14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of airy subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation), and 14.53. the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work. However, by recommending any such payment ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: (i) exhaustive m continuous on -site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to ENGhNEER in the Contract Documents or (it) that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR 14.6. ENGINIls recommendation of any payment, including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER is responsible for CONTRACTOR'S means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precrutions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the fumishing or performance of Work, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole or arty part of any payment iL in ENGINEERS opinion it would be incorrect to make the representations to 29 0%VNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, beaux of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, 14.7? the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order, 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14, or 14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrcmx of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 15.2. I through 15.2.4 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by ENGINEER because- 14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or fumishig of the Work, 14.7.6. Liens have been fled in confection with the Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, 14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set- off against the amount recommended, or 14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive, but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action Substantial Completim: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its 'untended use CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable tune thereafter, OWNER - CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially complete ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER EJCDCOE7UE &CONDITIONS 191"(1990Edtim) 30 w/ CITY OF FORT COUA NS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) considers the Work substantially complete. ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fir the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final paymnent OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considerin, such objections, ENGINEER concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing, staling the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work substantially complete. ENGINEER will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until foal payment 149. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list Pmrial M&Afion• 14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (d) OWNER ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree armailutes a sepamtely functioning and unable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1.OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such pert of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete end request ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion if ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. if ENGINEER considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.9 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. Final lnapechon: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such work or remedy such deficiencies - Find Application for Payment: 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by paragraph5A, certificates of inspection[ marked -up record documents (as provided in paragmph6.19) and other documents. CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: Wall documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13. (a) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for w}nich a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER' property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied If arty Subcontractor or Supplier fails E)COC OENLRAL CONDIMOM lvlo-s (IM EAUQa) W1 C1 TY OF FORT COLUM MODIFICATIONS (REV UNDO) to furnish such a release or receipt in full, CONTRACTOR may Gunish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any Lien Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of the surety to fralue oavment are to be submitted on forms conformingto the format of the OWNER'S standard forms bound in the Protect manual. Final Payment andAeeeptance. 14.13 If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and F.NGINEER'.s review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, LTIGINEER is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within tin days after receipt of the final Application for Payment indicate in writing ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of paragraph 1415_ Otherwise, ENGINEER will return the Application to CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to OWNER of the Application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate font and substance and with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR subieet to paragraph 17.6.2 of these 9eAM Conditions 14.14, It through no fault of CONTRACTOR final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if ENGINEER so confirms. OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's fined Application for Payment and recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the Application for such payment Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall rat constitute a waiver of claims. Waiver of Claims: 14.15. The malting and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 14,15..1.a waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR except claims arising from umserded Liens, from effective Work appearing after 31 final inspection pursuant to pamgaph 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified thee4 or from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligation under the Contract Documents, and 14.15.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled ARTICLE IS -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1. At any time and without cause. OWNER may suspend the Work or portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date on which Wok will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall ressurne the Work on the date so fixed CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Terminate: 152. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events! 152.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to. failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under pwagraph2.9 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to paragraph 6.6); 15.2.2 if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of ENGINEER; or 152.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents: OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the surely, if any) seven days' written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR (without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid EJCDCOEI- L CONDMOM 191" 0990Edaiml 32 col CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000) CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expediem. In such case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, east%, losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3- Where CONTRACTOR'% services have been so terminated by OWNER. the termination will not affect an rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release CONTRACTOR tiom liability. 15.4. Upon seven days written notice to CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items) 15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work, 15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses 15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractctt% Suppliers and others, and 15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic lass arising out of or resulting from such termination CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: 155. IC throupJmd no actor fault of CONTRACTOR. the Work is suspen for a period of more than ninety days by OWNER or untie an order of court or other public authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on arty Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any SECTION 02225 TRENCHING, BEDDING AND BACKFILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Labor, equipment, and materials necessary for excavation and trenching for water, sewer and stormwater conduits and appurtenances. B. Provision of bedding and compacted fill over water, sewer and stormwater conduits and appurtenances. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Division 1 - General Requirements B. Section 02315 — Excavation and Embankment 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. B. ASTM D698 or AASHTO T99 - Tests for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -Aggregate Mixture Using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12-inch (305mm) Drop (Standard Proctor). C. ASTM D2049 - Test for Relative Density for cohesionless soils. D. Testing Agency: All soils testing during construction will be performed by a testing laboratory selected and paid by the Developer. E. Excavations - U. S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration latest revision thereto. 1.04 TESTING A. In -place moisture density tests will be performed to ensure trench backfill complies with specified requirements. The following minimum tests should be expected to be performed: 1. Trench bedding - 1 per 200 feet 2. Backfill - 1 per 200 feet 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall cooperate with the geotechnical engineer in obtaining samples of all bedding materials. 9/3/2013 02225 - 1 Trenching, Bedding & Backfill sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and F2I6INEE , and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, te®inate the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terns as provided in paragraph 15.4. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if ENGINIER has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR. including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not intended to prelude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for cxpenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph. F�:7111 fA haiT�l7 6Y;i1y11 �1:7>.�,1rLl! if�lil If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure, if any, shall he as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", to be attached hereto and made a part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, and subject to the provisions of paragraphs9.10, 9,11 and 9.12. OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. ARTICLE17—NDSCELLANFOUS Going Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended or if delivered at or sera by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the lass business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.2. Connputation of Time: 17.2.1. When any period of time is refered to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the fast and include the last day of such period If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. EICOC OENERAL COFlDIMOM 1910-2 (IM Edtiaa) WICITY OF FORT COLLIE MODIFICATIONS ULEV 42000) 17.2.1 A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a day. Notice of Claim: 17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of thin pnragmph 17,3 shall not be com hied as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or mpow.CuntulaHve Remedies: 17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs6.12, 6,16.6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.1113.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, arc in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or bnry other provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions of this paragraph will he as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. Professional Fees and Court Costs Included 17.5. Whenever reference is made to "Maims, costs, losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not be him ited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution casts. 17.6. The laws o_� f the State of Colorado aaoly tp des Agreement Reference to two pertinent Colorado statutes arc as follows ITT If a claim is law (CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments to CONTRACTOR sufficient furls to insure the payment of all claims for labor, materials, team hits, sustenance, provisions, Provender, or other supplies used or oonsumed by CONTRACTOR or his 33 EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edhim) 34 w/ CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIrICATIONS (REV 412000) (This page left blank intentionally.) E)CDC OENERAL COMIMONS IVIoa Oro E&kn) 35 w! CITY OF FORT COLUNS MODIFICATIONS OIEV 417000) EICDC OENERAL CONDITIOM 1910 9 (I"O Eamon) 36 w/ CITY OF FORT OOLUNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000) EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions of the Construction Contract Between OWNER and CONTRACTOR DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREMENT OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is amended to include the following agreement of the parties: 16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising cut of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided by paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction 16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter that is required to be referred to ENGINEER initially, for decision in accordance with paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or (b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will be made later than thirty days after the date on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR If ENGINEER renders it decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made later than ten days after the party making such demand has delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided in paragraph 9-10. 16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be filed in tinting with the other pany to the Agreement and with the American Arbitration Association and a copy will be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for arbitration will be made within the thirty -fay or ten-day period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all other cases within a reasonable time after die claim, dispute or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings basal on such claim. dispute or other matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. FJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Editim) w! CITY OF FORT COLIJNS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99) 16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below. no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any other manmer any other person or entity (including ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers. directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a parry to this contract unless: 16A.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration, and 16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which wil I arise in such proceedings, and 16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or entity sought to be included and of OWNER and CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to arbitration with any party not specifically identified in such consent. 16.5- Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim, dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. 16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof; and it will not be subject to modification or appeal. 16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they shall fast submit any and all unsettled claims, counterclaims. disputes and other matters in question between them arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"). to mediation by the American Arbitration Association under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties. The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs 16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a dispute submitted to mediation within those same applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement shall not serve as arbitrator of such dilute unless otherwme agreed. GC -AI E1CDC MNERAL CONDITIONS 1910-5 (1 "0 EAUM) OC-Al w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 996) SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: Geotechnical Investigation perfomed by CTL Thompson Inc, Project No. FC06181-125, dated September 22, 2015. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. B. 4.2.1.2.1 No drawing of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in Paragraph 4.3) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, except the following: N/A SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8. The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. 5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). SC-12.3 Add the following language to the end of paragraph 12.3. Contractor will include in the project schedule zero 0 days lost due to abnormal weather conditions. SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950 Contract Change Order 00960 Application for Payment 1.06 PROTECTION A. Sheeting and Shoring The Contractor shall protect excavations by shoring, bracing, sheet piling, underpinning, or other methods required to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the trench which maybe detrimental to human safety, to the pipe or appurtenances being installed, or to existing facilities or structures. The latest requirements of OSHA shall be complied with at all times including trenching and confined space entry requirements. The Contractor must provide protection for individuals who require access to the trench. The safety of the workers shall be provided for as required by the most recent standards adopted by the Colorado Occupational Safety and Health (COSH) Standards Board as enforced by the Colorado Department of Labor. The Contractor shall be responsible for underpinning adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work. B. Weather and Frost The Contractor shall protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundations from frost. 1. Do not place backfill, fill or embankment on frozen surfaces. 2. Do not place frozen materials, snow or ice in backfill, fill or embankments. 3. Do not deposit, tamp, roll or otherwise mechanically compact backfill in water. C. Drainage and Groundwater The excavation shall be graded to prevent surface water run-off into trench or excavation. 1. Maintain excavations and trench free from water during construction. 2. Remove water encountered in the trench to the extent necessary to provide a firm subgrade, to permit joints to be made in the dry, and to prevent the entrance of water into the pipeline. 3. Divert surface runoff and use sumps, gravel blankets, well points, drain lines or other means necessary to accomplish the above. 4. Maintain the excavation or trench free from water until the structure, or pipe to be installed therein, is completed to the extent that no damage 9/3/2013 Trenching, Bedding & Backfill 02225 - 2 SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITLE: 8266 Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements CONTRACTOR: Mountain Constructors Inc. PROJECT NUMBER: 8266 DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for change: 2. Description of Change: _ 3. Change in Contract Cost: 4. Change in Contract Time: ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER % TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT % ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ .00 (Assuming all change orders approved) ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Contractor's Representative ACCEPTED BY: Project Manager REVIEWED BY: Title: APPROVED BY: Title: DATE: DATE: DATE: APPROVED BY: DATE: Purchasing Agent over $30,000 cc: City Clerk Contractor Engineer Project File Architect Purchasing APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 1 OF 4 OWNER: City of Fort Collins PROJECT: APPLICATION NUMBER: APPLICATION DATE: PERIOD BEGINNING: ENGINEER: CONTRACTOR: PERIOD ENDING: PROJECT NUMBER: CHANGE ORDERS Application is made for Payment as shown below in connection with Contract The present status of the account for this Contract is as NUMBER DATE AMOUNT follows: 1 2 Original Contract Amount: 3 Net Change by Change Order: Net Change by Change Order $0.00 Current contract Amount: Total Completed and Stored to Date: Less Previous Applications: Amount Due this Application - Before Retainage: Less Retainage: AMOUNT DUE THIS APPLICATION: CERTIFICATION: The undersigned CONTRACTOR certifies that all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with the Work have been satisfied as required in Paragraph 14.3. of the General Conditions of the Contract. The above Amount Due This Application is requested by the CONTRACTOR. Date: By: Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is recommended by the ENGINEER. Date: By: Payment of the above Amount Due This Application has been reviewed by the OWNER'S Project Manager. Date: By: Payment of the above Amount Due This Application is approved by the OWNER. Date: $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 APPLICATION FOR CONTRACT AMOUNTS PAYMENT PAGE 2 OF 4 Work Work Work Completed Completed Completed Stored This Previous To Bid Month Periods Date Materials Total Item This Earned Percent Unit To Number Description Quantity Units Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period Date Billed $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 CHANGE ORDERS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PAGE 3 OF 4 Work Work Work Completed Completed Completed Stored This Previous To Bid Month Periods Date Materials Total Item This Earned Percent Unit To Number Description Quantity Units Price Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Qty. Amount Period Date Billed $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TOTALS CHANGE ORDERS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 PROJECT TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 STORED MATERIALS SUMMARY On Hand Item Invoice Previous Number Number Description Application Received This Period PAGE 4 OF 4 Installed On Hand This This Period Application $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 TOTALS $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 February 19, 2016 PROJECT SPECIAL PROVISIONS TIMBERLINE ROAD AND PROSPECT ROAD ROADWAY AND INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS LARIMER COUNTY FORT COLLINS, COLORADO The 2011 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction controls construction of this project. The following special provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications and take precedence over the Standard Specifications and plans. STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS INDEX................................................................................................................3 NOTICETO BIDDERS... .................................................................................................................................. ............. 6 COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK....................................................................................................7 REVISION OF SECTION 100 — GENERAL PROVISIONS...........................................................................................8 REVISION OF SECTION 101 - DEFINITION OF TERMS............................................................................................9 REVISION OF SECTION 102 - PROJECT PLANS AND OTHER DATA....................................................................10 REVISION OF SECTION 105 — LANE RENTAL.........................................................................................................11 REVISION OF SECTION 105 - CONTROL OF WORK, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................................................................13 REVISION OF SECTION 106 - CONTROL OF MATERIAL........................................................................................15 REVISION OF SECTION 107 — PERMITS, LICENSES, PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY AND INSURANCE. ..... ....... .................................... ........ ............................................................................................. A6 REVISION OF SECTION 108 — PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS.........................................................................1 E REVISION OF SECTION 109 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT...........................................................................21 REVISION OF SECTION 201 — CLEARING AND GRUBBING..................................................................................22 REVISION OF SECTION 202 — REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS..........................................24 REVISION OF SECTION 203 - EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT........................................................................26 REVISION OF SECTION 206 — STRUCTURE EXCAVATION & BACKFILL..............................................................30 REVISION OF SECTION 207—TOPSOIL ..................................................................................................................31 REVISION OF SECTION 208 - EROSION CONTROL AND PERMANENT WATER QUALITY BMP (AS CONSTRUCTEDSURVEY)........................................................................................................................................34 REVISION OF SECTION 210 - RESET AND MODIFY STRUCTURES.....................................................................36 REVISION OF SECTION 212 - SEEDING, FERTILIZER, SOIL CONDITIONER, AND SODDING ...........................38 REVISION OF SECTION 213— MULCHING................................................................................................................41 REVISION OF SECTION 214— PLANTINGS AND LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE..................................................44 REVISION OF SECTION 216 — SOIL RETENTION BLANKET..................................................................................46 REVISION OF SECTION 304 — AGGREGATE BASE COURSE................................................................................47 REVISION OF SECTION 403 - HOT MIX ASPHALT..................................................................................................48 REVISION OF SECTION 412 - CONCRETE PAVEMENT.........................................................................................50 REVISION OF SECTION 506 - RIPRAP.....................................................................................................................51 REVISION OF SECTION 514 — PEDESTRIAN AND BIKEWAY RAILING.................................................................52 REVISION OF SECTION 515 - WATERPROOFING..................................................................................................55 REVISION OF SECTION 601 - CONCRETE FINISHING...........................................................................................56 REVISION OF SECTION 601 — CONCRETE CLASS D (BRIDGE) & STRUCTURAL CONCRETE COATING ........57 REVISION OF SECTION 602 — REINFORCING STEEL............................................................................................58 REVISION OF SECTION 603 - CULVERTS AND SEWERS......................................................................................59 REVISION OF SECTION 604 — MANHOLES AND INLETS.......................................................................................6' REVISION OF SECTION 605 — UNDERDRAINS (SPECIAL). .... ............................................................................... 62 REVISION OF SECTION 608 - SIDEWALKS AND BIKEWAYS.................................................................................63 1 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 609 - CURB AND GUTTER................................................................................................64 REVISION OF SECTION 609 — MEDIAN WALL (SPECIAL)......................................................................................65 REVISION OF SECTION 610 - MEDIAN COVER MATERIAL....................................................................................66 REVISION OF SECTION 619 — WATER SERVICE....................................................................................................67 REVISION OF SECTION 623 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM..............................................................................................68 REVISION OF SECTION 628 — BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT........................................................................79 REVISION OF SECTION 630 - CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL...................................................................84 REVISION OF SECTION 708 — PAINTS.....................................................................................................................88 FORCEACCOUNT ITEMS..........................................................................................................................................89 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN — GENERAL....................................................................................................................90 RAILROADINSURANCE.............................................................................................................................................93 UTILITIES......................................................................_..............................................................................................95 2 February 19, 2016 COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION SPECIAL PROVISIONS TIMBERLINE ROAD AND PROSPECT ROAD ROADWAY AND INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS LARIMER COUNTY FORT COLLINS, COLORADO STANDARD SPECIAL PROVISIONS INDEX No. Name Date of Pages Revision of Section 101 and 630 - Construction Zone Traffic Control (April 30, 2015) 2 Revision of Section 102 - Contents of Proposal Forms (April 9, 2015) 1 Revision of Section 103 - Colorado Resident Bid Preference (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 103 - Escrow of Proposal Documentation (May 5, 2011) 2 Revision of Section 105 - Construction Drawings (July 29, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 105 - Construction Surveying (July 31, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 105 -Violation of Working Time Limitation (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 106 - Certificates of Compliance and Certified Test Reports (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 106 - Material Sources (October 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 106 - Supplier List (January30, 2014) 1 Revision of Sections 106 and 412 - Surface Texture of Portland Cement Concrete (October 29, 2015) 3 Pavement Revision of Sections 106, 627 and 713 - Glass Beads for Pavement Marking (February 8, 2013) 2 Revision of Section 107 - Contractor Obtained Stormwater Construction Permit (July 31, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 107 - Responsibility for Damage Claims, (February 3, 2011) 1 Insurance Types, and Coverage Limits Revision of Section 107 - Warning Lights for Work Vehicles and Equipment (January 30, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 108 - Delay and Extension of Contract Time (April 30, 2015) 2 Revision of Section 108 - Liquidated Damages (October 29, 2015) 1 Revision of Section 108 - Notice to Proceed (July 31, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 108 - Project Schedule (July 31, 2014) 6 Revision of Section 108 - Subletting of Contract (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 108 - Payment Schedule (Single Fiscal Year) (April 30, 2015) 1 Revision of Section 109 - Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment (August 3, 2015) 2 (Asphalt Cement Included in the Work) Revision of Section 109 - Compensation for Compensable Delays (May 5, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 109 - Measurement of Quantities (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 109 - Measurement of Water (January 06, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 109 - Prompt Payment (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 109 - Scales (October 29, 2015) 1 Revision of Section 203 - Imported Material for Embankment (February 3, 2011) 2 Revision of Sections 203, 206, 304 and 613 - Compaction (July 19, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 206 - Imported Material for Structure Backfill (July 19, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 206 - Structure Backfill (Flow -Fill) (April 26, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 206 - Structure Backfill at Bridge Abutments (January 30, 2014) 1 Revision of Sections 206 and 601 - Maturity Meters and Concrete Form (December 18, 2015) 3 and Falsework Removal Revision of Section 208 -Aggregate Bag (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 208 - Erosion Control Supervisor (April 30, 2015) 1 3 February 19, 2016 Revision of Section 208 - Erosion Log (January 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 212 - Seed (April 26, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 213 - Mulching (January 31, 2013) 4 Revision of Section 216 - Soil Retention Covering (July 16, 2015) 6 Revision of Section 250 - Environmental, Health and Safety Management (January 15, 2015) 14 Revision of Sections 304 and 703 - Aggregate Base Course (RAP) (October 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 401 - Compaction of Hot Mix Asphalt (April 26, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 401 - Compaction Pavement Test Section (CTS) (July 19, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 401 - Composition of Mixtures - Voids Acceptance (February 3, 2011) 1 Projects having voids acceptance of hot mix asphalt. Revision of Section 401 - Plant Mix Pavements (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 401 - Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (May 2, 2013) 2 Revision of Section 401 - Temperature Segregation (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 401 - Tolerances for Hot Mix Asphalt (Voids Acceptance) (January 6, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 401 and 412 - Safety Edge (May 2, 2013) 2 Revision of Section 412 - Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Finishing (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Sections 412, 601, and 711 - Liquid Membrane -Forming (May 5, 2011) 1 Compounds for Curing Concrete Revision of Sections 412 and 705 - Preformed Compression Seals (February 3, 2011) 2 Revision of Section 504 - Concrete Block Facing MSE Wall (February 3, 2011) 13 Revision of Section 504 - Concrete Panel Facing MSE Wall (February 3, 2011) 12 Revision of Section 507 - Grouted Riprap Slope and Ditch Paving (November 6, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 507, 601, and 606 - Macro Fiber -Reinforced Concrete (May 2, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 510 - Structural Plate Structures (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 512 - Bearing Device Testing (November 6, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 518 - Bridge Expansion Device (October 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 601 - Class H and HT Bridge Deck Concrete (May 16, 2013) 4 Revision of Section 601 - Concrete Batching (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 601 - Concrete Finishing (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 601 - Concrete Slump Acceptance (October 29, 2015) 1 Revision of Section 601 - Fiber -Reinforced Concrete (May 2, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 601 - QC Testing Requirements for Structural Concrete (May 8, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 601 - Structural Concrete Strength Acceptance (April 30, 2015) 1 Revision of Sections 601 and 701 - Cements and Pozzolans (November 6, 2014) 4 Revision of Section 603 - Culvert Pipe Inspection (October 2, 2014) 1 Revision of Sections 603, 624, 705, 707, and 712 - Drainage Pipe (April 30, 2015) 3 Revision of Section 612 - Delineators (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 612 - Flexible Delineators (July 19, 2012) 1 Revision of Sections 613 and 715 - LED Roadway Luminaire (January 30, 2014) 5 Revision of Section 614 -Accessible Pedestrian Signal (November 1, 2012) 3 Revision of Section 614 - Pedestrian Push Button Assembly (July 19, 2012) 1 Revision of Section 618 - Prestressed Concrete (April 26, 2012) 24 Revision of Section 627 and 708 - Pavement Marking Paint (January 31, 2013) 2 Revision of Section 630 - Mobile Pavement Marking Zone (Group 1 without Attenuator) (February 3, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 630 - Retroreflective Sign Sheeting (May 8, 2014) 1 Revision of Section 702 - Bituminous Materials (October 29, 2015) 11 Revision of Section 703 - Aggregate for Bases (October 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 703 -Aggregate for Bases (Without RAP) (October 31, 2013) 1 Revision of Section 703 - Aggregate for Hot Mix Asphalt (November 1, 2012) 2 Revision of Section 703 - Concrete Aggregate (July 28, 2011) 1 Revision of Section 712 - Geotextiles (November 1, 2012) 2 4 Revision of Section 712 — Water for Mixing or Curing Concrete Revision of Section 713 - Epoxy Pavement Marking Revision of Section 713 — Reflectors for Delineators and Median Barrier Revision of Section 713 — Sign Panel Backgrounds Affirmative Action Requirements — Equal Employment Opportunity Minimum Wages, Colorado, U.S. Department of Labor General Decision Number C0160024, Highway Construction for Larimer, Mesa, and Weld counties. Partnering Program Railroad Insurance Special Construction Requirements, Fire Protection Plan February 19, 2016 (February 3, 2011) 1 (January 15, 2015) 2 (May 2, 2013) 1 (November 6, 2014) 1 (February 3, 2011) 10 (January 8, 2016) 7 (February 3, 2011) (February 3, 2011) 1 (November 1, 2012) 2 5 from hydrostatic pressure, flotation, or other cause will result. 5. Water shall be prevented from entering into previously constructed pipe. 6. The pipe under construction shall not be used for dewatering. D. Underground Facilities 2. Contractor shall expose and verify size, location and elevation of all utilities and obstructions sufficiently in advance in order to permit changes in the event of conflict. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all damages which might be occasioned by his/her work and failure to locate and preserve any and all utilities and obstructions. 3. If Contractor elects to remove underground obstructions, such as sprinklers, drainage culverts, catch basins or other structures, the following shall apply: a. Drainage culverts may be salvaged, stored and reused if approval is obtained from the Engineer/Utility or property owner having jurisdiction thereof. b. Replace all other underground obstructions with new materials. C. Restore to original conditions or better. d. Maintain the flow in field drains at the quantity, quality, and velocity present prior to the temporary removal of the drain pipe. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 SUB -BEDDING: Materials shall consist of: A. Uniformly graded rock ranging from 3/4-inch to 1-1/2-inch. B. Sub -bedding shall be used to provide a firm foundation in soils which arejudged by the Engineer to be soft or unstable. 2.02 BEDDING AND PIPE ZONE MATERIALS: A. Water Main Pipe shall be bedded in a uniformly graded squeegee (3/8" minus) material. Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight 9/3/2013 02225 - 3 Trenching, Bedding & Backfill 3 February 19, 2016 NOTICE TO BIDDERS The proposal guaranty shall be a certified check, cashier's check, or bid bond in the amount of five (5) percent of the Contractor's total bid. Pursuant to Subsections 102.04 and 102.05, it is recommended that bidders on this project attend the pre -bid conference and review the work site and plan details with an authorized City representative. The pre -bid conference will be the only time City representatives will be available for a site review. All bidding and technical questions shall be submitted to the following City representative for clarification: Project Manager- Mark Laken 281 North College Avenue Fort Collins, CO 80522 Office Phone: (970) 222-3546 mlaken@fcgov.com The above referenced individual is the only representative with authority to provide any information, clarification, or interpretation regarding the plans, specifications, and any other contract documents or requirements. Questions received from bidders along with City responses will be posted as an addendum online at the City of Fort Collins Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System (RMEPS) Webpage, www.rockvmountainbidsystem.com as they become available. All questions shall be directed to the City contact listed above no later than 7:00 A.M. one week prior to the bid opening. Questions and answers shall be used for reference only and shall not be considered part of the Contract. All references to the Colorado Division of Highways, Colorado Department of Transportation, and/or Department or Division shall also mean City of Fort Collins. M February 19, 2016 COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF WORK The Contractor shall commence work under the Contract no later than 10 days from the date of the Notice to Proceed, unless such time for beginning the work is changed by the Engineer. It is anticipated that construction will commence in Spring 2016. The Contractor shall have Final Acceptance with the work within 175 calendar days. Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 108.03 shall include the following: The Contractor's progress schedule shall be a Critical Path Method or Bar Chart Schedule. Salient features to be shown on the Contractor's progress schedule are: Mobilization Construction Surveying :• Construction Traffic Control (Lane Closures, Shifts, Width Restrictions, etc.) :• Clearing and Grubbing Removals o Roadway Earthwork Erosion Control :• Storm Sewer System o Medians r Pedestrian Bridge o Utility Relocations and Coordination :• Curb, Gutter and Sidewalk :• Asphalt Pavement o Irrigation :• Sod and Landscaping Medians Signing and Striping (By City Forces) Subsection 108.08 shall include the following: Final Acceptance is defined as completion and acceptance of: removals, embankment, topsoil placement, landscaping, irrigation, pedestrian bridge, slope grading, asphalt (bottom mat), curb and gutter, curb ramps, and inlet, asphalt (top mat), landscape, sidewalk, pedestrian bridge and railings, final grading, sodding, removal of tree protection, removal of erosion control items, asphalt (top mat), sidewalk and punch list items. t1 J February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 100 — GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 100 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: All references to the State, the Department, the Engineer, the Chief Engineer, etc. shall be understood to mean the City of Fort Collins, Colorado or the City's designated representative. END OF SECTION REVISION February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 101 - DEFINITION OF TERMS Certain terms utilized in the latest edition of the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction shall be interpreted to have different meanings within the scope of this Contract. A summary of redefinitions follows: Subsection 101.28:—"Departmentll" shall mean City of Fort Collins, Colorado. Subsection 101.27: —"Chief Engineer" shall mean City of Fort Collins, Colorado or their designated representative. Subsection 101.39: —"Laboratory" shall mean City of Fort Collins, Colorado or their designated representative. Subsection 101.51: —"Project Engineer' shall mean the City of Fort Collins, Colorado or their designated representative. Subsection 101.58 —"Region Transportation Director" shall mean the City of Fort Collins, Colorado or their designated representative. Subsection 101.76 —"State" shall mean City of Fort Collins, Colorado (where applicable). END OF SECTION REVISION 0 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 102 - PROJECT PLANS AND OTHER DATA Section 102 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 102.05 shall include the following: Contract Documents and supporting information will be available for review until the date set for opening of bids at the following locations: 1. Online at the Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System (RMEPS), www.rockymountainbidsystem.com 2. City of Fort Collins Purchasing Department, 215 N. Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 A Soil and Foundation Investigation was completed by CTL Thompson and included in Appendix A. The report contains test results of a subsurface investigation to identify existing pavement conditions, typical soil conditions as well as provide recommendations for the pavement section (widening). If variations or unexpected conditions (soil, bedrock, fill, groundwater, etc.) are encountered during construction, then the Contractor shall notify the Engineer for direction and possible further testing and analysis. After the proposals have been opened, the low responsible bidder may obtain from the City, at no cost: 3 sets of the plan set and 3 sets of special provisions. If the low bidder has not picked up the plans and other available data by 4:30 p.m. on the second Friday after bid opening, they will be sent to the Resident Engineer in charge of the project. Additional sets of plans and other available data may be purchased on a cash sale basis from the City at current reproduction prices. Subcontractors and suppliers may obtain plans and other data from the successful bidder or they may purchase copies on a cash sale basis from the City at current reproduction prices END OF SECTION REVISION 10 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 104 LANE RENTAL FEE Section 104 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 104.04 shall include the following: (a) Lane Rental Fee. The Contractor shall pay a daily lane rental fee for lane closures on Timberline Road and Prospect Road during construction. The Contractor will be granted the following lane rental allowances: 120 calendar days of multi -day closures on Timberline Road 50 calendar days of multi -day closure on Prospect Road 120 calendar days of single day (8:30 am to 3:30 pm) daytime closure on the entire project From these allowed lane -days, no deduction will be made from monies due the Contractor. Lane rental fees for all lane -days in excess of the listed allowances above will be deducted from any monies due the Contractor for work performed. The deduction will be based on the applicable rate for any and all closures, whether work is performed or not. This deduction will be reflected in each progress payment. This deduction is not a penalty, but is a rental fee based upon road user costs to occupy individual lanes on Prospect Road and Timberline Road. The Engineer may determine that the lane rental fee will not be charged for lane closures for the following reasons: additional work not covered in the scope of the project; acts of god, acts of the public enemy, fires, floods, area wide strikes, freight embargos, and delays not caused by the Contractor's fault or negligence. In the case of unusually severe weather, a lane rental fee will not be charged for each weather day after the second consecutive weather day. City of Fort Collins Light and Power and City Traffic Department have work that the contractor will need to coordinate within the existing lane rental requirements above. See Utilities, page 95 of the Project Special Provisions for more information. In the case that City Light and Power or City Traffic Dept. needs a lane closure and the contractor is not also performing work or scheduled to perform work within that closure, a Lane Rental Day will not be charged. The lane -day rental fee for closures on Timberline and Prospect shall be S 1,500.00 per lane -day. A lane -day is measured as any day that a portion of a thru lane or signalized left turn lane is closed to traffic on any arterial road. The following will not be measured as lane -days: ❑ Any day that a right turn lane is closed but a right turn is permitted from an existing thru-lane. ❑ Any day that an opposable left turn lane is closed to traffic on an arterial road. ❑ A single weekend allowance will be made only for asphalt top lift paving. During this single weekend, the City will not impose lane rental fees for lane closures on Timberline/Prospect. The weekend will start at 7:00 PM on a Friday and end at 6:00 AM on the following Monday morning. See traffic Control Specifications for more details on weekend closure restrictions. For approved daytime lane closures, a lane -day will be measured as any potion of time between the hours of 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM. If work extends beyond those approved working hours, an Unapproved Lane Rental Fee will be charged per section (b). For approved multi -day lane closure, the lane -day will be measured as a 24 hour period from 12:00 AM to 11:59 PM for each calendar day that the closure is approved and implemented. 11 February 19, 2016 Only 1 lane rental day will be charged for any single lane, regardless of the number of lane closures in that lane. For example, if SB outside Timberline lane is multi -day closed south of Prospect Road and also the SB outside Timberline lane is multi -day (or single day) closed north of Prospect Road, only 1 multi -day lane rental will be charged for that day's outside Timberline Road lane closure. For approved night time work during off-peak hours, a lane rental fee will not be charged. A lane is considered closed when the number of available lanes is reduced from the number available prior to the work. Lane closures shall be documented in the Traffic Control Supervisor's (TCS's) diary each day that a lane closure is in use. The diary shall be signed by the TCS and the Contractor's representative. A copy of the day's diary shall be given to the Engineer at the end of each work day on which a lane closure is used. (b) Unapproved Lane Rental Fee: The Contractor will be charged a lane rental fee for any work that is performed outside of the approved daytime hours that are permitted by the City Traffic Dept. on the approved MHT. The lane rental fee will be measured as an hourly rate and will be rounded up to the nearest whole hour in excess of the permitted lane closure time. The Unapproved Lane Rental Fee for single daytime closures on Timberline Road and Prospect Road shall be $ 500.00 per lane -hour. The Unapproved Lane Rental Fee will be measured and applied separately to each thru lane or signalized left turn lane that is impacted by an unapproved lane closure. Approved daytime lane closure MHTs cannot be field modified into multiday lane closures to avoid the Unapproved Lane Rental Fee. The Unapproved Lane Rental Fee does not constitute an authorization to do work without an approved traffic control plan. END OF SECTION REVISION 12 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 105 - CONTROL OF WORK, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS FOR CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT Section 105 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 105.02 shall include the following: j. Unless otherwise specified the work shall conform to -Section 01110 — General Provisions in the City of Fort Collins Development Construction Standards. Subsection 105.05,105.06,105.07 shall be revised as follows: Incentive and Disincentive Payments will not be used for this project. Subsection 105.09 shall have the second paragraph replaced as follows: In case of discrepancy the order of precedence is as follows: (a) Contract Agreement (b) Revisions to CDOT Standard Specifications (Project Special Provisions) (c) Plans (Calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensions) (d) Standard Special Provisions (e) General Conditions (f) CDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (g) CDOT M&S Standards (h) City of Fort Collins Development Construction Standards Subsection 105.11 shall include the following: The Contractor shall coordinate with all utilities well enough in advance that utility improvements do not delay the Contractor's work. Subsection 105.12 delete and replace with the following: The City, County, CDOT, and local utilities including but not limited to Xcel Energy, Comcast and CenturyLink may contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the Work of the project. When separate contracts are let within the limits of the project, each Contractor shall conduct the Work without interfering or hindering the progress or completion of the work performed by other contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. City forces will perform the following work as required by this project: • Permanent Pavement Marking • Permanent Signing • Traffic Pedestals/Fiber Optic Lines • Street Lights Traffic Coordination 1. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer for all traffic control activities. This shall include, but not be limited to, closure of any City Streets, closure of any partial intersection movements, lane reductions, and detours. City Traffic Control Contact: Syl Mireles Phone:(970)221-6815 Email: smireles(a)fcgov.com 13 February 19, 2016 The City will remove existing and install all pedestrian traffic signal equipment. City Traffic Signal Contact: Britney Sorenson Phone:970-222-5533 Email: bsorensonafcgov.com 3. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer to schedule the traffic signal work/fiber optic line relocation in conjunction with other project activities taking into account time needed for order and delivery of materials. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Traffic Department in their removal and installation operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and impacts to traffic are minimized. 4. The City will remove and install all permanent signing. The City will install all permanent pavement markings. City Signing and Striping Contact: Rich Brewbaker Phone:970-221-6792 Email: rbrewbakerCcDfcgov.com 5. The Contractor is responsible for removal of pavement markings and installation and maintenance of temporary pavement markings necessary to control traffic during construction. Contractor shall remove the existing pavement markings and symbols with a water blast truck approved by the City Traffic Department. The installation and maintenance of temporary pavement markings will not be paid separately, but shall be included in Construction Traffic Control, Lump Sum. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City Traffic Engineer to schedule permanent signing and striping work in conjunction with other project activities. Full -compliance pavement markings in accordance with Section 627 shall be in place prior to opening the roadway to traffic. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Traffic Department in their removal and installation operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and impacts to traffic are minimized. Street Light Coordination 1. City Light and Power Crews will remove and install all street lighting and associated electric utilities for the project. City Survey Contact: Luke Unruh Phone: (970) 416-2724 Email: lunruh(a)fcgov.com 2. The Contractor shall cooperate with the City Light and Power Department in their removal and installation operations so that progress is expedited, duplication of work is minimized, and impacts to traffic are minimized. Refer to Utility specification for additional information. Each Contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with the Contract and shall protect and save harmless the Owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of inconvenience, delay , or loss because of the presence and operations of Contractors working within the limits of the same or adjacent project. Contractor is responsible to coordinate with private utilities. Any work to be performed by private utilities shall be identified in Contractor's schedule. Delays due to coordination issues will be the responsibility of the contractor. Subsection 105.22 shall be revised as follows: The Colorado Department of Transportation will not participate in the resolution process for any claims filed by the Contractor. END OF SECTION REVISION 14 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 106 - CONTROL OF MATERIAL Section 106 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 106.03 shall include the following: The City of Fort Collins will be responsible for all expenses associated with Quality Assurance (QA) and Independent Assurance (IA) testing. The Contractor shall be responsible for all Quality Control (QC) testing costs. Test frequencies shall be in accordance with the project specifications, CDOT Field Materials Manual and the approved Quality Control Plan (QCP). Per the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the City of Fort Collins and Martin Marietta Materials, Martin Marietta Materials Taft Hill Plant is required to haul all City purchased asphalt products in and out of the plant using only the north side of Taft Hill Road. No City purchased asphalt materials are to be transported on the of the Taft Hill Plant driveway. Also, The City is not allowed to purchase asphalt materials from the Taft Hill Plant on weekends. Any asphalt materials supplied during weekends needs to be hauled from elsewhere. END OF SECTION REVISION 15 3/8 inch 100 #4 85-100 #8 10-40 #16 0-10 #50 0-5 2. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate material meeting the Specifications, to test its ability to consolidate to at least 65% relative density, and to secure approval of the Engineer before such material is delivered to the project. Relative density shall be determined as stipulated in ASTM-Designation: D-2049. B. Sanitary Sewer 1. Pipe shall be bedded in a uniformly graded material conforming to CDOT #67 granular bedding. CDOT #67 bedding shall be used for all sanitary, and stormwater pipe installations. 2. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate material meeting the Specifications, to test its ability to consolidate to at least 65% relative density, and to secure approval of the Engineer before such material is delivered to the project. Relative density shall be determined as stipulated in ASTM-Designation: D-2049. 2.03 BACKFILL A. Backfill shall meet the following requirements: Use only backfill for trenches which is free from boulders, large roots, other vegetation or organic matter, and frozen material. No boulders greater than six (6) inches in diameter shall be allowed. 2.04 CUT-OFF WALLS A. Clay or controlled low strength material backfill cut-off walls are acceptable. Clay cut-off walls a. More than 50% shall pass a No. 200 Sieve. The plasticity index shall be greater than 12. 2. Controlled low strength material backfill cut-off walls a. See Section 02321 for requirements. 2.05 PIPELINE MARKER OR DETECTION TAPE A. Marker tape shall be 6" wide, minimum 0.04" thick polyethylene, metallic blue color, with "Caution Buried Water Line" printed on the top face, as manufactured 9/3/2013 Trenching, Bedding & Backfill 02225 - 4 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 107 — PERMITS, LICENSES, PROTECTION OF EXISTING PROPERTY AND INSURANCE Section 107 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 107.02 shall include the following: Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall procure all required permits and licenses; pay all charges, fees, and taxes, including permits procured for this project by others; and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. The costs of these permits will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Below is a list of anticipated permits that will be required for the project. This list is provided as an aid and shall not be interpreted as a complete list of all permits that may be required. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the type of permits required for the work. A copy of all permits shall be available on the job site at all times. Stormwater Discharge Permit Associated with Construction Activities (CDPHE) Construction Dewatering Wastewater Discharge Permit (CDPHE) — If Required Excavation Permit (City of Fort Collins) Right-of-way Contractors Permit (City of Fort Collins) Other Applicable State or County Permits Floodplain Use Permit (By City) Prior to beginning work, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a written list of all permits required for the proper completion of the contract. The list shall clearly identify the types of permits that must be obtained before work on any particular phase or phases of work can be started. Copies of the fully executed permits shall be furnished to the Engineer upon request. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal and state laws, orders, and regulations concerning the control and abatement of water and air pollution. The Contractor shall comply with the permits (or permit applications if in progress) even if they have not yet been finalized at the time of construction. Subsection 107.12 is hereby revised to include the following: The Contractor shall limit his work operations to within public right-of-way, permanent utility easements and temporary construction easements. The Contractor shall fence specific areas of vegetation to be protected in the field as shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All construction operations must be performed in such a manner which will avoid protected trees and landscape areas. The Contractor shall perform all the work in such a manner that results in the least environmental damage. The Contractor shall clearly mark the vegetation protection areas and all construction/demolition limits in the field before commencing demolition operations. Limits of construction are generally defined as the limits of demolition. Subsection 107.18 is hereby revised to read: For this project, all insurance certificates shall name the City of Fort Collins as an additionally insured party. For this project, insurance coverage shall meet the requirements and limits per CDOT Standard Specifications and Revision of Section 107 Responsibility for Damage Claims, Insurance Types and Coverage Limits. In case of a conflict between the City's General Contract Conditions and CDOT Standard Specifications, the more 16 February 19, 2016 stringent of the two shall apply. Subsection 107.25(c) is hereby revised to include the following: (c) Measurement and Payment. Add the following to Paragraph 1: All work associated with preparing, securing and concurring with the required permits (refer to Revision of Subsection 107.02) will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. END OF SECTION REVISION 17 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 108 — PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS Section 108 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 108.07 shall include the following: It is anticipated that construction for this project will begin in Spring 2016. Prior to the commencement of work, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager, for approval, a schedule showing the time of commencement and proposed progress of the work. In this schedule, the Contractor shall anticipate and account for adverse weather conditions, utility coordination and time restrictions for lane closures. If the Contractor falls behind the approved schedule, then all reasonable efforts shall be implemented to accelerate the schedule and complete the work within the contract time. The Contractor shall furnish additional resources (e.g. equipment, manpower, etc.) and implement other strategies to expedite the construction, at no additional cost to the project. The Substantial Completion for the Work shall occur within 135 calendar days following issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Substantial Completion will require the completion of all hot mix asphalt; curb and gutter; pedestrian ramps and sidewalks. The Final Completion for the work shall occur within 40 calendar days following the issuance of the "Notice of Substantial Completion" letter. Final Completion will require the completion of all landscape walls, boulder placement, double median curbs, pedestrian bridge, decorative railings, topsoil, irrigation, landscape plantings, punchlist items, and demobilization. When the Contractor considers the entire work ready for its intended use, he shall notify the Project Manager in writing and request that the Project Manager issue the Notice of Final Completion. Within a reasonable amount of time, the City, and other stakeholders shall make an inspection of the work to determine the status of completion. If the work is complete, the Project Manager will issue the Notice of Final Completion and attach a -punch listll of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure by the Contractor to complete the work on time will result in daily charges for liquidated damages. Failure to meet Substantial Completion will incur liquidated damages of $3,300 per calendar day assessed per Section 108.09 of the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition. Failure by the Contractor to complete the work on time will result in daily charges for liquidated damages. Failure to meet Final Completion will incur liquidated damages of $1,300 per calendar day assessed per Section 108.09 of the Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, latest edition Contract time may be adjusted only through Change Order. Any requests for extension of time due to conditions outside the Contractor's control shall be made in writing to the Project Manager within 7 calendar days of the cause of delay. The Project Manager shall respond in writing within 14 calendar days of receiving the Contractor's request. Contractor will need to coordinate with the City's Parks Department for the Grain Silo Removal by June 10, 2016. Modifications to Time of Completion in the Approved Schedule The date of beginning and the time for completion of the work are essential conditions of the Contract Documents and the work embraced shall be commenced on a date specified in the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor will proceed with the work at such rate of progress to ensure full completion within the contract time. It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between the Contractor and the Owner that the contract time for the completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the climatic and other factors prevailing in the locality of the work. Every effort shall be made by the Contractor to complete the project within the "Contract Time" shown in 18 February 19, 2016 the proposal. The "Contract Time" anticipates "Normal" weather and climate conditions in and around the vicinity of the Project site during the times of year that the construction will be carried out. Extensions of time based upon weather conditions shall be granted only if the Contractor demonstrates clearly that such conditions were "unusually severe," would not have been reasonably anticipated, and that such conditions adversely affected the Contractor's work and thus required additional time to complete the work. The following specifies the procedure for the determination of time extensions for unusually severe weather. The listing below defines the anticipated number of calendar days lost to adverse weather for each month and is based upon National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) or similar data for the geographic location of the project. Monthly Anticipated Calendar Days Lost to Adverse Weather Conditions ILL>��;ir�J:l:�rl�:ar�if_l'111�1►1t11�1�:DLe�9�=i10111M 91x01 (7) (4) (4) (4) (6) (3) (4) (2) (3) (3) (2) (5) The above schedule of anticipated adverse weather will constitute the base line for monthly (or portion thereof) weather time evaluations. Upon acknowledgment of the Notice to Proceed and continuing throughout the contract on a monthly basis, actual adverse weather days and the impact of adverse weather days that delay the work will be recorded on a day-to-day basis. It is assumed that the work will be carried out Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) unless an approved construction schedule or written authorization from the Owner indicates otherwise. The number of days of delayed work due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be compared to the monthly adverse weather schedule above. An actual adverse weather day must prevent work for 50 percent or more of the Contractor's workday, delay work critical to the timely completion of the project, and be documented by the Contractor. The City Representative observing the construction shall determine on a daily basis whether or not work can proceed or if work is delayed due to adverse weather or the effects thereof. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any disagreement as to whether or not work can proceed on a given date, within 2 calendar days of that date. The Owner will use the above written notification in determining the number of working days for which work was delayed during each month. At the end of each month, if the number of working days for which work was delayed due to adverse weather exceeds that shown in the above schedule, a Change Order will be executed which increases the Contract Time. The number of work days delayed due to adverse weather or the impact thereof will then be converted to Calendar Days based on the contract completion day and date. This conversion assumes a 5-day work week, Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted; should the Contractor have authorization to work weekends and/or holidays, then the method of conversion of workdays to calendar days would take this into consideration. The contract time period will then be increased by the number of calendar days calculated above and a new contract completion day and date will be set. The Contractor's schedule must reflect the above -anticipated adverse weather delays on all weather -dependent activities. While extensions of time shall be granted for "unusually severe" weather or climate conditions, the Owner shall make no monetary compensation for any costs to the Contractor arising out of such delays. The Contractor shall comply with the portions of the Contract Documents relating to his project schedule and amendments thereto which result from the "unusually severe" weather condition. Breakdowns in equipment or lack of performance by the Contractor will not be considered justification for an extension of time. Liquidated damages will be assessed as delineated elsewhere. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in completion of the work is due to the following, and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner or Engineer. To any preference, priority, or allocation order duly issued by the Owner. 2. To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, 19 February 19, 2016 including but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather as provided above; and To any delays of Subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs 1 and 2, above. Work Hours: Standard work hours are 7 AM to 6 PM, Monday through Friday. No work shall be permitted on weekends or holidays without written approval from the Project Manager. Work requests beyond normal working hours must be submitted to the Project Manager a minimum of (5) working days prior to the request date." END OF SECTION REVISION 20 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 109 — MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Section 109 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 109.02 shall include the following: The City will not pay for defective work and will not pay for repair or additional work required to bring the project to a point of acceptance. Where the Standard Specifications call for a possible reduced price adjustment, such adjustments shall be at the sole discretion of the City of Fort Collins. The City may require such items of work to be removed and replaced. Bid prices shall include all costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment and tools; and performing all labor and supervision to fully complete the Work. All work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Schedule shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid for the various items of work. Total Bid Prices shall be interpreted to cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION REVISION 21 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 201 — CLEARING AND GRUBBING Section 201 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 201.01 is hereby revised to include the following: This work includes removal and disposal of concrete bases for ground signs, trees, stumps, shrubs, vegetation, trash and any other items necessary to complete the improvements within the limits of the right-of-way, easement areas, and other areas shown in the contract or required by the work. These items shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor during construction and prior to final acceptance of the project. The Contractor shall contact the City of Fort Collins Arborist prior to pruning trees and shrubs the will be necessary for the pavement equipment that will be used for the milling/overlay of the roadway. Subsection 201.02 is hereby revised to include the following: The Contractor may not dispose of clearing and grubbing materials on the project site. All unsuitable materials generated by clearing and grubbing operations shall be legally disposed of off the project site. The Contractor shall coordinate the limits of work with the Engineer prior to commencing clearing and grubbing. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all visible abandoned utility appurtenances that are located within the work area or right-of-way and abandoned as a result of this project. These items shall not be disposed of within the project limits. Removal of utility appurtenances shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work for Item 201, Clearing and Grubbing. Refer to the Utility Special Provision for more information. Subsection 201.02, delete the third paragraph and replace with the following: The limits of clearing and grubbing shall be confined to the limits of work. Areas of protection shall be established by the Engineer prior to construction. All trees, shrubs, plants, grasses and other vegetative materials within those areas of protection shall remain, except as designated by the Engineer. If noxious weeds are found before grading, areas to be disturbed shall be pre-treated with either an approved herbicide or mowing before grading. Clearing and grubbing shall include the pruning of all trees that will remain within the final right-of-way. Pruning of trees shall include removal of all branches that conflict with construction of the proposed improvements and all dead branches. Avoid the unnecessary removal of trees or shrubs; for example, prune the aerial portions of trees and shrubs that hang over a project area and interfere with equipment. Migratory birds, as well as their eggs and nests, are protected under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA). The active nesting season for most migratory bird species in Colorado is between April 1 and August 31. To avoid a violation of the MBTA, conduct habitat -disturbing activities (tree removal, clearing and grubbing, etc.) in the non - breeding season (September 1 to March 31). Clearing and grubbing of vegetation that may disturb ground nesting birds shall be completed before birds begin to nest or after the young have fledged. If work activities are planned between April 1 and August 31, vegetation shall be removed and/or trimmed to a height of six (6) inches or less prior to April 1. Once vegetation has been removed and/or trimmed, appropriate measures, i.e. repeated mowing/trimming, shall be implemented to assure vegetation does not grow more than six (6) inches. Failure to maintain vegetation height of six (6) inches or less may postpone project construction. Once all clearing and grubbing is completed and approved, no additional clearing shall be allowed unless approved, in writing, by the Engineer. 22 February 19, 2016 Subsection 201.04 shall include the following: Payment for clearing and grubbing shall be on a lump sum basis and shall include removal and disposal of trees, stumps, shrubs, trash and protruding objects designated for removal within the project limits by the Engineer. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Clearing and Grubbing Lump Sum Payment for temporary plasticfence shall be included under Revision of Section 607 Fence. 4i11eP7 M011 ZIMIMMISIN 23 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 202 — REMOVAL OF STRUCTURES AND OBSTRUCTIONS Section 202 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 202.02 is hereby revised to include the following: This work includes the removal of items listed on the plans, as directed by the Engineer, or any other items necessary to complete the improvements within the limits of the right-of-way, easement areas, and other areas shown in the contract or required by the work. These items shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor during construction and prior to final acceptance of the project. Subsection 202.02 delete the seventh paragraph and replace with the following: The existing asphalt mat shall be removed in a manner that minimizes contamination of the removed asphalt with underlying material. The removed mat shall become the property of the Contractor and disposed of outside the project site legally. Subsection 202.04 shall include the following: The City of Fort Collins Traffic Operations will remove the existing traffic signs and pedestrian signals for this project. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Fort Collins Traffic Operations. Subsection 202.09 shall include the following: Prior to beginning planing operations, the Contractor and Owner's Field Representative shall inspect the existing concrete curb and gutter for defects, cracks or chips. All damaged concrete at this time shall be noted. After the planing operations are complete, the existing concrete shall be examined again noting additional damage to the concrete to determine sections that must be replaced due to the milling operations. The existing pavement shall be milled to the cross -slope as shown on the plans, and shall have a surface finish that does not vary longitudinally or transversely more than 3/8 inch from a 10 foot straightedge. A 10 foot straightedge shall be supplied by the Contractor. Transverse tapered joints may be tapered with the planing machine, a temporary asphalt ramp, or other methods approved by the Engineer. No longitudinal joint between the milled and existing surfaces shall fall between 1 to 5 feet of any lane line. If the transverse joint is tapered with a temporary asphalt ramp, the milled surface at the joint shall be constructed as a butt joint the full depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled surface. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining this asphalt ramp until all corresponding HMA is placed. All work associated with this joint will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of planing. If the transverse joint is tapered with a planing machine, a butt joint shall be cut into the taper the full depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled surface prior to the commencement of resurfacing. All work associated with this joint will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the cost of planing. Other approved transverse joint tapers shall be maintained at the expense of the Contractor, and at a minimum shall incorporate a butt joint the full depth of the lift of asphalt to be placed on the milled surface prior to commencement of resurfacing. The Contractor shall take appropriate measures to ensure that the milled surface does not trap or hold water. 24 February 19, 2016 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 202.11 shall include the following: The Removal of Concrete (Silo Foundation, Scale and Vault) shall include the removal of concrete and rebar up to 36" below the ground surface or as directed by the Engineer and backfilled with flow fill which will be paid separately as Structure Backfill (Flowfill). Structural Backfill quantities were calculated as: Silo Foundation — 65 cubic yards for both silos Concrete Scale — 23 cubic yards Concrete Vault —10 cubic yards For Removal of the Metal Bridge Railing, the metal bridge railing shall become the property of the contractor. The bolts shall be cut flush, burned 1/2-inch below concrete and covered with non -shrink grout. The Removal of Asphalt Mat (Full Depth) assumes removing approximately 8 inches of existing asphalt. This asphalt depth is consists with the Geotechnical Report of this project. The Removal of Asphalt Mat (Planing) assumes the removal of approximately 2 inches of asphalt. Contractor shall remove the existing pavement markings and symbols with a water blast truck approved by the City Traffic Department. The Removal, Stockpile and Reset of Bath Landscape Boulders shall be not be measured by a unit cost but shall be paid by a lump sum for the Contractor to safely remove, stockpile and reset the Bath Landscape Boulders as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 202.12: The accepted quantities measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below that appear in the bid schedule. Payment will be made under Pay Item: Pay Unit Remove Inlet EA Removal of Manhole EA Removal of Grave Drive SY Removal of Water Service EA Removal of Fire Hydrant EA Removal of Pipe LF Removal of Concrete Median Cover Material SY Removal of Sidewalk SY Removal of Concrete Bridge Sidewalk SY Removal of Curb and Gutter LF Removal of Concrete Curb Ramp SY Removal of Concrete (Silo Foundation, Scale and Vault) SY Removal of Metal Bridge Railing EA Removal of Asphalt Mat (Full Depth) SY Removal of Asphalt Mat (Planing) SY Removal of Pavement Marking SF Removal, Stockpile and Reset of Bath Landscape Boulders LS Saw cutting required to complete any removal is incidental to the work and will not be measured or paid separately. Work shall include all materials, equipment, labor and disposal of materials required to complete the work. END OF SECTION REVISION 25 by Seton or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The following procedures shall be followed by the Contractor in sequencing his/her work. 1. No more than 150 feet of trench shall be left open at any time. The entire trench shall be backfilled upon conclusion of each days work. The trench shall not be backfilled until the pipe installation is reviewed by the Engineer. 2. Trench shall be backfilled within 50 feet of the pipe installation at all times. 3. Clean-up shall be maintained within 400 feet of the trench excavation. B. Prior to placement in the trench, all pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall be cleaned and examined for defects by the Contractor. If found defective, the Contractor shall reject the defective pipe, fitting, or appurtenance. The Contractor shall advise the Engineer/Utility of all defective materials. C. All sub -bedding, bedding, and pipe zone material shall be imported. D. Topsoil shall be removed and stockpiled separately. E. Upon completion of the work, all plants, rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms and other like material shall be removed from the jobsite. The site shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness. 3.02 MAINTENANCE AND CORRECTION A. Scarify surface, reshape and compact to required density completed or partially completed areas of work disturbed by subsequent construction operations or by adverse weather. B. Developer shall maintain and correct backfill, fill and embankment settlement and make necessary repairs to pavement, structures, seeding and sodding which may be damaged as a result of settlement, were installed incorrectly, or otherwise prove to be defective. Developer shall provide a two-year (2) maintenance guarantee and a five-year (5) guarantee covering all errors and omissions in the design and/or construction of the improvements and which guarantees shall run concurrently and shall commence upon the date of completion of the improvements and acceptance thereof by the City. 3.03 OBSTRUCTIONS AND DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall remove obstructions that do not require replacement from within the trench or adjacent areas such as tree roots, stumps, abandoned piling, 9/3/2013 02225 - 5 Trenching, Bedding February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 203 - EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT J Section 203 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 203.01 shall include the following: The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the soils report prepared by CTL Thompson dated October 16, 2015 found in Appendix A. Subsection 203.02 shall include the following: (a) Unclassified Excavation Excavation/embankment quantities shown in the Bid Schedule and on the Summary of Approximate Quantities plan sheet only includes the excavation and/or embankment required to construct the subgrade to the bottom of all pavement sections (including composite sections), as shown in the cross sections. (f) Potholing Potholing of utilities, as required for earthwork, storm sewers, and waterlines shall be conducted by the Contractor to determine the location, depth, size and material composition of utility lines, and potential conflict(s) with the work. This potholing work is considered incidental to those tasks and will not be measured and paid for under the "Potholing (Special)" I i n e i t e m . Contractor shall review the plans and determine the necessary pothole requirements to complete the work as specified, prior to determining bid price. "Potholing (Special)" will be measured and paid for separately when the City Engineer requires specific potholing not associated with general earthwork, storm sewer and waterline installation work. When the City specifically requests this additional pothole work, the work will be measured and paid for by the hour as "Potholing (Special)". • Where required, concrete pavement removed during potholing operations shall be replaced with Class B concrete in accordance with Revision of Section 412 of the Special Provisions and Section 412 of the Standard Specifications. Subsection 203.05, (f) Potholing, add the following to the second paragraph: Records of the potholed utilities shall be surveyed and submitted to the Engineer. Subsection 203.06 shall include the following: Embankment shall be constructed with suitable on -site material or imported borrow material from an approved source. Embankment material shall be free of vegetation, brush, sod, trash and other deleterious substances and should not contain rocks, debris or lumps having a diameter of more than 4 inches. Rocks, debris or lumps shall be evenly dispersed throughout the fill. Embankment material shall contain a maximum of 70 percent passing the No. 200 sieve, have a liquid limit of less than 40, a plasticity index less than 25 and a swell potential of less than 1% when remolded to 95% of the AASHTO T99 standard proctor maximum (at optimum moisture) under a 200 pcf surcharge pressure. The borrow material shall have a resistance value of at least 9 when tested by the Hveem Stabilometer method. Borrow material shall be approved by the Engineer and tested for water soluble sulfates. Subsection 203.07 shall include the following: Subgrade Moisture and Density Treatment shall meet the compaction and moisture requirements in Revision of Section 306 of the Special Provisions and Section 306 of the Standard Specifications. In Subsection 203.09, 3`d Paragraph, delete the 2" d sentence and replace with the following: • Muck Excavation: In areas that are observed to have soft spots in the subgrade, where deflection is not uniform or is excessive, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor shall perform one of the following two methods for stabilization of the 26 February 19, 2016 subgrade. The method will be determined by the Engineer. (a) The area shall be ripped, scarified, dried or wetted as necessary and re -compacted to the requirements for density and moisture to the contract depth, at the Contractor's expense. (b) The area shall be removed to the depth indicated by the Engineer, geogrid subgrade stabilization material will be installed per manufacturer's instructions, and backfill with Class 5 or 6 aggregate base course. Class 6 aggregate base course shall meet the requirements of Section 304 of the Standard specifications and Revision of Section 304 of the Special Provisions. Subsection 203.13 shall include the following: The earthwork quantities include only that material excavated or placed as fill to construct the improvements to subgrade elevation. Quantities do NOT include those associated with material excavated, stockpiled, placed and compacted as part of 'Reconditioning". Payment for earthwork associated with "Reconditioning" will be part of that bid item as specified in Revision of Section 306 of the Special Provisions. (a) Excavation Quantities of earthwork associated with Embankment Material (Complete in Place) will not be measured in place, but shall be paid for at the quantity shown in the bid schedule. (b) Embankment Quantities of earthwork associated with Borrow (Complete in Place) will not be measured in place, but shall be paid for at the quantity shown in the bid schedule. The original cross sections will be used for determination of volumes of embankment material placed, unless changes have been directed. If the Contractor considers that there is a discrepancy in the bid form quantity to actual field quantities, then he shall notify the Engineer immediately. An appropriate adjustment will be made to the quantity if the Contractor can demonstrate through survey or other approved means that the actual quantity of earthwork excavated and/or placed differs from plan quantity by more than 15 percent. Exceptions will be made when field changes are ordered or when it is determined that there are discrepancies on the plans in an amount of at least plus or minus two percent of the plan quantity. Other methods of determining earthwork quantities, such as truck load counts or weight tickets, will not be used on this project. Sub -excavation will not be paid for separately, but shall be paid for as Embankment Material (Complete in Place), and shall be compensation for all work necessary to complete the item including haul and disposal of any bedrock material encountered within the project limits. Filling of the areas, which have been sub -excavated, shall be done with on -site embankment material and will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. Muck Excavation for the removal of unsuitable subgrade/embankment material for the replacement of aggregate base course, when determined by the Engineer, shall be measured and paid for on a volume basis. The additional excavation shall be measured in cubic yards and determined in the field by the following equation: Excavation Length (FT) x Excavation Width (FT) x Excavation Depth (FT) 27 FT3/CY Muck Excavation will include the excavation and disposal of unsuitable material, geotextile subgrade stabilization fabric, suitable ABC backfill material (Class 5 or 6) and placing the compacted backfill material to top of subgrade. Quantities of earthwork associated with roadway embankment will not be measured in place, but shall be paid for under "Embankment Material (Complete in Place)". (e) Potholing 27 • February 19, 2016 Potholing shall be measured by the hour when specifically required by City Engineering. Coordination with City Survey will also be required. (g) Median Embankment Material Median Embankment Material will not be measured in place, but will paid as plan quantity. This work consists of installing onsite suitable material and compaction beneath the median boulders only. Section 203.14 shall be revised to include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Unclassified Excavation (Complete in Place) Cubic Yard Borrow (Complete in Place) (R>=25) Cubic Yard Muck Excavation (Complete in Place) Cubic Yard Potholing (Special) Hour Median Embankment Material (Complete in Place) Cubic Yards 28 February 19, 2016 SUMMARY OF EARTHWORK PAY ITEMS (PAY PER PLAN QUANTITY) Cubic Yds Unclassified Excavation 4,465 Borrow (Complete In Place) 2,211 Excess Excavation (Haul) 2,713 Structure Excavation 201 Topsoil (Stockpile) 1,243 Topsoil (Stripping) (6" Depth) 2,381 Topsoil (Pre -amended) (Medians) (Import) 1,525 Topsoil (Irrigated Lawn) (Compost) 50 Excess Topsoil (Haul) 1,138 FOR INFORMATION ONLY Cubic Yds Improvements West of Existing Edge of Asphalt (Approx Sta 43+00 to Star 55+00) Excavation Timberline Road Reqd by Substation (Phase 1) 1,288 Topsoil To Be Removed From Cut Area (93) 1,195 Embankment Timberline Road Embankment Reqd by Substation (Phase 1) 2,927 To Replace Topsoil Removed From Fill Area 300 3,227 Earthwork Balance - Improvements West of Ex EOA (Approx Sto 43+00 to Sta 55+00) Embankment 3,227 Unclassified Excavation Less 15% 1,016 From Contractor Source (Borrow - Complete In Place) 2,211 3,227 Remainder of Project Excavation 3,177 Prospect Road 386 3,563 Embankment Timberline Road 287 To Replace Topsoil Removed From Fill Area 199 486 Earthwork Balance Remainder of Project Embankment 486 Unclassified Excavation Less 15% 3,029 Usable Structure Excavation Less 15% 171 Excess Excavation (Haul) (2,713) 486 END OF SECTION REVISION 29 February 19, 2016 DREVISION OF SECTION 206 — STRUCTURE EXCAVATION & BACKFILL Section 206 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 206.01 is hereby revised to include the following: The work includes installing Structure Backfill (Flowfill) as required by the Engineering to address specific unforeseen jobsite conditions. Once the concrete silo foundations, scale and vault have been removed between Sta. 57+00 and 58+00 on the west side of the Timberline Street the work includes the Contractor backfilling these areas with Structure Backfill (Flowfill). Structural Backfill quantities were calculated as: Silo Foundation —65 cubic yards for both silos Concrete Scale — 23 cubic yards Concrete Vault —10 cubic yards NOTE: Flowfill for pipe backfill is specified as incidental to the pipe line item and will not be measured and paid for separately. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 206.07 shall be revised to include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Structure Excavation Structure Backfill (Class 1) Structure Backfill (Flowfill) Pay Unit Cubic Yard Cubic Yard Cubic Yard END OF SECTION REVISION Al February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 207 — TOPSOIL Section 207 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: MATERIALS Subsection 207.02 Wetland topsoil is not required. Topsoil for this project shall be provided as follows: A. Median Topsoil — Pre -amended topsoil with compost @ 4 cu. yds. / 1,000 sq. ft. B. Amend Irrigated Lawn Topsoil —Amend existing on site topsoil with compost at a rate of 4 cu. yds. / 1,000 sq.ft. to a depth of 6". This work is in the parkways strips between the sidewalk and curb and gutter.. Topsoil - Shall have the following characteristics: A. Imported topsoil or manufactured topsoil from off -site sources. Additional Properties of Imported or Manufactured Topsoil: Screened and free of stones one inch (1") or larger in any dimension; free of roots, plants, sod, clods, clay lumps, pockets of coarse sand, paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth; free of obnoxious weeds and invasive plants including quackgrass, Johnsongrass, poison ivy, nutsedge, nimblewill, Canada thistle, bindweed, bentgrass, wild garlic, ground ivy, perennial sorrel, and bromegrass; not infested with nematodes, grubs, other pests, pest eggs, or other undesirable organisms and disease -causing plant pathogens; friable and with sufficient structure to give good tilth and aeration. Continuous, air - filled, pore -space content on a volume/volume basis shall be at least fifteen (15) percent when moisture is present at field capacity. Soil shall have a field capacity of at least fifteen (15) percent on a dry weight basis. B. Samples for Verification: Soil Analysis: Submit copies of proposed topsoil test results from Colorado State University Soils Laboratory or other approved, accepted, accredited testing agency. Submit copies of cover letter / results with recommendations for supplemental fertilizer applications prior to planting. Topsoil shall be amended with fertilizers, as required, by crop type, in accordance with laboratory Soil Analysis Report to provide satisfactory amended topsoil for planting. See Section 212. Ten (10) days before Notice to Proceed, Contractor shall submit a weed mitigation plan to the Engineer for approval. This plan shall include a graphic time line showing milestone and completion dates of herbicide treatment, topsoil stockpiling and topsoil spreading time lines. Soil Conditioner (Compost) Soil Conditioner / organic amendment shall be Class 1 as defined by the Rocky Mountain Region Organics Council. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 31 February 19, 2016 Subsection 207.03 Topsoil Materials and Depths: A. Median Topsoil — Shall be placed at locations over the new median liner and adjacent the previously compacted embankment soil (see Section 203 — Excavation & Embankment) to the compacted depth as described on the drawings. B. Irrigated Lawn Topsoil - Shall be placed at locations over the previously graded and compacted subgrade to a minimum compacted depth of 6". C. Irrigated Native Seed Topsoil — Shall be placed as locations over the previously graded and compacted subgrade to a minimum compacted depth of 6". Soil and Finished Grade Preparation A. Sub -grades: Loosen sub -grade to a minimum depth of: Irrigated Lawn and Irrigated Native Seed Topsoil - Six -inches (6") over existing subgrade. Remove stones and clods larger than one -inch (1") in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. Repeat cultivation in areas where equipment, used for hauling and spreading topsoil, has re -compacted subsoil. The Owner's Representative shall be notified if this cannot occur due to existing conditions. B. Finish / Fine Grading: Grade disturbed planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus one-half (1/2) inch of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit finish grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future. 1. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod. 2. In seeded areas, reduce elevation of finished surface to '/z" below the adjacent pavement / curb elevation. C. Moisten prepared tree lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. D. Before planting, restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 207.04 - Revise to include the following: Delete these six (6) paragraphs of the specification. Topsoil will be paid Per the Plan quantities for each of the pay items listed below. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 207.05: The accepted quantities measured as provided above will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below that appear in the bid schedule. Payment will be made under: Pay Item: 32 Pay Unit February 19, 2016 Pre -amended Median Topsoil Cubic Yard Amend Irrigated Lawn Topsoil ( compost) Cubic Yard Payment for topsoil shall include soil loosening, soil procurement, placement, and all soil amendments required to produce satisfactory soil for planting. END OF SECTION REVISION 33 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 208 - EROSION CONTROL AND PERMANENT WATER QUALITY BMP (AS CONSTRUCTED SURVEY) Section 208 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Any "vehicle tracking pad" references within Section 208 shall have the same meaning as "stabilized construction entrance". Subsection 208.03 shall include the following: Erosion and sediment control measures shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Contract Drawings and in accordance with the plan and erosion control details (CDOT Standard Plan No. M-208-1). As the work progresses, the location and amount of erosion and sediment control installations may increase or decrease depending on specific site conditions and weather conditions. The full extent of erosion and sediment control installations will be determined on an as needed basis. Installations will be reviewed by the Contractor on a daily basis. The effectiveness of installations will be discussed at the construction progress meetings and revisions made accordingly. Replace the last paragraph of Subsection 208.04(e)1 with the following: No direct payment will be made for temporary stabilization. This work shall be considered subsidiary to the project. Subsection 208.10(b) shall include the following: The permanent BMPs to be surveyed will be discussed at the Environmental Preconstruction Conference. The results of the survey shall be provided on an electronic drawing of each BMP in AutoCAD format showing the information specified in section 6.1.3 of the CDOT Survey Manual. The survey shall be performed in accordance with the Section 6.1.3 of the CDOT Survey Manual. The Contractor may request copies of the AutoCAD electronic design files for the permanent BMPs if available. A draft of the printed copy of the AutoCAD format drawing shall be provided 14 days in advance of the final water quality project walkthrough. At the final water quality walkthrough the as constructed BMP survey shall be reviewed and any necessary revisions determined. The Contractor shall make the requested revisions as needed within 5 days of the final water quality walkthrough and submit final copies of the electronic files on a CD to the Project Engineer. Delete paragraphs 6, 7 & 9 of Subsection 208.11 and replace with the following: Removal of trash will not be measured but shall be conducted each day the construction activities are being performed. Erosion Control Supervisor will be measured by the total number of authorized 24 hour days used for erosion control services specific to this project. An authorized 24 hour day of ECS will be every calendar day that the ECS is required to be on the project performing the duties outlined in subsection 208.03(c). The Contractor shall record the tasks that were performed by the Erosion Control Supervisor. The records shall be submitted to the Engineer, weekly, after completion of the work, for approval and acceptance. Stabilized Construction Entrance will be measured by the actual number constructed and accepted. Revise Subsection 208.12 to include the following: 208.12 Erosion Control Supervisor and BMPs will be paid for at the Contract unit price for each of the items listed below that appear in the bid schedule. 34 February 19, 2016 Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Erosion Log (12 Inch) Linear Foot Aggregate Bag Linear Foot Inlet Protection (Type 1) Linear Foot Concrete Washout Structure Each Vehicle Tracking Pad Each Erosion Control Supervisor Hour Payment for each BMP item will be full compensation for all work and materials required to furnish, install, maintain, remove, and dispose of it. Payment for Concrete Washout Structure, whether constructed or prefabricated, will be full compensation for all work and materials required to install, maintain, and remove the item. This includes, but is not limited to: excavation, embankment, liner, erosion bales, fencing, signing, and containment and disposal of concrete washout and all other associated waste material. Payment for Vehicle Tracking Pad will be full compensation for all work, materials and equipment required to construct, maintain, and remove the entrance upon completion of the work. Aggregate and geotextile will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Payment for Erosion Control Supervisorwill be full compensation for the erosion control supervisor and all materials and equipment necessary for the ECS to perform the work. The ECS's commute time will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Sod and mulching will be measured and paid for in accordance with Sections 212 and 213. Surveying of permanent BMPS will not be measured and paid for separately. All work and materials required to perform the permanent BMP survey and furnish the three electronic files shall be included in the original unit price bid for surveying. Surveying will be measured and paid for in accordance with Section 625. Payment will be made for BMPs replaced as approved by the Engineer. Work performed to install measures for the control of erosion and sedimentation, and water pollution, for which there is no bid item originally included in the Contract will be considered extra work in accordance with subsection 104.03. Temporary erosion and pollution control measures required due to the Contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled or ordered by the Engineer or for the Contractor's convenience, shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. If the Contractor fails to complete construction within the approved contract time, payment will not be made for Section 208 pay items for the period of time after expiration of the approved contract time. These items shall be provided at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION REVISION 35 buildings and concrete structures, frozen material, logs, and debris of all types without additional compensation. The Design Engineer and Engineer/Utility may, if requested, make changes in the trench alignment to avoid major obstructions, if such alignment changes can be made within the work limits without adversely affecting the intended function of the facility. Excavated materials unsuitable for backfill or not required for backfill shall be disposed of in accordance with local regulations. 3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. All existing asphalt or concrete surfacing shall be saw cut vertically in a straight line, and removed from the job site prior to starting the trench excavation. This material shall not be used in any fill or backfill. The trench shall be excavated so that a minimum clearance of twelve (12) inches is maintained on each side of the pipe for proper placement and densification of the bedding or backfill material. The maximum clearance measured at the spring line of the pipe shall be eighteen (18) inches regardless of the type of pipe, type of soil, depth of excavation or the method of densifying the bedding and backfill. All excavations shall be made to the lines and grades as established by the Construction Drawings. Pipe trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of six inches (6") below the bottom of the pipe. Deviation from grades will be allowed only when approved by the Engineer/Utility. Over excavation shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Engineer/Utility. Except as otherwise dictated by construction conditions, the excavation shall be of such dimensions as to allow for the proper pipe installation and to permit the construction of the necessary pipe connections. Care shall be taken to insure that the excavation does not extend below established grades. If the excavation is made below such grades, the excess excavation shall be filled in with graded gravel stabilization material deposited in horizontal layers not more than six inches (6") in thickness after being compacted and shall be moistened as required to within two percent (2%) of the optimum moisture content required for compaction of that soil. After being conditioned to have the required moisture content, the layers shall be compacted to the required density. The Contractor shall stockpile excavated materials in a safe manner. Stockpiles shall be graded for proper drainage. The Contractor shall place and grade the trench base to the propergrade ahead of pipe laying. The invert of the trench shall be compacted to provide a firm unyielding support along entire pipe length. 3.05 FOUNDATIONS ON UNSTABLE SOILS A. If the bottom of the excavation is soft or unstable, and in the opinion of the Engineer/Utility, cannot satisfactorily support the pipe or structure, a further depth and width shall be excavated and refilled to six inches (6") below grade with rock uniformly graded between 314 inch and 1 1 /2 inch to provide a firm foundation for 6/3/2013 Trenching, Bedding & Backfill 02225 - 6 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 210 - RESET AND MODIFY STRUCTURES Section 210 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 210.02 shall include the following: This work shall include resetting the water meter at the northwest corner of Timberline Road and Prospect Road The Contractor will need to coordinate with the Engineer and Property owner prior to resetting this water meter. The work shall include modifying the manhole on the southwest corner of Timberline Road and Prospect Road near Spring Creek to the proper finished grade as shown on the plans and conforming to the City of Fort Collins Stormwater Utility Construction Standards. Subsection 210.10 shall include the following: Adjust Manhole and Valve Box This work shall consist of adjusting all frames; manhole rings or valve boxes as indicated on the drawings or as designated by the Project manager. The frames and boxes shall conform to the standard details. All structures located in bituminous pavements to be surfaced shall be adjusted through the top mat of asphalt. The Contractor shall perform all work needed to ensure that said structures can be readily adjusted and shall have all necessary materials on hand prior to commencing the work. All structures shall be adjusted 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch lower than the existing pavement surface. Adjustments shall be set such that the castings do not project above the new pavement surface, or more that 1/4" below the surface. Castings or structures shall not be adjusted until the leveling course is in place, if a leveling course is specified. Any necessary adjustments required to meet the specifications shall be performed at the expense of the Contractor. Adjust manhole consists of removing a section of pavement with a minimum diameter one foot larger than the structure, centered on the structure. This shall be accomplished by cutting vertical edges, adjusting the manhole by grouting concrete rings or utilizing metal shims to raise the structure to the proper grade, then spreading and mechanically compacting bituminous material of the same grade and quality as the adjacent pavement. If the manhole is in concrete or in a composite pavement section the manhole shall be adjusted such that the ring is flush with the finished concrete grade. Paving rings will be utilized to bring the manhole cover up to final grade of the asphalt. All manholes shall be raised through the top lift. When the manhole adjustment is complete, the slope of the top surface of the manhole cover shall match the slope of the pavement in both the longitudinal and transverse directions. Any manhole cover which is unstable or noisy under traffic shall be replaced. Valve boxes located within the existing pavement shall be adjusted by removing the existing pavement around the valve box, adjusting the valve by turning it to the proper grade, trimming the existing asphalt by cutting vertical edges, then spreading and mechanically compacting bituminous material of the same grade and quality as the adjacent pavement. If the Contractor is unable to turn up the valve box or is capable but not sufficiently to achieve the proper grade or if the top section of the valve box is in poor condition, the Contractor shall excavate around the top section of the valve box and remove and replace the top section with a longer section supplied by the Contractor. The excavation shall be backfilled with flow -fill (measured and paid for under flow -fill backfill) to the top of subgrade, and material of the same grade and quality as the adjacent pavement shall be placed. The Contractor shall exercise reasonable care while attempting to adjust the valve boxes. If the Contractor is negligent and breaks the valve box, the valve box shall be replaced at the Contractors expense. W February 19, 2016 Adjustment of Water Valve Box: Shall include the installation and adjustment of a Tyler 6850 series model 69 adjustable riser. Before adjusting valve boxes to proper elevation, the asphalt or concrete shall be removed to form a smooth and uniform circle. Removal of the asphalt and/or concrete shall be included in the cost; it will not be measured and paid for separately. When adjusting existing valve boxes, reconnect existing tracing wire, if present. The adjustable risers shall be adjusted to the final grade during the paving operation (there will be no additional payment for this work -include the cost in this item. The lids are to be clean and free of asphalt after the completion of paving. Final elevation of the valve box shall be from 1/8 inch to 114 inch lower than the existing pavement. All valve boxes shall be installed to enable future adjustments for overlays. If required this item shall include the removal and replacement of the existing top section shall be fully exposed to the adjacent lower section and adjusted or replaced. The top section shall be adjusted to a height so that a Tyler 6850 series model 69 screw -in adjustable riser can be installed. If the existing top section does not have sufficient adjustment, to be raised or lowered, so that the Tyler 6850 series model 69 screw -in adjustable riser can be adjusted to final grade, the Contractor shall obtain a shorter or longer top section. In the event that the existing valve box casting is defective due to damage caused by the Contractor, the valve box casting shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. If required this item shall include the removal and replacement of the existing lower section of the existing valve box. The entire length of the valve box shall be centered and plumbed over the operating nut. The valve body shall not support the valve box. If the existing valve box does not have sufficient adjustment to raise or lower to grade, the Contractor shall obtain the correct length bottom section. In the event that the existing valve box assembly is defective due to damage caused by the Contractor, the valve box assembly shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. Subsection 210.13 shall include the following: Payment will be made under Pay Item Pay Unit Reset Water Meter Each Modify Manhole Each Adjust Water Valve Each Adjust Fire Hydrant Each Adjust Manhole Each END OF SECTION REVISION MA February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 212 - SEEDING, FERTILIZER, SOIL CONDITIONER, AND SODDING Section 212 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: MATERIALS Subsection 212.02 Seed, Soil Conditioners, Fertilizers and Sod. (a) Seed Add the following seed type / supplier to (a) as follows: Non -Irrigated Native Seed — "Low Grow Native Mix" 25% Idaho Fescue 25% Sandberg Bluegrass 25% Rocky Mountain Fescue 25% Canby Bluegrass Seed at the rate of 10 PLS lbs. / 1,000 sq.ft. Irrigated Native Seed — "Native Prairie Mix". 29% Blue Grama 10% Buffalograss 20% Green Needlegrass 20% Sidecats Grama 20% Western Wheatgrass 1% Sand Dropseed Seed at the rate of 45 PLS lbs. / acre Supplier: Pawnee Buttes Seed Company P.O. Box 100 605 25°i Street Greeley, CO 80632 800.782.5947 www.PawneeBuftesSeed.com Or approved substitute. (b) Soil Conditioners and Fertilizer Delete 1 "Fertilizer" from the specification. Fertilizer is not required for either the Non -Irrigated or Irrigated Native Seed. 38 February 19, 2016 Delete 2 "Soil Conditioner" from the specification. Soil amendments / conditioners (compost) was added to the pre -amended topsoil as described is Section 207. Additional / supplemental compost is not required as part of this Section. (c) Replace "Species shall be as shown on the plans" (second sentence) with the following: Turfgrass Sod: Certified Approved Number 1 Quality/Premium, including limitations on thatch, weeds, diseases, nematodes, and insects, complying with TPI's "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" in its "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viable sod of uniform density, color, and texture, strongly rooted, and capable of vigorous growth and development when planted. Turfgrass Species: Sod of grass species as follows, with not less than ninety-five (95) percent germination, not less than eighty-five (85) percent pure seed: Type: Full sun, Kentucky bluegrass (Poa pratensis), a minimum of three (3) improved cultivars. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 212.04 Lawn Grass Seeding. Bluegrass seeding is not a part of the project. Delete this section from the specifications with the exception of (c) Seeding Paragraphs one (1) and two (2). The specification related to "Hydraulic seeding equipment and accessories" shall remain as referenced in 212.06 Native Seeding (c) paragraph five (5). Subsection 212.05 Sodding, (c) Fertilizing and Soil Conditioning. Soil Conditioning - Soil amendments / conditioners (compost) was added to the pre -amended topsoil as described is Section 207. Additional / supplemental compost is not required as part of this Section. Fertilizing - Contractor to use the following placeholder types and quantities for the establishment of bid pricing only. Nitrogen (N) 35 lbs. / acre Phosphorous (P) 40 lbs. / acre Potassium (K) 300 lbs. / acre Calcium (Ca) 2,000 lbs. / acre Magnesium (Mg) 600 lbs. / acre Once the project has been awarded, the landscape contractor shall collect soils samples and forward to an independent laboratory, recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. This provision is for the fertilization of sod following Roundup (glyphosate) Application. Apply to areas to be seeded a minimum of two (2) weeks after topsoil has been distributed. Apply Roundup only when weeds are growing vigorously. Apply at manufacturers maximum recommended rate. 361 February 19, 2016 Subsection 212.06 Native Seeding. Revise the first sentence to include the work "irrigated and non -irrigated seed'. Delete (b) Fertilizing from the specification. Fertilizer of native seed areas is not required. Hydromulching will be required. See Section 213. Add (d) as follows: (d) See Section 216 - Soil Retention Blankets for provisions related to blanketing irrigated native seed (ONLY). METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 212.07 Remove the term "lawn seeding" from the first paragraph. Remove the second sentence referencing "the quantity of lawn seeding" from this paragraph. Revise the third sentence to include the term "irrigated native". Delete Paragraph 3. from the specifications. Soil conditioning is not required here, as it has been included in Section 207 — Topsoil, and pre -blended as part of the imported topsoil work. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 212.08 Delete the term `lawn seeding" from the first sentence. Add the term "irrigated native seeding" to the first sentence. Delete "Seeding (Lawn)" from the Pay Item schedule. Add "Seeding (Irrigated Native) to the Pay Item schedule. Delete "Soil Conditioning" from the Pay Item schedule. The specified herbicide (Round Up application) will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. END OF SECTION REVISION 40 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 213— MULCHING Section 213 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 213.01 Add to the description as follows: "...work also consists of furnishing and placing aggregate inorganic mulch to include —1.5" to 3" dia. Tan River Rock, and 6" to 12" dia. River Cobble; and Colorado Buff Sandstone Landscape Boulders in the following sizes — Type 'A' 'Tie' Feature Boulders, Type 'B' — 24"h. x 30"w. x 36"I., Type 'C' — 18"h. x 24"w. x 30"I., and landscape weed barrier fabric." MATERIALS Subsection 213.02 Wood (Organic) Mulch. Delete the "wood chip mulch" specified and replace with the following: Wood (Organic) Mulch: Ground or shredded cedar or redwood, 3" depth (minimum) — no weed barrier required, supplied and installed by the Contractor. Steel Landscape Edging. Steel edging not required/specified. Delete "Steel Edging" from this specification. Add to this sub -section as follows: Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric. Materials for weed barrier shall be a non -woven geotextile material suitable for this purpose such as Mirafi, Typar, Polyspun or approved equivalent. Submit brand name and model number/name of proposed weed barrier to be used. In -organic Mulch — 1.5" to 3" dia. Tan River Rock. 3" deep, hard, durable stone, washed free of loam, sand, clay, and other foreign substances. In -organic Mulch — 6" to 12" dia. River Cobble. Hard, durable stone, washed free of loam, sand, clay, and other foreign substances. Landscape Boulders. Stone Type: Colorado Buff Sandstone Approved Suppliers: A. Arkins Park Stone Quarries (Loveland), 970.663.1920 B. Tribble Stone (Boulder), 303.444.1840 C. Colorado Materials (Longmont), 303.682.2314 D. Or approved equivalent. Provide boulder sizes shall be as indicated on the plans. Quantities and locations as identified on the plans. 41 February 19, 2016 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 213.03 Add (g) Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric as follows: Prior to placing mulch and planting in mulch beds, apply Roundup herbicide to weeds and allow beds to sit for seven (7) days. Place wood mulch in shrub beds and tree planting rings in turf areas. Place mulch to a four - inches (4") depth. Gently brush mulch off of shrubs once installed. Take care in placement not to damage newly planted materials. Install landscape weed barrier fabric before inorganic mulching according to Manufacturer's written instructions. Completely cover area to be rock mulched (or as described on the Drawings) overlapping edges a minimum of six -inches (6"). Seams shall be pinned at min. 12" intervals, all along edge. Add (i) In -organic Mulch — 1.5" to 3" dia. Tan River Rock as follows: Apply 3-inch compacted average thickness of rock mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Landscape fabric is required in all 1.5" to 3" dia. river rock mulch areas. Add (k) In -organic Mulch — 6" to 12" dia. River Cobble as follows: Apply a single layer of mechanically placed, followed by hand placed/distributed. Landscape fabric is required beneath all 6-inch to 12-inch river cobble. Add (m) Landscape Boulders as follows: A. Placement of Landscape Boulders: 1. Place boulders with most attractive face facing roadway, unless otherwise noted or directed by the Owner's Representative. 2. Tolerance: Top of Boulder elevations shall be within 0.1 of the designed elevation. 3. Bury approximately 1/3 the height of the boulder, unless otherwise noted. 4. Locations and quantity shall be as indicated in the Drawings. Final placement of boulders shall be reviewed and approved on site by the Owner's Representative prior to placing paving, surfacing and landscaping in abutting areas as required. 5. Use protection (rubber pads or carpet) on equipment to reduce scaring. 6. See additional notes and boulder placement requirements on the drawings. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 213.04 The quantity of Landscape Weed Barrier Fabric will not be measured but will be incidental to the placement of the aggregates. The quantity of 1.5" to 3" dia. Tan River Rock will be measured by the actual tonnage of material placed. The quantity of 6" to 12" dia. River Cobble will be measured by the actual tonnage of material placed. Landscape Boulders will be measured by the actual quantities, in the specific sizes identified on the plans. 42 BASIS OF PAYMENT February 19, 2016 Subsection 213.05. Add the following line items to the Pay Schedule as follows: Payment will be made under: Pay Item: Pay Unit 1.5" to 3" dia. Tan River Rock Ton 6" to 12" dia. River Cobble Ton Landscape Boulders — Type'A' Tie Feature Ea. Landscape Boulders — Type'B' Ea. Landscape Boulders — Type 'C' Ea. END OF SECTION REVISION 43 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 214 — PLANTINGS AND LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE Section 214 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 214.01 shall include the following: This work also consists of a Landscape Maintenance period. See Section 213 for wood mulch and weed barrier fabric. MATERIALS Subsection 214.02 shall include the following: Plant List. A plant list is provided on the plans. Quantities shown on the list are for information only. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying quantity takeoffs as shown on the Drawings. In the event of a discrepancy between quantities shown on the plant list and quantities depicted on the plans, the quantities depicted on the plans shall govern. Guying and Staking. Material includes 14 AWG wire with 1/2" x 12" PVC sleeves and stake protection cap per each stake. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 214.04 Landscape Establishment. The duration of the Landscape Establishment period shall be from initial installation through November 1, 2017. Subsequent maintenance shall be the City's responsibility following final acceptance and the end of the Landscape Establishment Period for the entire/completed project. After all planting on the project is complete, a plant inspection shall be held including the Contractor, Engineer, City Parks Representatives, and the Landscape Architect to determine acceptability of plant material. During inspection, an inventory of rejected, dead or dying material will be made, and corrective and necessary cleanup / replacement measures will be determined. From the time of installation, during construction, and throughout the Landscape Establishment Period, the Contractor shall maintain plant material, sodded and seeded areas in a healthy and vigorous growing condition, and ensure the successful establishment of vegetation. During the Landscape Establishment Period, the Contractor shall water, cultivate, and prune the plants, and repair, replace or re -adjust guy material, stakes and posts. The Contractor will provide weekly mowings, grass trimming, a minimum of one (1) fertilizations, and remove grass clippings from the projects hard surfaces. The Contractor shall also remove weeds from planting beds and tree area saucers on a monthly basis during the growing season, maintain specified depths of mulching material. The Contractor will be required to turn off (1 Winterization) and turn on (1 Spring Irrigation) of the irrigation system. The Contractor will be required to one (1) monthly winter watering between November through April in winter of 2016/17.. Dead, dying or rejected material shall be removed each month during the Landscape Establishment Period as directed by the City's Project Manager or City Forester. Plant replacement shall be performed during the spring planting season or at the beginning and end of the Landscape Establishment Period. Plant replacement stock 44 February 19, 2016 shall be planted in accordance with the original contract specifications and is subject to all requirements specified for the original material. Plant replacement shall be at the Contractor's expense. Subsection 214.04 Delete paragraphs 5. and 6., and replace with the following: The trees planted by the Contractor shall be watered minimally twice per month at the rate of twenty (20) gallons per tree per watering for the months May through October during the Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed, and the trees shall also be watered once per month at the rate of twenty (20) gallons per tree for the months November through April during the Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed. The shrubs, grasses, and perennials planted by the Contractor shall be watered minimally twice per month at the rate of two (2) gallons per shrub per watering event for the months May through October during the Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed, and the shrubs, grasses and perennials shall also be watered once per month at the rate of two (2) gallons per plant for the months November through April during the Landscape Establishment Period, or as needed. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 214.05 shall include the following: Soil material for tree, shrub, ornamental grass and perennial backfill mix, guy, webbing, tree stakes, protective caps and PVC pipe sleeve and wrap for trees, will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 214.06 Delete the fifth paragraph and replace with the following: The initial watering during the planting of trees and shrubs will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the price of the work. Watering of trees and shrubs after receipt of the Notice of Substantial Landscape Completion will not be measured and paid for separately but shall be included in the work. Water used for the Landscape Establishment Period will not be measured and paid or separately but shall be included in the work. Subsection 214.06 Delete the seventh paragraph including item (1) and (2), and the last paragraph of the subsection. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Landscape Establishment / Maintenance Lump Sum END OF SECTION REVISION 45 the pipe or structure. From six inches (6") below grade to grade, the appropriate bedding material shall be placed to provide support for the pipe or structure. 3,06 PIPE BEDDING A. After completion of the trench excavation and proper preparation of the foundation, six inches (6") of bedding material shall be placed on the trench bottom for support under the pipe. All pipe shall be installed in such a manner as to insure full support of the pipe barrel over its entire length. After the pipe is adjusted for line and grade and the joint is made, the bedding material shall be carefully placed and tamped under the haunches of the pipe. Forall types of pipe, the limits of bedding shall be as shown on the trench section details on the Construction Drawings. Non -cohesive bedding shall be compacted to 65% relative density in accordance with ASTM D2049. Care shall be exercised to assure sufficient tamping under the pipe to achieve uniform support. (See the Construction Drawings for a typical trench cross-section). 3.07 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION A. Pipes: The pipe trench shall be backfilled to the limits as shown on the Construction Drawings. The backfill in all roadway rights -of -way and paved areas shall be compacted by vibrating, tamping or a combination thereof to sixty-five percent (65%) relative density for sand material as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM Standard Designation D2049 or to 95% of maximum densityfor cohesive soils as determined by ASTM Standard Designation D698. Required compaction in all other areas will be ninety percent (90%) ASTM D698 for cohesive soils or 65% relative density for cohesionless soils, unless otherwise specified, All backfill shall be brought up to equal height along each side of the pipe in such a manner as to avoid displacement. Wet, soft or frozen material, asphalt chunks or other deleterious substances shall not be used for backfill. If the excavated material is not suitable for backfill, as determined by the Engineer/Utility, suitable material shall be hauled in and utilized and the rejected material hauled away and disposed of. 3. Backfilling shall be conducted at all times in a manner to prevent damage to the pipe or its coating and shall be kept as close to the pipe laying operation as practical. 4. Backfilling procedures shall conform to the additional requirements, any, of appropriate agencies or private right-of-way agreements. B. Structures 9/3/2013 Trenching, Bedding & Backfill 02225 - 7 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 216 — SOIL RETENTION BLANKET Section 216 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 216.01 Add the following to the general description: Soil retention blanket to be utilized with the "Irrigated Native Seed Mix" only. h4f3i4TL•«I Subsection 216.02: (a) Covering. Delete the following: 1. Excelsior; 2. Soil Retention Blanket (Coconut); 4. Soil Retention Blanket (Straw and Coconut) CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 216.03 Delete the following: (a) Excelsior. Add the following clarification / sentence to (b) Soil Retention Blanket (Straw) as follows: The area to be covered with Straw Soil Retention Blanket is tied to the limits of the "Irrigated Native Seed" mix as illustrated on the landscape plans. END OF SECTION REVISION 46 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 304—AGGREGATE BASE COURSE Section 304 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: METHOD OF PAYMENT Subsection 304.07 Add the following: Aggregate Base Course will be measured by the Ton compacted in place. In full depth reconstruction areas of the roadway assume 10 Inches of Class 5 or Class 6 aggregate base course. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 304.08 Add the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Aggregate Base Course (Class 5 or Class 6) Pay Unit Ton END OF SECTION REVISION 47 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 403 - HOT MIX ASPHALT Section 403 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 403.02 shall include the following: The design mix for hot mix asphalt shall conform to the current Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards for Arterial Roadways. The Contractor shall prepare a quality control plan outlining the steps taken to minimize segregation of HMA. This plan shall be submitted to the Engineer and approved prior to beginning the paving operations. When the Engineer determines that segregation is unacceptable, the paving shall stop and the cause of segregation shall be corrected before paving operations will be allowed to resume. Hot mix asphalt for patching shall conform to the gradation requirements for Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S). A minimum of 1 percent hydrated lime by weight of the combined aggregate shall be added to the aggregate for all hot mix asphalt. Subsection 403.03 shall include the following: The Contractor shall construct the work such that all roadway pavement placed prior to the time paving operations end for the year, shall be completed to the full thickness required by the plans. The Contractor's Progress Schedule shall show the methods to be used to comply with this requirement. Subsection 403.04 shall include the following: Areas greater than 3' wide will be Full Depth reconstruction areas and the pavement section shall be: 2" of HMA (Grade S) (100) (PG 64 — 28) (Modified Binder Mix w/ Modified Oil) 4" of HMA (Grade S) (100) (PG 64 - 22) 2 — 2" Lifts Areas less than 3' wide will be considered Asphalt Patching and will need to be constructed with smaller handheld paving equipment. The pavement section shall include only the bottom course of hot mix asphalt. The top course is quantified as part of the overlay areas. 8" of HMA (Grade S) (100) (PG 64 - 22) 4 — 2" Lifts For Overlay areas the pavement section shall be: 2" of HMA (Grade S) (100) (PG 64 — 28) (Modified Binder Mix w/ Modified Oil) Delete subsection 403.05 and replace with the following: 403.05 The accepted quantities of hot mix asphalt will be paid for in accordance with subsection 401.22, at the contract unit price per ton for the bituminous mixture. Payment will be made under Pay Item Pay Unit Hot Mix Asphalt (Grade S) (100) (PG 64-28) Ton Hot Mix Asphalt (Grade S) (100) (PG 64-28) (Modified Binder) Ton Hot Mix Asphalt (Patching) Ton 48 February 19, 2016 Aggregate, asphalt recycling agent, additives, hydrated lime, and all other work necessary to complete each hot mix asphalt item will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the unit price bid. The pay item includes the PG binder grade, the asphalt cement will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Excavation, preparation, and tack coat of areas to be patched will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Emulsified asphalt for prime and tack coats will not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be included in the Hot Mix Asphalt pay items. END OF SECTION REVISION 49 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 412 - CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 412 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 412.01 shall include the following: The work shall consist of a complete in place 9 inch thick concrete slab located at the left turn pockets in the medians along Timberline Road. Subsection 412.23 shall include the following: The concrete pavement will be measured by the square yard of material complete in place. Construction will conform to the detail provided in the plan set and will include all materials, rebar, saw cutting, finishing, backfill, equipment, labor, etc. required for complete installation and all associated work not covered under another item. Subsection 412.24 shall include the following: Payment will be made under: Pav Item Concrete Pavement (9 Inch) END OF SECTION REVISION 50 Pay Unit Square Yard February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 506 - RIPRAP Section 506 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 506.01 shall include the following: The work shall consist of a riprap necessary at the end of the flared end section for Storm System A and Storm System D and underneath the pedestrian bridge crossing Spring Creek as shown on plans or as directed by the Engineer. Subsection 506.03 shall include the following: Riprap requirements for Storm System A and Storm System D include: Type M Riprap (12" Diameter d50) covered with 6" of soil and vegetated and 8" of Bed Course Material Riprap requirements underneath the pedestrian bridge crossing Spring Creek include: Double Layer of Type M Riprap (12" Diameter d50) covered with 6" of soil and vegetated and 8" of Bed Course Material Subsection 506.04 shall include the following: The riprap will be measured by the cubic yard of material complete in place. Construction will conform to the details provided in the plan set and will include all materials, soil cover, vegetation, bed course material, equipment, labor, etc. required for complete installation and all associated work not covered under another item. Subsection 506.05 shall include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Riprap (12" Diameter) (Buried with Bedding) Cubic Yard END OF SECTION REVISION 51 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 514 — PEDESTRIAN AND BIKEWAY RAILING Section 514 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 514.01 shall be revised as follows: This work consists of the construction of pedestrian railings in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans. MATERIALS Subsection 514.02 shall include the following: Pedestrian Railing (Special) Sheet steel or fabricated tubular metal or fabricated metal pipe fencing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A526 Steel Sheet Zinc -Coated (Galvanized by the Hot Dip Process) and ASTM B117 Salt Spray Testing as specified. Manufacturer(s): 1. DaVinci Sign Systems, Inc. Contact: Mike Long 4496 Bents Drive Windsor, CO 80550 T: 970.203.9292 Email: info@davincisign.com 2. Dufficy Steel Corp. Contact: Kevin Dufficy 7555 West Amherst Ave. Lakewood, CO 80227 T: 303.984.4745 Email: info@dufficysteel.com 3. M&R Fabricators, Inc. 3001 Rawhide Drive Laporte, CO 80535-9330 T: 970.222.0109 Email: rustywillford@aol.com 4. MZI Contact: Marty Mefford T: 720.898.8429 Email: mmefford@zirb.com 5. Security 151 Welding 13801 E. Smith Drive Aurora, CO 80111 T: 303.856.7298 6. YESCO Contact: Jon Harshaw 3770 Joliet St Denver CO 80239 T: 720.458.7124 52 February 19, 2016 Email: jharshaw@yesco.com 7. Or approved substitute. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings that clearly indicate the following: Profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of members Connections, attachments and anchor details Size and type of fasteners All fittings, mounting brackets, hardware and accessories Finishes, coatings and shop painting Weld lengths and sizes The Contractor shall include erection drawings, elevations and details where applicable. The Contractor shall submit a sample of the pedestrian railing material and samples of galvanizing. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 514.05 shall include the following: Pedestrian Railing (Special): Shall be delivered in pre -assembled sections ready for installation with no field welding required/allowed. Store fabricated steel in a dry place to avoid condensation or damage to finish. Deliver anchor bolts, sleeves and anchorage devices which are embedded in concrete to the project in time for installation under appropriate trades. Furnish setting drawings, templates and installation instructions as required. Pedestrian Railing shall be galvanized. See Drawings. Field Galvanizing is allowed but not recommended or preferred. Fabrication of the Pedestrian Railings shall be in accordance with details and approved shop drawings. Upon completion, work shall be straight, rigid and tight and free of defects. Material shall consist of new stock of types and sizes indicated. Contractor shall verify dimensions on site prior to shop fabrication. Fit and shop assemble sections in largest practical sizes for delivery to site and installation. Supply components required for secure anchorage of fencing as indicated. Make cuts clean and sharp with edges ground smooth. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush and hairline. Close all exposed ends of tubing with welding caps. Welding shall comply with American Welding Society Standards for exposed architectural metal work. Miter and cope intersections and weld all around. Remove splatter, grind exposed welds to blend and contour surfaces to match those adjacent. Inspection: Verify existing conditions to receive Pedestrian Railings are satisfactory prior to commencing work. Report unsatisfactory conditions to General Contractor. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. Supply items to be cast into concrete with setting templates and erection drawings to appropriate sections as required. Erect work square and level, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or performance. Install panels according to approved shop drawings. Leave protective coatings in place until project is substantially completed. Remove and leave surfaces clean upon completion. Remove stained or otherwise defective work. Replace with new material. Touch up paint as required following installation. 53 February 19, 2016 Workmanship, fabrication and shop connections shall be in accordance with AWS and AISC specifications. Welding shall be done by welder(s) certified for AWS, D.1 structural welding requirements. Installation shall be in accordance with the plans and details and with the manufacturer's recommendations as required. Pedestrian Railings shall be installed in the locations and quantities shown on the Drawings and as detailed. Where applicable, the Engineer shall approve the Pedestrian Railing locations prior to fastening in place. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 514.08 shall include the following: Pedestrian Railing (Special). Measurement shall be by EACH installed complete. Work shall include steel, hardware, galvanizing, reinforcing steel, frame, posts, railing, pickets, mounting and all other incidentals to the erection of the pedestrian railing. BASIS OF PAYMENT 514.09 The accepted quantities of fencing will be paid for at the contract unit price for each of the pay items listed below that appear in the bid schedule: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Pedestrian Hand Railing (West Railing with Rub rail) EACH Pedestrian Hand Railing (East Railing without Rub rail) EACH Pedestrian Hand Railing (Median Railing) EACH END OF SECTION REVISION 54 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 515 - WATERPROOFING Section 515 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 515.01 shall include the following: The City will require waterproofing membrane that is damaged during construction will need to be repaired/patched in accordance with CDOT waterproofing specifications. The work will be measured and paid for separately under "Waterproofing (Membrane)". BASIS OF PAYMENT 515.07 Payment will be made under: Pay Item Waterproofing (Membrane) Pay Unit Square Yard END OF SECTION REVISION 55 Backfill, and fill within three feet (3') adjacent to all structures and for full height of the walls, shall be selected non -swelling material. It shall be relatively impervious, well graded, and free from stones larger than three inches (3"). Material may be job excavated, but selectivity will be required as determined bythe Engineer/Utility. Stockpiled material, other than topsoil from the excavation shall be used for backfilling unless an impervious structural backfill is specified. The backfill material shall be free from rubbish, stone larger than five inches (5") in diameter, clods and frozen lumps of soil. All backfill around the structures shall be consolidated by mechanical tamping. The material shall be placed in six inch (6") loose lifts within a range of two percent (2%) above to two percent (2%) below the optimum moisture content and compacted to ninety-five percent (95%) of maximum density for cohesive soils as determined by ASTM Standard Designation D698 or to seventy percent (70%) relative density for pervious material as determined by the relative density of cohesionless soils test, ASTM Standard Designation D2049. 2. Impervious structural backfill, where shown or specified, shall consist of material having 100% finer than three inches (3") in diameter and a minimum of twenty percent (20%) passing a #200 U.S. Standard sieve. The material shall be placed in six inch (6") loose lifts within a range of two percent (2%) above to two percent (2%) below the optimum moisture content and compacted to ninety five percent (95%) of maximum density for cohesive soil as determined by ASTM Standard Designation D698. 3.08 SURFACE RESTORATION A. Unsurfaced areas All surface cuts shall be, as a minimum, restored to a condition equal to, or better than, that prior to construction. B. Surfaced areas All surface cuts shall be, as a minimum, restored to a condition equal to, or better than, that prior to construction. All gravel or paved streets shall be restored in accordance with the regulation and requirements of the agency having control or jurisdiction over the street, roadway or right-of- way. C. Grassed, Agriculture, or Landscaped Areas In landscaped or agricultural areas, topsoil, to a depth of 12 inches, shall be removed from the area of general disturbance and stockpiled. After installation of all pipelines, appurtenances and structures and completion of all backfill and compaction, the stockpiled topsoil shall be redistributed evenly over all disturbed areas. Care should be taken to conform to the original ground contour or final grading plans. 3.09 BLASTING 9/3/2013 Trenching, Bedding 8 Backfill 02225 - 8 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 601 - CONCRETE FINISHING Section 601 of the Standard Specifications are hereby revised for this project as follows: In subsection 601.12 (a) delete the fifth paragraph and replace it with the following: Water shall not be added to the surface of the concrete to assist in finishing operations. Hand finishing should be minimized wherever possible. The hand finishing methods shall be addressed in the Quality Control Plan for concrete finishing. Hand finished concrete shall be struck off and screeded with a portable screed that is at least 2 feet longer than the maximum width of the surface to be struck off. It shall be sufficiently rigid to retain its shape. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by hand vibrators. Hand finishing shall not be allowed after concrete has been in -place for more than 30 minutes or when initial set has begun. Finishing tools made of aluminum shall not be used. The Contractor shall provide a Quality Control Plan (QCP) to ensure that proper hand finishing is accomplished in accordance with current Industry standards. It shall identify the Contractor's method for ensuring that the provisions of the QCP are met. The QCP shall be submitted to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference. Concrete placement shall not begin until the Engineer has approved the QCP. The QCP shall identify and address issues affecting the quality finished concrete including but not limited to: (1) Timing of hand finishing operations (2) Methodology to place and transport concrete (3) Equipment and tools to be utilized (4) Qualifications and training of finishers and supervisors When the Engineer determines that any element of the approved QCP is not being implemented or that hand finished concrete is unacceptable, work shall be suspended. The Contractor shall supply a written plan to address improperly placed material and how to remedy future hand finishing failures and bring the work into compliance with the QCP. The Engineer will review the plan for acceptability prior to authorizing the resumption of operations. In subsection 601.14(a) delete the fourth paragraph. END OF SECTION REVISION 56 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 601 — CONCRETE CLASS D (BRIDGE) & STRUCTURAL CONCRETE COATING Section 601 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 601.01 shall include the following: This work shall include the concrete necessary to complete in place the pedestrian bridge crossing Spring Creek as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Structural Concrete Coating shall be in accordance with the revision to Section 708 in these project specifications. Subsection 601.20 shall include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Concrete Class D (Bridge) Structural Concrete Coating - Recoat END OF SECTION REVISION Pay Unit Cubic Yard Square Yard 57 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 602 — REINFORCING STEEL Section 602 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 602.01 shall include the following: This work shall include the reinforcing steel necessary to complete in place the pedestrian bridge crossing Spring Creek as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Subsection 602.08 shall include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Reinforcing Steel END OF SECTION REVISION Pay Unit Pound 58 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 603 - CULVERTS AND SEWERS Section 603 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following: Subsection 603.02 shall be revised to include the following: All reinforced concrete pipe and bends shall be Class III or Class IV depending on depth of cover and shall water tight gasket per ASTM C443 unless otherwise specified in the plans. Reinforced concrete pipe and bends shall also meet the minimum requirements for Class 2 sulfate resistance (refer to Section 601 of the Standard Specifications). Pipe joints for reinforced concrete pipe shall be bell and spigot complying with the applicable requirements of ASTM C 361. The spigot end shall be of a grooved or -profilell design to accommodate an appropriate rubber 0- ring or -profilell gasket conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 361. Subsections 603.03 through 603.10 shall be revised to include the following: Culvert pipes and bends shall be constructed continuously, from downstream to upstream, except when otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for matching line and grade as shown within the Contract Drawings. Bedding material shall be placed in accordance with the Contract Drawings and applicable Standard Details to provide uniform and continuous support. Culverts and pipe shall be placed with the groove end facing upstream. Each conduit section shall be set into position and checked for line and grade prior to continuing placement. The manufacturer's recommendations shall be closely followed during installation. The Contractor shall ensure that all installed culverts are kept clean and free from gravel, dirt and debris during and after installation. The Contractor shall incur all costs associated with street failures, cave-ins, system washout and settlements, and culvert cleaning as a result of carelessness during this timeframe. Subsection 603.11 shall include the following: Pipe shall be measured on a per linear foot basis for the actual number of linear feet of specified pipe installed. End sections shall be measured by each end section installed complete in place. Flowfill backfill will be required on all installed reinforced concrete pipe for the entire length of the pipe. Flowfill will not be measured separately and will be considered incidental to the work. Flowfill backfill will be required from the springline of the pipe to top of subgrade.. Open Trench Sleeve Bank A, B & C will be measured and paid as lineal foot of trench. Payment will include the cost to excavate, install the specified plastic pipe in accordance with the plans, and flowfill backfill the trencth to top of subgrade. Bored Sleeve Bank X, Y, Z will be measured and paid as lineal foot of the entire bored sleeve bank. Payment will include the cost to excavate bore pits, install all of the specified plastic pipe in accordance with the plans, and flowfill backfill the bore pit to top of subgrade. Open Trench Sleeve Bank A,B,C and Bored Sleeve Bank X,Y,Z shall also meet the materials and installation requirements of Project Specials Section 623 — Irrigation Systems. Subsection 603.12, delete the 2"d to the last paragraph and replace with the following: Payment will be made under 361 Pay Item 15 Inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe (Complete in Place) 18 Inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe (Complete in Place) 18 Inch Reinforced Concrete End (Complete in Place) A Open Trench Sleeve Bank B Open Trench Sleeve Bank C Bored Sleeve Bank X Bored Sleeve Bank Y Bored Sleeve Bank Z February 19, 2016 Pay Unit Linear Foot Linear Foot EachOpen Trench Sleeve Bank Linear Foot Linear Foot Linear Foot Lineal Foot Lineal Foot Lineal Foot Payment shall include but is not limited to all excavation, disposal of excess material offsite, shoring and bracing, bedding and backfill material (including filter material and geotextile), furnishing and installing pipe, cleaning existing pipe, lining of pipe, grout, flowfill backfill. Payment shall be made at the applicable contract unit price for the respective bid items and shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, loading, transportation, unloading, installation, excavation, bedding, backfill and compaction, formwork, reinforcing steel, concrete/grout, curing, protection of existing facilities, gaskets, joint materials, and all other appurtenant items to complete the work. END OF SECTION REVISION :1 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 604 — MANHOLES AND INLETS Section 604 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 604.01 shall include the following: This work shall consist of furnishing and installing Type R Inlets and storm manholes at the locations indicated on the plans. For the 6 foot diameter manhole near Sta 58+75 on left side of the road, the Contractor will need to rotate the cone of the manhole as necessary to keep the manhole cover out of the proposed curb and gutter. Subsection 604.06 shall include the following: Measurement for the Type R Inlet will be for each unit (complete) that is installed per the plans, manufacturer's recommendations and accepted by the Engineer. Subsection 604.07 shall include the following: Payment will be made under Pay Item Pay Unit Inlet Type R (5 Foot) Each Inlet Type R (15 Foot) Each Manhole (4 Foot) Each Manhole (5 Foot) Each Manhole (6 Foot) Each Payment shall include but is not limited to all excavation, disposal of excess material offsite, shoring and bracing, bedding and backfill material, furnishing and installing of the manhole including necessary pipe connections, placement of backfill and compaction. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials (e.g. manhole sections, pipe, gaskets, joint materials, ring and cover, concrete grade rings, etc.), loading, transportation, unloading, installation, and all other appurtenant items necessary to complete the work. END OF SECTION REVISION 61 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 605 — UNDERDRAINS (SPECIAL) Section 605 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 605.07 shall include the following: Underdrain pipe shall be measured per linear foot of underdrain installed per detail on the plans. All work including but not limited excavation, disposal of excess material offsite, shoring and bracing, bedding and backfill material, plastic visquine, furnishing and installing of the underdrain including pipe connections, placement of backfill and compaction will not be measured separately but included in the linear foot cost of installing the underdrain. Perforated and non -perforated pipe will not be measured separately, but will both be paid under the line item: 4 Inch Pipe Underdrain (Special) Underdrain cleanouts shall be considered incidental to the underdrain. Subsection 605.07 shall include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item 4 Inch Pipe Underdrain (Special) Pay Unit Linear Foot Payment shall include but is not limited to all excavation, disposal of excess material offsite, shoring and bracing, bedding and backfill material, plastic visquine, furnishing and installing of the underdrain including necessary pipe connections, cleanouts, placement of backfill and compaction. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, loading, transportation, unloading, installation, and all other appurtenant items necessary to complete the work. END OF SECTION REVISION 62 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 608 - SIDEWALKS AND BIKEWAYS Section 608 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 608.02 shall include the following: Concrete for sidewalks and curb ramps shall meet all the requirements of a Class D concrete in Section 601 of the Standard Specifications. Class P may be substituted for class D concrete. Fiber mesh is required and shall be applied at a rate of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard. Detectable warnings on curb ramps shall be truncated domes of the dimensions shown on the M- Standard Details. Truncated dome sections shall be "wet set' in the concrete. Surface applied products or products that are installed on a sand bed will not be allowed. Truncated domes shall be brick red or tile red to provide color contrast with the adjoining ramp surface. Approved truncated domes manufacturers are listed in the table below. Engineered Plastics, Inc. Armor Tile Cast -In -Place Detectable Warning System 800-682-2525 Neenah Foundry Company Detectable Warning Plates 800-558-5075 East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. Truncated Dome Plates 800-626-4653 ADA Solutions, Inc. Cast -In -Place Composite Tactile 800-372-0519 Detectable Warning Surface Subsection 608.03 shall include the following: Concrete curb ramps shall be constructed in accordance with the horizontal layout shown on the plans and in accordance with CDOT Standard Plan No. M-608-1. Subgrade under sidewalks and curb ramps shall be moisture and density treated in accordance with Revision of Section 306, "Reconditioning." Subsection 608.05 shall include the following: Concrete Sidewalk shall be measured on a per square yard basis for the actual number of square yards of sidewalk constructed at the specified thickness. Concrete Curb Ramps shall be measured on a per square yard basis for the actual number of square yards of concrete curb ramp constructed. The area of concrete ramp in the pay item shall include the transition flares, detectable warnings, and pedestrian curbs if required. The pay limits shall be from the back of the ramp to the back of the curb and gutter. Payment for the curb and gutter shall be included in the respective curb and gutter bid item. Subsection 608.06 shall include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Concrete Sidewalk (6 Inch) Square Yard Concrete Curb Ramp Square Yard This price shall be full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the respective items as well as proof rolling that is required for the subgrade. END OF SECTION REVISION 63 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 609 - CURB AND GUTTER Section 609 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 609.03 shall include the following: Subgrade under curb and gutter shall be moisture and density treated in accordance with Revision of Section 306, "Reconditioning". Subsection 609.07 shall include the following: Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Curb and Gutter Type 2 (Section I-B) Linear Foot Curb and Gutter Type 2 (Section II-B) Linear Foot Curb Type 4 (Section B) Linear Foot END OF SECTION REVISION 64 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 609 — MEDIAN WALL (SPECIAL) Section 609 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 609.01 shall include the following: This work consists of the construction of the Median Wall running parallel to the median curb and gutter along Timberline Road in accordance with these specifications and conformity with the lines and grades as shown on plans or as directed by the Engineer. Subsection 609.03 shall include the following: Median wall shall be constructed as detailed on the plans. Subsection 609.06 shall include the following: Median Wall will be measured by linear foot along front face of the section at the finished grade elevation. Subsection 609.07 shall include the following: The accepted quantities will be paid per linear foot and including but not limited to dowels, epoxy rebar, cross walls and expansion joint material. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Median Wall (Special) Pay Unit Linear Foot Payment shall include but is not limited to all excavation, disposal of excess material offsite, shoring and bracing, bedding and backfill material, epoxy rebar, cross walls, and bracing. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, loading, transportation, unloading, installation, and all other items necessary to complete the work. END OF SECTION REVISION 65 A. Blasting is not permitted unless approved by the City. END OF SECTION 9/3/2013 Trenching, Bedding & Backfill 02225 - 9 February 19, 2016 END OF SECTION REVISION REVISION OF SECTION 610 - MEDIAN COVER MATERIAL Section 610 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 610.02 shall include the following: Colored/patterned concrete shall be installed in the center medians of Timberline Road and Prospect Road as shown on the plans. A color additive, Davis Color 'Pueblo Brown' shall be mixed with the concrete. The application rate of the color additive shall be at the manufacturer's recommended rate. The median concrete shall have an exposed sand finish. Colored/patterned concrete shall meet the requirements of Class D concrete in Section 601 of the Standard Specifications. . Subsections 610.04 and 610.05 shall include the following: Measurement and payment for patterned concrete shall be per square foot of work that is completed and accepted. This shall include all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for joint sealer or expansion joint material. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Median Cover Material Pay Unit Square Foot END OF SECTION REVISION February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 619 —WATER SERVICE Section 619 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: Subsection 619.01 shall be include the following: This work consists of providing a 3/4-inch water service tap and vault as specified in the location on the construction plans or as directed by the Engineer. Subsection 619.04 shall include the following: The curb stop, vault and all piping and bends necessary to complete the water service in place is incidental to the cost of installing the water service. Subsection 619.05 shall include the following: Payment for the water service shall include all work, material, labor, and equipment necessary to install the water service, curb stop, and vault to the proposed grade. This includes additional pipe required to connect to the existing system. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit 3/4-inch Water Service (Irrigation Tap/Vault) Each END OF SECTION REVISION 67 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 623 - IRRIGATION SYSTEM Section 623 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 623.01 shall include the following: This work consists of furnishing and constructing an irrigation system in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established. This work consists of repairing existing irrigation systems and furnishing and constructing an irrigation system in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and grades shown on the plans or established. MATERIALS Subsection 623.02 shall include the following: General - All materials and equipment incorporated into the irrigation system shall be new and of recognized standard quality. In the case of computer software or hard coded instructions, the latest available version from the manufacturer is required. All materials shall be of a standard line from a name brand manufacturer, or must be approved. Contractor to provide excavation and backfill for irrigation tap. City of Fort Collins to install the physical tap of waterline. Subsection 623.03 shall include the following: Backflow Preventer - Reduced pressure -type backflow preventers shall include two check valves, a relief valve, two gate or ball valves, and test cocks for field testing. Reduced pressure -type backflow preventers shall meet the requirements in the Colorado Department of Health, Cross Connection Manual, and shall have a non -shock cold water rating of at least 150 psi. Subsection 623.04 shall include the following: Automatic Controller. The automatic controller shall be an electro- mechanical or microprocessor based/microelectronic solid state type capable of operating in an automatic or manual mode. The controller shall have a minimum of six stations. Each station shall be programmed to operate for 1 to 99 minutes, or 0.1 to 9.9 hours. The controller shall have two independent programs with three automatic starts per day for each program. Each station on the controller shall be assigned to either or both programs. The controller shall be capable of watering any day or sequence of days on a six or seven day cycle. Contractor shall install a WeatherTRAK Control system as specified in the irrigation plans & details per City of Fort Collins standards. Coordinate with City of Fort Collins as required. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit housing. Label wires with the identification number (see drawings) of the remote control valve to which the control wire is connected. The controller shall operate on a minimum of 117 volts AC power input. Controller electrical output shall be capable of 26.5 volts AC at 1.5 amps. The controller shall have a reset circuit breaker (1.5 amps holding and 2.5 amps break) to protect it from power overload. M. February 19, 2016 Primary surge protection for 117 volt lines and valve (24 volt) output surge protection shall be installed to protect the controller. The automatic controller shall be grounded using two 3/4 inch x 10 foot copper clad grounding rods driven into the soil in a vee pattern a minimum of twenty feet from the controller. A #8 AWG bare copper wire shall be used to connect the ground rods to the automatic controllers protective grounding circuit. The resistance of the ground shall not exceed 5 ohms. The controller enclosure (including satellite controllers) shall be of a vandal and weather -resistant nature, manufactured entirely of metal or steel mill -treated with zinc for rust resistance. The main housing shall have louvers in the upper and lower body to allow for crossflow ventilation. Subsection 623.05 shall include the following: Remote Control. Remote control shall consist of an FM, AM, UHF, or VHF radio transmitter/receiver pair with a minimum range of one mile in congested areas, and shall include battery charger and replacement battery. The receiver shall plug into a receptacle installed in the enclosure or panel of the automatic controller. Remote control shall be capable of turning on/off any station in any order. Remote control shall comply with all applicable FCC rules and regulations. Subsection 623.06 shall include the following: Control Wiring 24 Volt - Control Wiring 24 Volt. Connection between automatic controller and automatic control valves, flow sensors and moisture sensors shall be made with direct burial copper, 600 volt, UF, UL approved wire. Minimum wire size shall be #14 AWG. One wire shall be provided for each valve. Wires shall be color coded according to the basic plant materials irrigated by the lateral. Control Wire for the two -wire path shall be a minimum size of #14 AWG, individually insulated and enclosed in a polyethylene jacket. Wire colors shall be: Wire Color Plant Materials Black Master (Power) Purple Spares Green Turf Brown Tree Yellow Perennials Red Shrubs White "Common" or ground wire Subsection 623.07 shall include the following: Sprinkler Heads. The sprinkler head shall be of the pop-up spray and pop-up rotor internal drive type. All sprinkler heads shall be capable of accepting a check valve where head elevation varies more than 5 feet within a control zone. (a) Pop-up spray Sprinklers. The pop-up spray sprinkler body, stem, screen, and nozzle shall be constructed of heavy duty plastic. 69 February 19, 2016 (1) A soft pressure -activated wiper seal for cleaning debris from the pop-up stem as it retracts into the case to prevent stem and nozzle from sticking in the up position. (2) A matched precipitation rate brass or plastic nozzle with an adjusting screw capable of regulating the radius and flow. (3) A screen to protect it from clogging and a strong stainless steel retract spring for positive pop - down. (4) A threaded cap that will allow easy removal of the screen and all other internal components from the top without removing the body from the ground. Minimum pop-up height for turf heads shall be 4 inches. Spray head pop- up height for turf in roadway medians shall be at least 6 inches, and shrub, flower, and ground cover spray heads shall be at least 12 inches. (b) Rotor Heads. The pop-up rotor heads shall be an internal drive type, with heavy duty plastic housings and non -corrosive internal components. The rotor head shall have a soft pressure -activated wiper seal for cleaning debris from the pop-up stem as it retracts into the case, to prevent the stem and nozzle from sticking in the up position. The rotor head shall have a screen to protect it from clogging and a strong stainless steel retracting spring for positive pop -down. Minimum pop-up height for rotor heads shall be 3 inches. The rotor head shall have a fully adjustable arc or full circle capabilities and an adjustable break-up pin capable of reducing the radius up to 25 percent. Subsection 623.08 shall include the following: Flow Sensor. The flow sensor shall be an in -line type and shall transmit an electronic pulse through conductors to a compatible automatic controller with interface unit for subsequent transmission to a compatible central computer. The flow sensor shall be a per plans and compatible with the WeatherTrak controller per City of Fort Collins Standards. Subsection 623.09 shall include the following: Drip Emitters. The drip emitter shall be of the pressure compensating type with flow rates of 0.5, 1, or 2 gallons per hour plus or minus a 10 percent deviation at 10 to 40 psi. The emitter shall be constructed of durable plastic with a barbed inlet, and the outlet shall be capable of a watertight connection compatible with the polyethylene capillary tubing. Emitters shall be of the self -flushing type and capable of clog -free operation with a 150 mesh strainer. Emitters shall be multi -outlet (six outlets) and shall be installed on the polyethylene drip lateral line. The ends of the capillary tubing shall be installed on 6 inch plastic stakes with debris caps on the end of the tubing. The irrigation dripline shall have factory installed pressure -compensating, inline emitters installed every 12-24 inches. The flow rate from each installed inline emitter shall be 0.6 or 0.9 gallons per hour when inlet pressure is between 8.5 & 60 psi. The inline diaphragm shall have a pressure regulating diaphragm with a spring action allow it to self -rise if there is a plug at the outlet hole. The bend radius shall be 3-inches whether bending the tubing with the bend of the coil or against it. The inlet shall be raised off the inside tube wall to minimize dirt intrusion. Subsection 623.10 shall include the following: Plastic Pipe and Fittings. All pipe shall be identified with the following indelible markings: manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class of pipe, pressure rating in pounds per square inch, date of extrusion, and NSF seal of approval. 70 February 19, 2016 Plastic and Copper water lines listed below shall be paid for under section 619. (a) Mainline Pipe. Mainline pipe shall be Class 200 PVC manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound in accordance with ASTM D 1784 and D 2466, cell classification 12454-B, Type I, Grade I. Pipe sizes 3 inches and smaller shall be of the solvent weld type, and sizes larger than 3 inches shall have rubber gasketed fittings. Fittings shall be standard weight schedule 40 injection molded PVC conforming to ASTM D 1784 and D 2466, cell classification 12454-13. Threaded nipples shall be schedule 80 PVC with molded threads conforming to ASTM D 2464. Threaded fittings shall be kept to a minimum. Cement and cleaner for solvent weld pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2564. (b) Lateral Line Pipe. Lateral Line Pipe. Lateral line pipe shall be Class 200 PVC manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound in accordance with ASTM standards D2241 and D1784, cell classification 12454-B, Type I, Grade I. Fittings shall be standards weight Schedule 40 injection molded PVC conforming to ASTM D1784 and D2466, cell classification 12454-B. (c) Drip irrigation laterals to pots, use UV radiation resistant polyethylene pipe manufactured from Prime Union Carbide G-resin 7510 Natural 7 manufactured by Union Carbide or a Union Carbide Licensee with a minimum of 2% carbon black, and minimum nominal pipe ID dimension of 0.810" for 3/4 inch pipe. (d) Copper pipe: Pressure supply line from point -of -connection through backflow preventer shall be Type "K" rigid conforming to ASTM Standard B88. Use wrought copper or cast bronze fittings, soldered or threaded per the installation details. Use a 95% tin and 5% antimony solder. (e) Joint Cement and Primer —Weldon P-70 Primer and Weldon 711 Gray Glue or Weldon 725 Wet and Dry Glue will be allowed. (t) Irrigation Roadway and sidewalk sleeves. Lateral line pipe shall be Class 200 PVC manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound in accordance with ASTM standards D2241 and D1784, cell classification 12454-B, Type I, Grade I. Subsection 623.11 shall include the following: Valves. (a) Automatic Control Valves. The automatic control valve shall be a normally closed 24-volt AC, 60 cycle solenoid actuated globe or angle pattern, diaphragm type valve. The valve body and bonnet shall be heavy duty glass filled nylon or brass and internal components (not including diaphragm and seat disc) shall be non -corrosive brass, bronze, stainless steel, or a combination thereof. Control valve diaphragms shall be of a one-piece molded reinforced fabric. Control valve shall have a non - shock cold water rating of at least 150 psi. Control valves shall function manually (without electrical power) by means of an internal bleeder device on the bonnet assembly. Control valves 1 inch or greater shall have manual flow control capacity. Control valves shall be constructed so that the bonnet assembly and all operating parts can be removed without disturbing the valve body. Valve closure time (measured in actual seat disc movement time) shall be at least 0.5 second. (b) Quick -Coupler Valves. The quick -coupler valve shall have a two-piece brass body, a non -shock cold water rating of at least 150 psi, and 1 inch female pipe threads at the base. The quick -coupler valve shall be designed to permit operation with a special connecting device (lug type coupler) designed for this purpose. The quick -coupler shall be provided with a rubber -like vinyl hinged locking cover. Quick -coupler keys and hose swivels shall be compatible with the quick -coupler valves furnished. Hose swivels shall be of all brass construction designed to rotate freely. 71 February 19, 2016 (c) Mainline Isolation Valves. Mainline Isolation Valves. Gate valves for 3/4-inch through 2-1/2-inch Pipe — Brass construction; solid wedge, IPS threads, and non -rising stem with square operating nut. Subsection 623.12 shall include the following: Valve Box. The valve box, cover and necessary extensions shall be as shown on the plans, and shall be manufactured or molded, virgin plastic materials conforming to ASTM D 638 and D 648. Box extensions shall be used as necessary to completely expose the remote control valve and shall seat in place under the valve box. Valve box lids shall be imprinted "Irrigation Control Valve." CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 623.13 shall include the following: General. Irrigation systems shall be installed in conformity with applicable local codes. Information on the plans shows general locations only. The Contractor shall establish exact locations of all irrigation equipment to fit field conditions, and locations will be approved by the Engineer prior to start of construction. Contractor shall maintain and protect the approved staking layout. Prior to purchase of any irrigation equipment, the Contractor shall submit a list of suppliers and specification sheets for all irrigation components. This submittal must be approved by the Engineer before any equipment purchase is made. At the submittal stage, all changes in equipment shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. Subsection 623.14 shall include the following: Site Review. At least 14 days prior to the start of irrigation work on the project a preconstruction conference shall be held. During irrigation installation, monthly meetings shall be held. Those in attendance shall be a representative of the Contractor's staff, the Landscape and Irrigation Subcontractors, the Engineer, and a CDOT Landscape Architect. A written description of work methods, and time schedules and milestone dates shall be presented. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to mainline pressure testing, coverage tests, and final review. The Contractor shall provide two radio transceivers with necessary personnel or remote -control devices to operate automatic controllers during coverage tests and final review. Subsection 623.15 shall include the following: Excavation and Backfill. Excavation and backfill shall conform to the requirements of Section 206 and subsection 703.08(b) (Class 2 Structure Backfill), except that compaction of backfill outside of the roadway prism may be done by water flooding, with the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall maintain bottoms of trenches flat to permit all piping to be supported on an even grade. Where lines occur under paved areas, dimensions shall be considered to be below the subgrade. All mainline pipe shall be bedded in sand to allow a minimum of 2 inches of sand on all sides. Rock larger than 1 inch shall not be placed in the backfill material. Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees or shrubs, the Contractor shall use all possible care to avoid injury to the plant root system. Subsection 623.16 shall include the following: Pipe Installation. Minimum cover for irrigation pipe shall be as follows: 72 February 19, 2016 Mainline Pipes 24 inches belowfinished grade Lateral Pipes 18 inches below finished grade Pipe under roadways 30 inches below subgrade finished grade Irrigation sleeveing 30 inches below finished grade Drip lines 8 inches below soil grade All pipes under roadways shall be encased in a steel pipe sleeve which shall be jacked or placed in a hole bored under present roadways, or in a steel or plastic pipe sleeve placed by trenching on new construction. At least 4 inches of clearance shall be provided between lines and at least 4 feet of clearance between lines of other trades. Parallel pipes shall not be installed directly over any other line. Manual drain valves shall be installed at all lowpoints in the mainline. Minimum grade of pipe to drains shall be 3 inches per 100 feet. Plastic threaded fittings shall be assembled using teflon tape applied to male pipe threads only. Threaded fittings shall be kept to a minimum. The Contractor shall tape all open ends of the pipe during installation to prevent entry of any foreign matter into the system. Subsection 623.17 shall include the following: Kick Blocks. Concrete kick blocks shall be installed when the following conditions occur on 3 inch or greater mainline pressure pipe: (1) 22 degree or greater change in pipe direction. (2) Change in pipe size. (3) Dead ends in pipes Subsection 623.18 shall include the following: Wiring. All 24-volt wire to automatic control valves and flow sensor wiring shall be installed at a minimum depth of 28 inches below finished grade. Power source wire shall conform to subsection 715.07. Wiring shall be installed at the side of and under mainline whenever possible. When more than one wire is placed in a trench, the Contractor shall tape wires together with electrical tape at intervals of 15 feet or less. A 24 inch coiled expansion loop shall be provided every 300 feet along wire run, before controller enclosure, at each connection, and at directional changes. Each automatic controller shall have its own separate ground wire, colored green. Wiring between automatic controller and automatic control valves or sensors shall be continuous. At locations where splicing is approved by the Engineer, moisture proof splices shall be made in a valve box. Two extra wires shall be installed along the entire mainline pipe from each automatic controller to the last automatic control valve. Wire splices shall be compatible in effectiveness to wire coating. All wire under roadways shall be encased in a separate steel or plastic conduit. Wires not following the mainline shall be installed using open trench excavation. Wiring shall not be installed using a vibratory plow. Tubing shall be installed to an even grade in an open trench. Flush valve assemblies shall be installed at all ends of the drip lateral lines. Prior to backfilling, all capillary drip lines shall be staked with an approved staple, 6 feet on centers. 73 February 19, 2016 Subsection 623.19 shall include the following: Drip Systems. Drip lateral lines and capillary tubing shall be installed after 5 gallon and larger plant materials are in place and finished grade is established. The Contractor shall tape all open ends of pipe during installation to prevent entry of debris into the system. All pipe shall be cut with a knife or blade type pipe cutter to prevent entry of pipe debris into the system; a saw shall not be used. Tubing shall be installed to an even grade in an open trench. Flush valve assemblies shall be installed at all ends of the drip lateral lines. Prior to backfilling, all drip lines shall be staked with an approved staple, 6 feet on centers. Subsection 623.20 shall include the following: Valve Boxes. All valve boxes shall be installed flush with the finished grade. A "branding iron" type of tool shall be used to imprint the automatic control valve number (letters and numbers 2 inches high) on the valve box lid. Valve numbering system shall be as indicated on the plans. Geotextile filter fabric shall be placed under valve box and extend a minimum of 4 inches beyond bottom rim of valve box. Valves shall be grouped so that three or four valves are located together. Valves shall not be installed in low areas subject to standing water. Subsection 623.21 shall include the following: System Flushing. After all irrigation pipelines and valves are in place and connected, and prior to installation of irrigation sprinklers, rotary heads, etc., the Contractor shall thoroughly flush all lines with water at system operating pressure. Subsection 623.22 shall include the following: Pressure and Coverage Tests, and Adjustments. After installation of valves, pipe, and fittings, mainlines shall be inspected for leaks after a minimum 120 psi static pressure (or point -of -connection static pressure if higher) has beenmaintained for four hours in a hydro static test. Mainline pipes shall not be buried until completion of the test. If the system does not pass the test, the Contractor shall detect and correct problems until the system reaches the acceptable test standard. This test shall be passed prior to payment for the pipe. Gasketed pipe shall be tested using a volumetric (make up water) test and leak rates supplied by the pipe manufacturer and commonly accepted in the industry. The Contractor shall perform coverage tests in the presence of the Engineer. Mainline Isolation Valves. Gate valves for 3/4-inch through 2-1/2-inch Pipe — Brass construction; solid wedge, IPS threads, and non -rising stem with square operating nut. After the irrigation system is completed and prior to any planting, seeding or sodding to assure that all irrigated areas are watered completely and uniformly. The Contractor shall make all necessary adjustments to provide required coverage as directed. Drip lateral and emitter coverage tests shall be performed after planting and before backfilling of lateral lines and emitters. 74 February 19, 2016 Subsection 623.23 shall include the following: Inspections. Inspections by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative can be made at any point during construction. Milestone progress dates shall be established at the preconstruction meeting and 72-hour notice shall be given by the Contractor when a milestone event is approaching. Subsection 623.24 shall include the following: Irrigation As -Built Plans. The Contractor shall dimension from two permanent reference points, building corners, sidewalk corners, road intersections or any permanent structures, the location of the following items: (1) Routing of irrigation mainline. (2) All drip and sprinkler automatic control valves. (3) Quick coupling valves, isolation gate valves, and manual drain valves. (4) Other related equipment as directed. The Contractor shall provide an accurately detailed irrigation as -built layout of the irrigation system at the same scale as the design plans and on 24 inch by 36 inch waterproof medium within 90 days after installation is complete and before notice of substantial landscape completion as defined in subsection 214.04. An in -progress as -built plan shall be kept on the construction site at all times and available for impromptu review by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Provision of the final as -built plan is a condition for final acceptance and release of retainage. All changes in the irrigation system layout, including lateral layout, shall also be indicated on irrigation as - built plans. The Contractor shall provide finalized as -built plans to the Engineer at the time of Final Landscape Acceptance. Subsection 623.25 shall include the following: Maintenance Manuals and Training. Prior to Final Landscape Acceptance, the Contractor shall provide two individually bound maintenance manuals to the Department for the irrigation system, and shall train the owner's maintenance personnel in the proper operation of all irrigation equipment, including winterization procedures. Each manual shall contain the following: (1) Index sheet, stating irrigation contractor's name, address, telephone number and name of person to contact. (2) Duration of equipment or component warranty and warranty form. (3) Equipment list providing the following for each item: (i) Manufacturer's name (ii) Make and model number (iii) Name and address of manufacturer's local authorized distributor (iv) Spare parts list in detail (v) Detailed operating and maintenance instructions for major equipment (4) Descriptions of all installed materials and systems insufficient detail to permit maintenance personnel to understand, operate, and maintain the equipment. 75 City of Fort Collins Purchasing ADDENDUM NO. 2 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of BID 8266: Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) March 24, 2016 Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2"" Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov.com/Purchasing To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes/additions are hereby made and detailed in the following sections of this addendum: 1. Revisions to the Specifications • Revisions to the Project Planset not Addressed per Comments: A. See attached Exhibit 1 for pothole locations that the City performed to identify potential conflicts with underground utilities and storm sewer installations. • Additional Revisions to the Project Specifications: A. The following steel girder bridge supplier is added to the list of potential bridge suppliers for the pedestrian bridge. CONTECH Engineered Solutions 9025 Centre Pointe Drive West Chester, OH 45069 1-800-338-1122 Please contact Elliot Dale, Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. E SECTION 02615 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers ductile iron pipe and fittings for water line installation and replacement. B. Pipe shall be furnished complete with all fittings, flanges, specials and other accessories. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer 1. All ductile iron pipe shall be supplied by one manufacturer. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY A. Handling: 1. Use slings, pipe tongs or skids. 2. Do not drop pipe or fittings including dropping on cushions. 3. Do not skid or roll pipe into pipe already on the ground. 4. Do not damage coating or lining. 5. Do not use hooks. 6. Pipe shall not be handled in any manner which will cause damage. 7. Care shall be taken to prevent damage to pipe and fittings by impact, bending, compression, or abrasion. 8. Damaged pipe or fittings shall not be installed, and shall be immediately removed from the work site. B. Storage: 1. Store and use lubricants in a manner which will avoid contamination. 2. Store rubber gaskets in a cool, dark location away from grease, oil, and ozone producing electric motors. 3. Do not exceed maximum stacking heights listed in AWWA C600, Tables 1 and 2. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS 9/3/2013 02615- 1 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings February 19, 2016 The Contractor shall provide a valve sequencing chart for each automatic controller installed. Charts shall not be prepared until as-builts plans have been approved by the Engineer. Charts shall be installed on the automatic controller door with photo reduction prints of the as-builts plans. Reduction prints shall be kept to the largest size possible to retain full legibility. A readable print of the as -built plans shall be provided showing the area covered by the automatic controller. The area of coverage of each control valve shall be identified using a distinctly different pastel color, drain over the entire area of coverage. Following approval of charts by the Engineer, they shall be hermetically sealed between two layers of plastic sheet, each 20 mils thick. Subsection 623.26 shall include the following: Warranty. The Contractor shall warranty the irrigation system for the duration of the Landscape Establishment period specified in subsection 214.04. To ensure proper operation of the system, the Contractor shall perform, as required, warranty activities including, but not limited to the following: (1) Inspection of the system and correction of system leaks, improperly operating valves, clogged emitters, malfunctioning automatic controllers and other components (2) Maintaining optimum sprinkler coverage (3) Adjusting sprinkler head elevations relative to finish grade In an emergency the Contractor shall correct all deficiencies within 24 hours of notification by the Engineer. The Contractor shall perform irrigation system inspections at least once per week and after each mowing. The Contractor shall make corrections as necessary to ensure proper operation. The Contractor shall document each inspection in writing and submit it to the Engineer. Subsection 623.27 shall include the following: Final Landscape Acceptance. Before final landscape acceptance is granted, the Contractor shall perform an overall operation and pressure test and confirm the irrigation system is correctly functioning. The Contractor shall inspect every sprinkler and as necessary, raise or lower those sprinklers which are no longer at the proper elevation relative to the finish grade as shown in the plans. The Contractor shall complete start-up (pressurization) and repair all damage to the irrigation system. Subsection 623.28 shall include the following: Cleanup. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall restore ground surfaces to required elevations and remove excess materials, debris, and equipment from the site. Subsection 623.29 shall include the following: Keys and Repair Components. Three keys shall be furnished for manual operation of valves. When valves require different kinds of keys, three keys of each kind shall be furnished. Keys shall be of adequate length and made of non -contusive metal. 76 February 19, 2016 (1) Two Automatic Control Valves (2) Two Manual Drain Valves (3) Four of Each Type of Sprinkler Specified (4) Two of each type of Valve Box (5) Two Mainline Isolation Valves (6) Two Quick Coupler Valves (7) One set of special tools required for removal, disassembling and adjusting each type of sprinkler valve installed. (8) Two keys for each automatic controller enclosure Subsection 623.30 shall include the following: Irrigation Schedule. The Contractor shall submit recommendations for the project's initial irrigation operating schedule for optimum plant establishment to the Engineer. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 623.31 shall include the following: Automatic controller will be measured by the number of units of each size installed and accepted, including concrete pad, conduit, bolts, enclosure, ground wire, and all other items necessary to complete the work as shown on the plans. Vacuum breakers, backflow preventers, strainers, and all other valves of the various types and sizes, including fittings, valve boxes, copper risers, and sleeves, will be measured by the number of units installed and accepted. Quick couplers, sprinkler of the various types and sizes including risers, check valves, swing joints and fittings, will be measured by the number of units installed and accepted. Plastic and copper pipe will be measured by the linear foot installed and will include the cost of the detectable underground marking tape. Power source wire and 24 voltwire will be measured by the linear foot installed. Water meter pay item includes all appurtenant fittings, valves, meter pit, and related equipment. BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 623.32 shall include the following: The accepted quantities will be paid for at the contract unit price for the various items below that appear in the bid schedule. Payment for irrigation system will be a lump sum: Pay Item Pay Unit Irrigation System Repairs Lump Sum Irrigation System Lump Sum rrIJ February 19, 2016 The following are for reference only Pay Item Pay Unit 6 Inch Pop-up Spray Sprinkler Each 4Inch Pop-up Rotor Sprinkler Each 1 Inch Plastic Pipe Linear Foot 1.25 Inch Plastic Pipe Linear Foot 1.5 Inch Plastic Pipe Linear Foot 2.0 Inch Plastic Pipe Linear Foot 2.5 Inch Plastic Pipe Linear Foot 3.0 Inch Plastic Pipe Linear Foot 4.0 Inch Plastic Pipe Linear Foot 6.0 Inch Plastic Pipe Linear Foot 2.0 Inch Automatic Control Valve Each 1.5 Inch Automatic Control Valve Each 1 Inch Automatic Drip Control Valve Each 1 Inch Quick -Coupler Valve Each 6 Station Automatic Controller Each 12 Station Automatic Controller Each 48 Station Automatic Controller Each 96 Station Automatic Controller Each 1.5 Inch Hydrometer Each Control Wire, 24 Volt Linear Foot Drip Emitter Each Emitter Valve Assembly Each Drip Emitter Tubing Linear Foot 3/4 Inch Flush Unit Each Water service lines will be paid for as provided in Section 619. Kick blocks, unions, fittings, filter fabric, valve access sleeves, valve boxes, piping and wire inside boxes, keys, and aggregate for valves will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work. Structure excavation and backfill including compaction and water will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Concrete pad, bolts, enclosure, ground wire, and all other items necessary to complete the work shall be included in the price of the automatic controller. Capillary tubing, tubing stakes, enclosure box and debris caps shall be included in the price of the drip emitter. System flushing and adjustment, pressure and coverage tests, maintenance manuals, and training will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the price of the work. The backflow preventer enclosure and pad will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Detectable Underground Marking Tape will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Advisor Message Receiver pagers and hand held two-way radios will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. END OF SECTION REVISION 78 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 628 — BRIDGE GIRDER AND DECK UNIT Section 628 is hereby added to the Standard Specifications for this project as follows: IT��3�IjiCil:l Subsection 628.01 shall include the following: This work consists of the design, fabrication, and erection of a simple span, welded self weathering steel, truss pedestrian bridge (with a timber or concrete deck) in accordance with the specifications and plan details. Potential bridge suppliers are: Continental Bridge 8301 State Highway 29 N Alexandria, Minnesota 56308 1-800-328-2047, FAX 320-852-7067 2. Steadfast Bridges 4021 Gault Ave. South Fort Payne, Alabama 35967 1-800-749-7515, FAX 256-845-9750 3. Excel Bridge Manufacturing Company 12001 Shoemaker Avenue Santa Fe Springs, California 90670 562-944-0701. FAX 562-944-4025 4. Big R Manufacturing LLC P.O. Box 1290 Greeley, Colorado 80632-1290 1-800-234-0734, FAX 1-970-356-9621 5. Wheeler Lumber, LLC 9330 James Avenue South Bloomington, Minnesota 55431-2317 1-800-328-3986, FAX 952-929-2909 MATERIALS Subsection 628.02 shall include the following: Structural Steel. All structural steel shall be new (unused) material. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer and the Staff Bridge Branch Fabrication Inspection Unit with copies of all certified mill test reports for all structural steel and bolts. Floor beams, stringers, and members of each Half -through truss (upper and lower chords, diagonals, end posts and vertical posts) utilized in the bridges shall meet a longitudinal Charpy V-notch (CVN) value of 25 ft. lbs. at 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Testing shall be in accordance with AASHTO T 243 (ASTM A 673). The H frequency of heat testing shall be used. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer and the Staff Bridge Branch Fabrication Inspection Unit with certified copies of all CVN test reports. U61 February 19, 2016 All square and rectangular structural steel tubing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 847, Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless High Strength, Low Alloy Structural Tubing With Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance. All structural steel shapes and plates shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 588, High -Strength Low -Alloy Structural Steel. All anchor bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 307, Grade A, Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, and shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 153. Each anchor bolt shall be provided with two nuts for jamming. All structural steel field connections shall be bolted with high strength bolts. High strength bolts, including suitable nuts and plain hardened washers, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 325. Bolts shall be Type 3. Subsection 628.03 shall include the following: Timber. All timber shall be new (unused) material and conform to either of the following: (1) Southern Pine, No. 1 or better quality, Graded in accordance with Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB)rules. (2) Douglas Fir -Larch, No. 1 or better quality, Graded in accordance with West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB) rules. All lumber shall be manufactured and inspected in accordance with the latest edition of Product Standard 20-70 as published by the Department of Commerce, and shall be grade marked or have an accompanying certificate from a certified grading agency. The grading agency shall be certified by the Board of Review of the American Lumber Standards Committee. All timber shall be pressure treated, conforming to the requirements of the American Wood Preserver's Association (AWPA) Standards, Section C1 and C2 (Soil Contact). Either Ammoniacal Copper Arsenate (ACA) or Chromated Copper Arsenate (CCA) preservatives conforming to the requirements of Section P5 (Standards For Waterborne Preservatives) of the AWPA Standards shall be utilized and treatment shall be to a total absorption of 0.40 pounds per cubic foot of timber. A certified treatment report shall be provided to the Engineer and the Staff Bridge Branch Fabrication Inspection Unit. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection 628.04 shall include the following: Design. The AASHTO Guide Specifications for Design of Pedestrian Bridges and Division I (design) of the AASHTO Standard Specifications for Bridges shall govern the design. The superstructure of the pedestrian bridge shall consist of two parallel Half -through trusses, or Pony trusses, with at least one diagonal per panel. The trusses shall be the main load -carrying members of the bridge. The members of each Half -through truss, or Pony truss, (upper and lower chords, diagonals, end posts, and vertical posts) shall be fabricated from square and rectangular structural steel tubing. Floor beams and stringers shall be fabricated from structural steel shapes or square and rectangular structural 80 February 19, 2016 steel tubing. The structure shall conform to the clear span, clear width, and railing requirements shown on the plans. Each pedestrian bridge shall be designed for the following loads and loading conditions: Dead load shall be as defined in Section 3.3 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications. 2. Live load shall be as defined in the AASHTO Guide Specifications. Distribution to the stringer and floor beams shall be in accordance with Section 3 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications. Deflection and vibration limits as per the AASHTO Guide Specifications shall apply. Pedestrian live load shall be as defined by the AASHTO Guide Specifications, and used in load group I of the AASHTO Standard Specifications, Section 3. Vehicle live load shall be as defined by the AASHTO Guide Specifications, and used in load group IB of the AASHTO Standard Specifications, Section 3. When required by the plans, the vehicle live load shall be the Colorado Legal Load Type 3 Vehicle. This is a 27 ton, three axle, vehicle with 13.5' front axle spacing and 4' rear spacing. The axle loads are 7 tons on the front axle and 10 tons on each of the rear axles. 3. Wind load shall be as defined by the AASHTO Guide Specifications, and used in load group V of the Standard Specifications, Section 3. 4. Distribution of wheel loads on timber flooring shall be in accordance with Section 3 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications. Allowable loads in the structural steel members and weld metal shall be in accordance with Section 10 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications. Minimum thickness of structural steel shall be 3/16 of an inch. % inch diameter weep holes shall be drilled (flame cut holes will not be allowed) at all low points of all steel tubing members as oriented in the in -place, completed structure. In members that are level, or flat, a total of two weep holes shall be drilled, one at each end. Weep holes and their locations shall be shown on the Shop Drawings. Allowable stresses for timber decking, when required on the plans, shall be in accordance with Section 13 of the AASHTO Standard Specifications. All metallic fasteners utilized in attaching timber to structural steel shall be galvanized. All welded tubular connections shall be designed in accordance with Section 2, Parts A and D (Delete Subsection 2.36.6), of the Structural Welding Code -Steel ANSI/AWS/D1.1 (Latest Edition). When timber decking is used it shall be placed transverse to the trusses and have a minimum nominal thickness of 3 inches. Decking shall be securely fastened to each stringer and at each end to prevent warping. Concrete and reinforcing steel, when used for the deck, shall conform to Sections 601 and 602, respectively. The Contractor shall submit seven sets of Design Calculations and Shop Fabrication Details (Shop Drawings) to the Engineer for each pedestrian bridge separately. This submittal shall be in accordance with Subsection 81 February 19, 2016 105.02. The Design Calculations and Shop Drawings shall contain the endorsement seal of the Professional Engineer registered in the State of Colorado responsible for the design. Subsection 628.05 shall include the following: Shop Fabrication. Welding and fabrication of weathering steel pedestrian bridges shall conform to the requirements of the Structural Welding Code -Steel ANSUAWS D1.1 (Latest Edition) as amended by the following: 1. As required in Subsection 4.7.3, a welding procedure shall be established by qualification in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3.3 for the ASTM A 847 material used on the bridge. The results of the Procedure Qualification shall be recorded on Form E-1 in Annex E of AWS D 1.1. 2. The Contractor shall submit a Quality Control Plan. The Plan shall include personnel qualifications, certifications, and a Written Practice in accordance with ASNT SNT-TC-1A. 3. The quality of all welds shall be in accordance with Section 6, Table 6.1. In Table 6.1, Undercut 7(B), the criteria for primary members shall apply to the bottom chord members. 4. All Complete Joint Penetration Groove Welds in butt joints in the bottom chord members shall be 100% Magnetic Particle tested in accordance with ASTM E 709. Acceptance shall be determined in accordance with Section 6.10 and Table 6.1, using Alternating Current. In addition, complete joint penetration groove butt welds welded from one side without backing of bottom chord members shall be examined by ultrasonic testing in accordance with Section 6.11.1. 5. Magnetic Particle Testing shall be performed on 100% of all attachment welds to the bottom chord, using Alternating Current, in accordance with Section 6.10 and Table 6.1. 6. All Procedure Qualification Records and Welder Qualification Test Records shall be current within three years of the date of beginning fabrication. -" 7. A copy of all Procedure Qualification Records, Welder Qualification Test Records, Quality Control Plan and all visual and nondestructive test reports shall be provided to: a. The Engineer. b. Staff Bridge Branch Fabrication Inspection Unit 4201 E. Arkansas Ave., Room 330 Denver, Colorado 80222. All weathering steel shall be blast cleaned, Steel Structures Painting Council Surface Preparation No. 6 (SSPC- SP6, Commercial Blast Cleaning), to remove mill scale and foreign material which would prohibit rusting to a uniform color. Subsection 628.06 shall include the following: Field Construction. The substructure shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in the plans and the pedestrian bridge shop drawings. Before construction begins on the substructure, the Contractor shall determine the anchor bolt requirements and substructure dimensions needed to properly erect the structure which will be provided. The Engineer shall be provided with two copies of detail sheets delineating these requirements before work begins. METHOD OF MEASUREMENT Subsection 628.07 shall include the following: Pedestrian bridge will be measured by the complete Bridge Girder and Deck Unit installed and accepted. 82 February 19, 2016 BASIS OF PAYMENT Subsection 628.08 shall include the following: The accepted quantity shall be paid for at the contract unit price for the pay unit listed below. Payment will be made under: PAY ITEM PAY UNIT Bridge Girder and Deck Unit (130 Feet) EACH Payment shall be full compensation for all work necessary to complete the item, which shall include design, fabrication, transportation to the bridge site, and erection. The substructure shall be measured and paid for separately, anchor bolts shall be included in Item 628. Payment will not be made for this item until all required reports, certifications, and forms have been submitted to the Engineer. END OF SECTION REVISION 83 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 630 - CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC CONTROL Section 630 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project as follows: DESCRIPTION Subsection 630.01 shall include the following: This work shall consist of furnishing, installing, maintaining and removing temporary construction traffic control devices including but not limited to: signs, advance warning arrow panels, variable message boards, barricades, channeling devices and delineators as required by the latest version of the City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) and Larimer County Urban Area Street Standards (LUCASS). The Contractor shall provide six portable message signs to be used for five days prior to the construction and as directed by the Engineer. The number and location of the portable message signs shall be in accordance with the approved traffic control plan. The message shall be approved by the Engineer. This work consists of furnishing, installing, certifying, moving, repairing, maintaining, and removing temporary impact attenuators in accordance with these specifications and in conformity with the lines and details shown on the plans or established. MATERIALS Subsection shall include the following: Each impact attenuator shall be selected from the Crash Cushion and End Treatment Application Chart as listed in the Safety Selection Guide on the CDOT Design and Construction Project Support web site. Impact attenuators shall conform to the requirements of the manufacturer and be capable of bi-directional shielding of the objects detailed and located on the plans. Filler materials shall be treated according to the manufacturer's recommendations to prevent freezing to a temperature of -50 OF. If the posted speed limits of the construction zone are 45 miles per hour or less, the impact attenuator shall meet the requirements of NCHRP Report 350 TL-2. For posted speed limits in the construction zone greater than 45 miles per hour, the attenuator shall meet the requirements of TL-3. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS Subsection shall include the following: If sand barrel arrays are used, the Contractor shall paint, with white epoxy paint, an outline and the weight of each barrel on the pavement prior to final placement. All numbers shall be a minimum of 6 inches high. Barrel type shall be one of those listed in the Safety Selection Guide. The site shall be prepared to receive the impact attenuator by filling, excavating, smoothing, constructing the paved foundation pad, installing approved transition and anchoring, and all other work necessary for the proper installation of the attenuator. The impact attenuator shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's installation instructions and parts list to the Engineer prior to installation of the device. Each installation shall be supervised and certified as correct upon completion by a representative of the device manufacturer or by an employee of the Contractor who is a certified installer. The certified installer shall have completed device training and shall be registered with the manufacturer as a certified installer. The Contractor shall submit all appropriate documentation to validate that the certified installer has completed device training and has been registered with the manufacturer as a certified installer. 84 February 19, 2016 In Subsection 630.15, delete the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th paragraphs and replace with the following: Flagging will be measured by the hour. Only actual hours of flagging performed and approved by the Engineer will be measured for payment. This is defined as the time a flagger is performing flagging duties as authorized in the approved traffic control plan. Set up of lane closures, maintenance of devices, extra flaggers to provide breaks, and show up time are not actual flagging and will not be measured for payment. Construction traffic control devices, including Barricades, Construction Traffic Signs, Drum Channelizing Devices and Traffic Cones will not be measured separately, but will be paid for on a lump -sum basis under Construction Traffic Control. Temporary Concrete Barriers will be field measured and paid as lineal foot. Concrete Barrier End Treatment (Temporary) will be measured by the number of attenuators shown on the plans, installed, certified, and accepted. Where possible the City will require an MUTCD compliant tapered concrete barrier end treatment which will be paid as lineal foot of Temporary Concrete Barrier. Where field conditions prohibit a concrete barrier taper, the City will require a MUTCD compliant temporary end treatment (impact barrels, impact attenuator, etc) which will be paid as Concrete Barrier End Treatment (Temporary). No separate measurement will be performed on individual traffic control devices required to complete construction traffic control for this project. Contractor shall meet all requirements in Section 630 of the Standard Specifications. Measurement for Traffic Control Management, Traffic Control Inspection, and flagging shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications beginning with paragraph 5 of subsection 630.15. In Subsection 630.16 shall include the following: Payment for construction traffic control devices will be on a lump sum basis, and includes all labor, materials, and equipment to perform the work required to construct the project and in accordance with Section 630 of the Standard Specifications. No separate payment will be made for furnishing, erecting, cleaning, maintaining, resetting, repairing, replacing, moving, removing, and disposing of the construction traffic control devices. The Contractor shall provide all traffic control devices as required upon developing his Method for Handling Traffic (MHT) for each phase of the work. Depending on how the Contractor chooses to phase the work, additional devices may be required to comply with the approved MHT and MUTCD. Payment for traffic control devices will be on a lump sum basis. No additional payment will be made for traffic control devices that exceed the quantities estimated in the plans. Payment will be full compensation for all work and materials required to furnish, install, certify, move, repair, maintain, and remove the impact attenuator. Site preparation, foundation pad, epoxy painting, and all necessary hardware including anchors and transitions will not be paid for separately, but shall be included in the work. Payment for Traffic Control Management, Traffic Control Inspection, Impact Attenuator (Temporary) and Flagging shall be paid for as specified in subsection 630.16. Payment will be made under: Pay Item Pay Unit Construction Traffic Control Lump Sum Flagging Hour Traffic Control Inspection Day Traffic Control Management Day Portable Message Sign Panel Each/Day Concrete Barrier (Temporary) LF Concrete Barrier End Treatment Each 85 A. Specifications The pipe shall be designed, manufactured, tested, inspected and marked in accordance with the provisions of this Specification and AWWA. Standard C151, "American Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand -Lined Molds for Water or Other Liquids", except as herein modified. B. Dimensions Nominal pipe lengths shall be 18 feet or 20 feet, with shorter lengths provided as required by Construction Drawings, alignment and profile. Random pipe lengths are not acceptable, except when using restrained joint pipe. Permissible variations in length, diameter, weight, wall thickness and straightness shall comply with the allowable tolerances specified in the applicable AWWA Standards. The minimum finished inside diameter of the pipe, after lining is placed, shall be as set forth in the applicable AWWA Standards. C. Ductile Iron Pipe Diameter and Rated Working Pressure Class Pipe Size (inches) Pressure Class 3 through 12 350 16 through 20 250 D. Joint Design and Fabrication The standard joints shall be push -on rubber gasket joints conforming to AWWA Standard C-111. The joint shall be a single rubber gasket joint designed to be assembled by the positioning of a continuous, molded rubber ring gasket in an annular recess in the pipe or fitting socket and the forcing of the plain end of the entering pipe into the socket, thereby compressing the gasket radially to the pipe to form a positive seal. The joint shall be suitable for a minimum of 250 psi working pressure. The manufacturer shall furnish all joint materials including rubber gasket and joint lubricant. The joint to be used where mechanically restrained joints are required shall be American Cast Iron Pipe Company's "LOKFAST" joint, U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company's "T.R. Flex" joint, Clow Corporation's "Super - Lock" joint, EBBA Iron's "Megalug," Griffin Pipe Products Company's "Snap-Lok" joint, or approved equal. The mechanical joint restraint shall be designed to resist thrusts resulting from internal pressure acting at bulkheads, bends, valves and extending over the distances as shown on the Construction Drawings. The joint restraint shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 250 psi. Although thrust blocks may also be required, joint restraint is to be designed without consideration given to any support derived from these blocks. In addition to restraint systems manufactured into the pipe, joint restraint devices may include: 9/3/2013 02615- 2 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings ?016 0 February 19, 2016 87 February 19, 2016 REVISION OF SECTION 708 — PAINTS Section 708 of the Standard Specifications is hereby revised for this project to include the following: DESCRIPTION Subsection 708.08 — Structural Concrete Coating shall be revised as follows: This work consists of the recoating (painting) of the existing concrete bridge structure in the areas described on the construction plans in accordance with these specifications. Add the following sentence: The color is a City of Fort Collins Parks stock/standard color and shall be "Handball Stripe" (Base 7130 10- 984FC) (flat) as provided by Sherwin Williams. The Sherwin Williams store located in Front Range Village north of Harmony Road between Timberline Road and Ziegler Road has the formula written down in their "custom color" 3-ring binder. Add the following sentence: Contractor to provide material and labor to provide a two (2) full coats of product on the surfaces areas identified in the construction plans. it =19: N] §X412151 :riiV1VJ;1 =1 di1:1 21111 Add the following: The quantity of Structural Concrete Coating to be paid for will not be measured, but will be the quantities identified on the construction plans in square yards, completed and accepted by the Engineer in compliance with the plans and specifications. Plan quantity exceptions will be: (1) when field changes are ordered, or (2) when it is determined that there are discrepancies on the plans in an amount plus or minus 5 percent of the plan quantity for the structure. Paint Substrate Preparation: Pressure wash and contain effluent water produced during the operation. BASIS OF PAYMENT Add the following: Payment shall be made at the applicable contract unit price for the Bid Item and shall include full compensation for all sar preparation, abrasive blasting, patching materials and application, structural concrete coating and application, la equipment, tools, and materials necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under Item 601 subsection 601.20: Pay Item Pay Unit Structural Concrete Coating - Recoat SY END OF SECTION REVISION PROJECT NO. SHO M455-109 PROJECT CODE NO. 19059 FORCE ACCOUNT ITEMS DESCRIPTION December 22, 2015 This special provision contains the Department's estimate for force account items included in the Contract. The estimated amounts marked with an asterisk will be added to the total bid to determine the amount of the performance and payment bonds. Force Account work shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. Partnering: This item covers reimbursement for voluntary partnering between the Contractor and subcontractors/suppliers. Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment: This item covers reimbursement for asphalt cost adjustments if accepted by the awarded bidder, described and detailed in the Revision of Section 109 —Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment Standard Special Provision. Railroad Flagging: This item covers reimbursement cost for flagging required by the Railroad companies. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment will be made in accordance with subsection 109.04. Payment will constitute full compensation for all work necessary to complete the item. Force account work valued at $5,000 or less, that must be performed by a licensed journeyman in order to comply with federal, state, or local codes, maybe paid for after receipt of an itemized statement endorsed by the Contractor. Force Account Item Unit Amount F/A Partnering F.A. $5,000 F/A Asphalt Cement Cost Adjustment F.A. $40,000,0 F/A Railroad Flagging F.A. $10,000 F/A Dewatering F.A $10,000 E9 February 19, 2016 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN — GENERAL The key elements of the Contractor's method of handling traffic (MHT) are outlined in subsection 630.10(a). The components of the TCP for this project are included in the following: (1) Subsection 104.04 and Section 630 of the specifications (2) Standard Plan S-630-1, Traffic Controls for Highway Construction and Standard Plan S-630-2 and all revisions thereto (3) Striping and Signing Plans (4) CDOT Region 4 Lane Closure Strategy or the approved Citywide Variance to the Lane Closure Strategy (5) City of Fort Collins Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (U.S. Department of Transportation), or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction. Fort Collins Handbook takes precedence over Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Below is a link to CDOT's Region 4 Lane Closure Strategy. http://www.coloradodot.info/library/traffic/traffic-manuals-guidelines/lane-close-work-zone-safety/lane- closure- strategies/R4 Lane Closure Report.odf/view Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the Contractor's equipment shall follow normal and legal traffic movements. The Contractor's ingress and egress of the work area shall be accomplished with as little disruption to traffic as possible. Traffic control devices shall be removed by picking up the devices in a reverse sequence to that used for installation. This may require moving backwards through the work zone. When located behind barrier or at other locations shown on approved traffic control plans, equipment may operate in a direction opposite to adjacent traffic. No separate payment will be made for removal of existing pavement markings necessary for temporary lanes shifts or other conditions proposed in the Contractor's Method of Handling Traffic. All pavement markings, interim and permanent, shall be installed in accordance with Section 627, the approved plans and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Removal of existing pavement markings, if required, shall be considered incidental to Pavement Marking Paint (Waterborne) (Temporary) and other related pay items. -Blacking outll existing pavement markings will not be allowed. CDOT may have entered into operating agreements with one or more law enforcement organizations for cooperative activities. Under such agreements, at the sole discretion of CDOT, law enforcement personnel may enter the work zone for enforcement purposes and may participate in the Contractor's traffic control activities. The responsibility under the Contract for all traffic control resides with the Contractor and any such participation by law enforcement personnel in Contractor traffic control activities will be referenced in either the Special Provisions or General Notes of the plans depending on whether the Contractor is to contract with Colorado State Patrol for uniformed traffic control. Nothing in this Contract is intended to create an entitlement, on the part of the Contractor, to the services or participation of the law enforcement organization. Special Traffic Control Plan requirements for this project are as follows: Special Traffic Control Plan requirements for this project are as follows: A. The Contractor will provide all construction traffic control for the project. The Contractor shall coordinate all construction phasing and construction traffic control requests with the City Traffic Dept. Submittals for major project phases shall be made at least three weeks before implementation of any element of the plan. Adjustments to the approved plan may be required by the Owner based on actual traffic operation. F'Z1, February 19, 2016 B. A City of Fort Collins Traffic Dept. approved traffic control plan will be required for all work that interferes with existing traffic flow. C. The Contractor shall maintain pedestrian and bicycle movements through the project site and the surrounding trails. The Traffic Control plan shall address the method of handling these movements. D. The Contractor shall, at all times, provide for emergency vehicle access into and through the construction site. E. Keep traffic areas free of excavated material, construction equipment, pipe, and other materials and equipment. F. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times. G. Conduct operations in a manner to avoid unnecessary interference with public and private roads and drives. H. Provide and maintain continual temporary access for businesses and residences. 1. Roadway Usage Between Operations — At all times when work is not actually in progress, Contractor shall make passable and shall open to traffic such portions of the project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be agreed upon between Contractor and Owner and all authorities having jurisdiction over any properties involved. J. The Contractor shall not have construction equipment or materials in the lanes open to traffic at any time, unless directed. K. The Contractor shall coordinate Traffic Control activities with the City of Fort Collins Traffic, Engineering, and Electric Departments to assure that work activities by those departments are coordinated with the Contractor's activities. At least 48 hours notice is required. L. The Contractor shall maintain I I' travel lanes throughout the project. M. The Contractor will be required to use Temporary Concrete Barrier at the City Engineer's discretion. The City specifically anticipates requiring Temporary Concrete Barrier to protect edge drop off conditions that will exist on SB Timberline Road during the full depth pavement reconstruction (between STA 52+00 to STA 59+00). Jersey Barriers will need to meet end treatment specifications in the MUTCD (impact barrels, barrier tapers, temporary impact attenuators, etc.) Where possible the City will require an MUTCD compliant tapered concrete barrier end treatment which will be paid as lineal foot of Temporary Concrete Barrier. Where field conditions prohibit a concrete barrier taper, the City will require a MUTCD compliant temporary end treatment (impact barrels, impact attnuator, etc) which will be paid as Temporary Concrete Barrier End Treatment. N. The Contractor shall provide a flagger for equipment, trucks, or other pertinent construction equipment entering or leaving the construction area into traffic at all times. O. The City will require the following minimum travel lanes during the construction of this project: 1.) Daytime single lane drops will be allowed on all legs of traffic in all directions from 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM Monday thru Friday. 2.) A minimum of 1 northbound thru lane, I southbound thru lane, 1 eastbound thru lane, 1 westbound thru lane and 1 left turn lane in all directions (EB, WB, SB, & NB) will be required 91 February 19, 2016 for the duration of the project. 3.) The City will allow a single weekend where all lanes on Prospect Road can be closed for top lift paving of the intersection. This closure will begin any time after 7:00 PM on a Friday and end at 6:00 AM on the following Monday morning. This closure will not be permitted on any weekend prior to the reopening of the Prospect Road as part of the Boxelder Stormwater Improvement Project (Prospect Road is scheduled to reopen by August 31, 2016). This closure will not be permitted on any CSU Football home game weekends. This closure will not be permitted on September 10, 2016. 4.) See Lane Rental Specifications for details about allowed multi -day closures on the Project. The use of the multiday lane rental allowances needs to meet the minimum travel lane criteria #2 listed above. Prior to starting construction, the Contractor shall notify the City of Fort Collins Traffic Engineer of the date the Contractor intends to start construction. All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements shall be included in the original contract prices for the project. WORK HOURS Standard work hours are 7 AM to 6 PM, Monday through Friday. No work shall be permitted on weekends or holidays without written approval from the Project Manager. All lane drops shall take place during the hours of 8:30 AM to 4:00 PM, Monday through Friday. Work requests beyond normal working hours must be submitted to the Project Manager a minimum of (5) working days prior to the request date. Work performed and material placed that interferes with traffic during the times and in the locations that the roadway is specified to remain open will not be paid for unless the work is directed by the Engineer to be done during those times. At least one week prior to starting construction, the Contractor shall notify the City's Engineer of the date the Contractor intends to start construction. The Contractor shall provide a Traffic Control Supervisor JCS) with at least one year experience, as accepted by the Engineer, as the Traffic Control Supervisor. A copy of the certification of the Traffic Control Supervisor shall be provided to the Engineer at least two days prior to the project preconstruction conference. All lane closures shall be subject to the approval of the City Traffic Department. A MHT shall be approved by the City Traffic Department prior to any request for a lane closure. Request for each lane closure shall be made at least twenty-four hours in advance of the time the lane closure is to be implemented. Lane closures will not be allowed to remain unless being utilized continuously for the intended purpose for which they were set up. The Contractor shall remove and reset all existing signs prior to performing any work that affects those signs. All signs damaged due to Contractor operations shall be replaced in kind or repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the project. An inventory of all existing signs shall be made with the Engineer prior to beginning work. All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements shall be included in the original contract prices for the project. F February 19, 2016 RAILROAD INSURANCE The Contractor shall carry insurance of the following kinds and amounts: A. CONTRACTOR'S PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Contractor shall furnish evidence to the Department that with respect to the operations the Contractor performs, the Contractor carries Contractor's Public Liability Insurance providing for a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of one person and subject to that limit for each person, a total limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of two or more persons in any one occurrence; and Contractor's Property Damage Liability Insurance providing for a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property in any one occurrence and subject to that limit per occurrence, a total (or aggregate) limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property during the policy period. If any part of the work affecting railroad property or facilities is sublet, similar insurance shall be provided by or in behalf of the subcontractor(s) involved. B. CONTRACTOR'S PROTECTIVE PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY INSURANCE. The Contractor shall furnish evidence to the Department that with respect to the operations performed for the Contractor by subcontractors, the Contractor carries in its own behalf Contractor's Protective Public Liability Insurance providing for a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of one person and subject to that limit for each person a total limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of two or more persons in any one occurrence; and Contractor's Protective Property Damage Liability Insurance providing for a limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property in any one occurrence, and subject to that limit per occurrence, a total (or aggregate) limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for all damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property during the policy period. C. RAILROAD'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE. In addition to the above, the Contractor shall furnish evidence to the Department that with respect to the operations the Contractor or any of its subcontractors perform, the Contractor has provided for and in behalf of the Railroad Company, and each Railroad Company when more than one is involved, Railroad Protective Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance providing for a combined single limit of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence with an aggregate limit of six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) applying separately for each annual period for: 1. All damages arising out of bodily injuries to or death of one or more persons. 2. All damages arising out of injury to or destruction of property. D. GENERAL. Said policy or policies of insurance shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of this Special Provision if each of said policies contains a properly completed and executed "Railroad Protective Liability Form", reference copies of which are available from the Agreements Engineer of the Colorado Department of Transportation, 4201 93 February 19, 2016 East Arkansas Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80222, Certificates of insurance required under A. and B. above, and policy or policies of Insurance required under C. above shall be furnished to the Department's Agreements Engineer for transmittal to the Railroad Company's Insurance Department. The insurance hereinbefore specified shall be carried until all work required to be performed under the terms of the Contract is satisfactorily completed as evidenced by the formal acceptance of the Department. The Railroad Company shall be furnished with the original of each policy carried in its behalf. 94 February 19, 2016 UTILITIES Known utilities within the limits of this project are Century Link (Phone) Bill Johnson (970) 490-7501 City of Fort Collins Water & Sewer Wes Lamarque (970) 416-2418 City of Fort Collins Stormwater Wes Lamarque (970) 416-2418 City of Fort Collins Light & Power Luke Unruh (970) 416-2724 City of Fort Collins Traffic Signals Britney Sorenson (970) 222-5533 Comcast (Cable TV) Don Kapperman (970) 484-7166 XCEL Energy (Gas) Stephanie Rich (970) 225-7828 The Contractor shall coordinate with the Project Engineer and any appropriate utility company to facilitate the installation, placement and relocation of all utilities impacted on this project. The work described in these plans and specifications requires coordination between the Contractor and the utility companies in accordance with subsection 105.11 in conducting their respective operations as necessary to complete the utility work with minimum delay to the project. Also, in accordance with the plans and specifications, and as directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall keep each utility owner advised of any work being done to its facility, so that each utility owner can coordinate its inspections for final acceptance of the work with the Engineer. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with the owners of the utilities impacted by the work. Coordination with utility owners includes, but is not limited to, staking construction features, providing and periodically updating an accurate construction schedule which includes all utility work elements, providing written notification of upcoming required utility work elements as the construction schedule indicates, allowing the expected number of working days for utilities to complete necessary relocation work, conducting necessary utility coordination meetings, applying for and obtaining power or communication services in the City's name and all other necessary accommodations as directed by the Project Engineer. Surveying and/or staking of utility relocations to be performed by the owner shall be the responsibility of the utility owner. Prior to excavating or performing any earthwork operations, the Contractor shall positively locate all potential conflicts with existing underground utilities and proposed construction, as determined by the Contractor according to proposed methods and schedule of construction. The Contractor shall modify construction plans to avoid existing underground facilities as needed, and as approved by the Engineer. Please note that UNCC marks only its member's facilities — Other facilities, such as ditches and drainage pipes and CDOT's fiber optic system may exist, and it is the Contractor's responsibility to investigate, locate and avoid such facilities. The Contractor shall provide traffic control for any utility work expected to be coordinated with construction, as directed by the Project Engineer. GENERAL: The Contractor shall comply with Article 1.5 of Title 9, CRS ("Excavation Requirements") when excavation or grading is planned in the area of underground utility facilities. The Contractor shall notify all affected utilities at least two (2) business days, not including the day of notification, prior to commencing such operations. The Contractor shall contact the Utility Notification Center of Colorado (UNCC) at (8-1-1) or 1-800-922-1987 to have locations of UNCC registered lines marked by member companies. All other underground facilities shall be 95 Mechanical joints shall be restrained with any of the following: a. Reference Section 01000 — Approved Product Listing. 2. Push -on joints may be restrained with any of the following: a. Reference Section 01000 —Approved Product Listing. All nuts and bolts shall be Type 304 stainless steel. Flanged ductile iron pipe with threaded flanges shall have a working pressure rating of 250 psi. E Specials and Fittings Unless otherwise shown on the Construction Drawings, all specials and fittings shall conform to the dimensions and requirements of AWWA Standards. Fittings shall be made of gray iron or ductile iron and designed for 250 psi working pressure. Fittings shall have fusion bonded epoxy coating in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C116/A21.16and shall be applied to interior and exterior surfaces. Moderate deflections and long radius curves may be made by means of bends or fittings, by deflecting straight pipe, by using short lengths of pipe, or by a combination of any of these methods. All fittings and couplings shall have one of the following types of connections: 1. Flanged joint (meter vaults only). 2. Mechanical joint. 3. Push -On joint shall not be allowed. All ductile iron pipe with threaded flanged joints for meter vaults shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.15-83 (AWWA C115) 1. All flanges shall be sized and drilled in accordance with ASME/ANSI 616.1: Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 125; or Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150. F. Cement -Mortar Lining Interior surfaces of all pipe, fittings and specials shall be lined in the shop with cement -mortar in accordance with AWWA Standard C104. The cement shall meet the requirements of "Standard Specifications for Type II Portland Cement", ASTM Designation C150. The sand shall conform to that prescribed in AWWA 9/3/2013 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 02615- 3 February 19, 2016 located by contacting the respective company. Utility service laterals shall also be located prior to beginning excavating or grading. The location of utility facilities as shown on the plan and profile sheets, and herein described, were obtained from the best available information. The Contractor shall coordinate with the utility companies regarding protection and/or relocating the utilities to accommodate the proposed improvements. This work shall be figured in to the Contractor's schedule to complete the work within the specified construction duration. All costs incidental to the foregoing requirements will not be paid for separately but shall be included in the work. CITY TRAFFIC COORDINATION: The City of Fort Collins Traffic Dept. will be responsible for removal of existing pedestrian signal poles, rerouting conduits that serve Traffic facilities, and installing new push button posts and pedestrian traffic poles. City Traffic anticipates removing two pedestrian traffic posts (NW and SW), rerouting 200 LF of conduit, and installing 2 new pedestrian signal poles (with 24"x36" concrete foundations), and 5 pedestrian push button posts, CITY LIGHT AND POWER COORDINATION: The City of Fort Collins Light and Power Dept. will be removing overhead streetlights and resetting new overhead streetlights and secondary power trenching along Propect Road and Timberline Road as part of this project. m CTLITHOMPSON GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS FORT COLLINS, COLORADO INTERWEST CONSULTING GROUP 1218 West Ash Street, Suite C Windsor, Colorado 80550 Attention: Michael Oberlander Project No. FC06181-125 September 22, 2015 400 N. Link Lane I Fort Collins, Colorado 80524 Telephone:970-206-9455 Fax:970-206-9441 TABLE OF CONTENTS SCOPE SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1 1 SITE CONDITIONS AND PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION 2 INVESTIGATION 2 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 2 SEISMICITY 3 SITE DEVELOPMENT Fill Placement Excavations Bracing Dewatering FOUNDATIONS Spread Footings Drilled Piers Bottomed in Bedrock Laterally Loaded Piers LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES SURFACE DRAINAGE LIMITATIONS FIGURE 1 — LOCATIONS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIGURE 2 — SUMMARY LOGS OF EXPLORATORY BORINGS FIGURE 3 — RESULTS OF LABORATORY TESTING TABLE I — SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TESTING C7 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 SCOPE This report presents the results of our Geotechnical Investigation for the proposed Timberline Road Corridor Improvements in Fort Collins, Colorado. The purpose of the investigation was to evaluate the subsurface conditions and pro- vide foundation recommendations and geotechnical design criteria for the pro- ject. The scope was described in our Service Agreement (FC-12-0365R1, dated April 24, 2015). A supplemental report for the Subgrade Investigation and Pave- ment Design for the widening of Timberline Road will be provided separately. The report was prepared from data developed during field exploration, la- boratory testing, engineering analysis and experience with similar conditions. The report includes a description of subsurface conditions found in our explora- tory borings and discussions of site development as influenced by geotechnical considerations. Our opinions and recommendations regarding design criteria and construction details for site development, foundations, slabs -on -grade, lat- eral earth loads and drainage are provided. If the proposed construction changes, we should be requested to review our recommendations. Our conclu- sions are summarized in the following paragraphs. SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS 1. Soils encountered in our borings consisted 14 to 20 feet of sandy clay and clayey sand over sand and gravel. Claystone bedrock was encountered at 20 and 31 feet to the depths explored. 2. Groundwater was encountered in our borings at depths of 11 and 15 feet during drilling and 9 and 12 feet several days after drilling. Existing groundwater levels along with water levels in the Spring Creek will likely affect the proposed construction at this site. Groundwater levels are expected to fluctuate seasonally. 3. We believe the proposed pedestrian bridge can be constructed on spread footing foundation placed on natural, undisturbed soil and/or properly compacted fill or drilled pier foundation bottomed into bed- rock. Foundation design and construction recommendations are presented in this report. INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 1 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 IN SITE CONDITIONS AND PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION The proposed pedestrian bridge will span Spring Creek on the west side of Timberline Road near the intersection of Timberline Road and Prospect Road. Spring Creek runs west to east and was approximately 1/2-foot deep at the time of drilling. The land slopes steeply from the test hole locations toward the creek and was covered in grass, weeds and trees. INVESTIGATION Subsurface conditions were investigated by drilling two borings to depths of approximately 35 feet. The approximate locations of the borings are shown on Figure 1. Our field representative observed drilling, logged the soils found in the borings and obtained samples. Sampling was performed by driving a 2.5-inch O.D. modified California sampler with blows of a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches. This method is similar to the standard penetration test, and is typical for local practice. Groundwater measurements were taken during drilling and sev eral days afterward. Summary logs of the borings, including results of field pene- tration resistance tests, are presented on Figure 2. Samples obtained during drilling were returned to our laboratory and visu- ally examined by the geotechnical engineer for this project. Laboratory analyses included moisture content, dry density, swell -consolidation, particle -size analysis, and water-soluble sulfate tests. Results of laboratory tests are presented on Fig- ures 3 and 4 and summarized in Table I. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Soils encountered in our borings consisted 14 to 20 feet of sandy clay and clayey sand over sand and gravel. Claystone bedrock was encountered at 20 and 31 feet to the depths explored. Groundwater was encountered in of our bor- ings at depths of 11 and 15 feet during drilling and 9 and 12 feet several days af- ter drilling. Existing groundwater levels along with water levels within Spring INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 2 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 Creek will likely affect the proposed construction at this site and might require de - watering. Groundwater levels are expected to fluctuate seasonally. Samples of the sands and gravels tested in the laboratory indicated fines contents (percent passing No. 200 sieve) of 6 to 38 percent. The clays in our bor- ings exhibited minor compression (0.1 percent) to low swelling potential (0.9 per- cent). The claystone bedrock tested in the laboratory indicated fines content (per- cent passing No. 200 sieve) of 94 percent. Further description of the subsurface conditions is presented on our boring logs and in our laboratory testing. SEISMICITY This area, like most of central Colorado, is subject to a low degree of seis- mic risk. As in most areas of recognized low seismicity, the record of the past earthquake activity in Colorado is incomplete. According to the 2012 Interna- tional Building Code and the subsurface conditions encountered in our borings, this site probably classifies as a Site Class D. Only minor damage to relatively new, properly designed and built buildings would be expected. Wind loads, not seismic considerations, typically govern dynamic structural design in this area. SITE DEVELOPMENT Fill Placement The existing onsite soils are suitable for re -use as fill material provided de- bris or deleterious organic materials are removed. If import material is used, it should be tested and approved as acceptable fill by CTLIThompson. In general, import fill should meet or exceed the engineering qualities of the onsite soils. Ar- eas to receive fill should be scarified, moisture -conditioned and compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D698, AASHTO T99). Sand soils used as fill should be moistened to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content. Clay soils should be moistened between optimum INTERW EST CONSTULTING GROUP 3 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 and 3 percent above optimum moisture content. The fill should be moisture -con- ditioned, placed in thin, loose lifts (8 inches or less) and compacted as described above. We should observe placement and compaction of fill during construction. Fill placement and compaction should not be conducted when the fill material is frozen. Water and sewer lines are often constructed beneath areas where im- provements are planned. Compaction of trench backfill can have a significant ef- fect on the life and serviceability overlying structures. We recommend trench backfill be moisture conditioned and compacted as described in the Fill Place- ment section of this report. Placement and compaction of fill and backfill should be observed and tested by a representative of our firm during construction. Excavations The materials found in our borings can be excavated using conventional heavy-duty excavation equipment. Excavations should be sloped or shored to meet local, State and Federal safety regulations. Excavation slopes specified by OSHA are dependent upon types of soil and groundwater conditions encoun- tered. The contractor's "competent person" should identify the soils and/or rock encountered in the excavation and refer to OSHA standards to determine appro- priate slopes. Stockpiles of soils, rock, equipment, or other items should not be placed within a horizontal distance equal to one-half the excavation depth, from the edge of excavation. Excavations deeper than 20 feet should be braced or a professional engineer should design the slopes. Bracinq Bracing or "trench box" construction may be necessary in order to limit the width of excavations and reduce the amount of surface disturbance. Bracing systems include driven sheet piling, soldier piles and lagging, and others. Lateral INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 4 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC06181.125 loading of bracing depends on the depth of excavation, slope of excavation above the bracing, soil stockpiles and other surface loads, hydrostatic pressures, and allowable movement. For bracing allowed to move enough to mobilize the strength of the soils with associated settlement and cracking of the ground surface, "active" earth pressure conditions are appropriate for design. If movement is not tolerable, "at rest' earth pressures are appropriate. Recommendations for lateral load criteria are provided in the LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES section. The OSHA con- struction standards provide recommendations for timber bracing. We are also available to assist further with bracing design if desired. Dewateri na Groundwater was encountered in both of our borings at depths of 9 and 12 feet. Groundwater depths can vary with seasons, irrigation usage, water lev- els in nearby drainages including Spring Creek and, depending on the time of construction, could be higher than measured in our borings. Based on the planned depth of excavations, we anticipate groundwater will be encountered in excavations for the bridge abutments. Excavations within about 3 feet of the groundwater levels should consider temporary dewatering prior to and/or during construction. Dewatering can be ac- complished using a series of trenches, sumps and granular materials from which water can be pumped, or by a system of well points. The sumps should be sev- eral feet below the bottom of the excavations to pump water down through the soil rather than up through the bottom of the excavation. Pumping water up through the base of the excavation may result in "quick conditions" and destabili- zation of the base of the excavation. The ground surface surrounding the exca- vation should be sloped to direct surface runoff away from the excavation. INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 5 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 For excavations planned several feet below the groundwater level, a se- ries of well points may be needed to dewater the excavation effectively. The contractor should anticipate extensive dewatering and caving soils in excavations below the water table. The design of a dewatering system was not included in our scope of work. We can assist with a dewatering design, if requested. FOUNDATIONS Spread footing foundations or drilled piers are considered appropriate for the conditions encountered. Drilled piers may be needed due to scouring and higher loads. Wing wall or other retaining walls that are integral with the bridge abutment should be founded on the same foundation type as the abutment. De- sign criteria for spread footing and drilled pier foundations developed from analy- sis of field and laboratory data and our experience are presented below. Spread Footings Footings should be constructed on undisturbed natural soils or properly compacted fill (see the Fill Placement section of this re- port). Where soil is loosened during excavation, it should be re- moved and replaced with on -site soils and compacted following the criteria in the Fill Placement section of this report. 2. Footings constructed on the natural soils and/or engineered fill can be designed for a net allowable soil pressure of 3,000 psf. The soil pressure can be increased 33 percent for transient loads such as wind or seismic loads. 3. Footings should have a minimum width of at least 16 inches. Foun- dations for isolated columns should have minimum dimensions of 18 inches by 18 inches. Larger sizes may be required depending on loads and the structural system used. 4. The soils beneath footing pads can be assigned an ultimate coeffi- cient of friction of 0.4 to resist lateral loads. The ability of grade beam or footing backfill to resist lateral loads can be calculated us- ing a passive equivalent fluid pressure of 300 pcf. This assumes the backfill is densely compacted and will not be removed. Backfill INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 6 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 should be placed and compacted to the criteria in the Fill Place- ment section of this report. 5. Exterior footings should be protected from frost action. We believe 30 inches of frost cover is appropriate for this site. 6. We should observe completed footing excavations to confirm that the subsurface conditions are similar to those found in our borings. Drilled Piers Bottomed in Bedrock Piers should be designed for a maximum allowable end pressure of 40,000 psf and an allowable skin friction of 4,000 psf for the portion of pier in bedrock. Skin friction should be neglected for the upper 3 feet of pier below grade beams. Pier end pressure can be in- creased 30 percent for short duration live loads such as wind loads. 2. Piers should penetrate at least 5 feet into the comparatively fresh claystone bedrock. 3. There should be a 4-inch (or thicker) continuous void beneath all grade beams and foundation walls, between piers, to concentrate the dead load of the structure onto the piers. 4. Foundation walls and grade beams should be well reinforced. A qualified structural engineer should design the reinforcement. Lat- eral earth pressures and the effects of large openings within base- ment walls should be considered. 5. Pier borings should be drilled to a plumb tolerance of 1.5 percent relative to the pier length. 6. Groundwater was encountered during this investigation. If more than 3 inches of ground water collects in the bottom of the holes during pier installation, temporary casing, tremie equipment, and/or pumping will likely be necessary for proper cleaning, dewatering, and concrete placement. 7. Concrete placed by the free fall method should have a slump be- tween 5 inches and 7 inches. Concrete placed by pump, tremie or when temporarily cased should have a slump between 6 inches and 8 inches. INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 7 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 C-104. The cement mortar shall contain not less than one part of cement to two parts of dry sand. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining. If lining is damaged or found faulty, the unsatisfactory pipe shall be replaced. All ductile iron pipe shall have a standard thickness cement mortar lining. 1. Ductile iron pipe which is twelve inches (12") and smaller in diameter shall have a cement mortar lining with a minimum thickness of 1116 inch. 2. Ductile iron pipe which is larger than twelve inches (12") in diameter shall have a cement mortar lining with a minimum thickness of 3/32 inch. G. Exterior Coating The outside coating shall be a bituminous coating of either coal tar or asphalt base approximately 1 (one) mil thick. The finished coating shall be continuous, smooth, neither brittle when cold nor sticky when exposed to the sun, and shall be strongly adhered to the pipe. H. Polyethylene Encasement All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be polyethylene encased. The polyethylene encasement material shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA. Standard C 105, "Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems" with the following additional requirements or exceptions. 1. Material - High density, cross -laminated polyethylene film. The raw material used to manufacture polyethylene film shall be Type III, Class A, (natural color) Grade P-33 in accordance with ASTM Standard Designation D-1248. 2. Physicals - The polyethylene film shall meet the following test requirements: Tensile Strength 5000 psi minimum Elongation 100% minimum Dielectric Strength 800 V/mil thickness minimum Thickness 0.004" (4 mils) minimum with minus tolerance not exceeding 10% of nominal thickness I. Tapping Sleeves. 1. Reference Sections 02644 and 02713 of these specifications. 9/3/2013 02615- 4 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 8. Formation of "mushrooms" or enlargements at the top of piers should be avoided during pier drilling and subsequent construction operations. 9. We should observe installation of drilled piers to confirm the sub- surface conditions are those we anticipated from our borings. Laterally Loaded Piers Several methods are available to analyze laterally loaded piers. With a pier length to diameter ratio of 7 or greater, we believe the method of analysis developed by Matlock and Reese is most appropriate. The method is an iterative procedure using applied loading and soil profile to develop deflection and mo- ment versus depth curves. The computer programs LPILE and COM624 were developed to perform this procedure. Suggested criteria for LPILE analysis are presented in the following table. TABLE A SOIL INPUT DATA FOR LPILE or COM624 Sandy Clay or Granular Soils Bedrock Clayey Sand Soil Type Stiff Clay Sand Stiff Clay Effective Unit Weight 0.06 0.06 0.07 (pci) Cohesive Strength, c 8 - 45 (psi) Friction Angle - 35 - Degrees Soil Strain, s50 (in/in) 0.007 - 0.003 p-y Modulus ks (pci) 500 90 2,000 The F50 represents the strain corresponding to 50 percent of the maximum princi- ple stress difference. INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 8 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 IF LATERAL EARTH PRESSURES The lateral loads acting on walls are dependent on the height and type of wall, backfill configuration and backfill type. Table B below provides the necessary equivalent fluid pressure values for the backfill soils anticipated at this site. The pressures given do not include allowances for surcharge loads such as sloping backfill, vehicle traffic, or excessive hydrostatic pressure. EQUIVALENT FLUID PRESSURE VALUES At -Rest (yo) pcf 40 Active (yA) pcf 55 Passive (yp) pcf 300 Horizontal Friction Coefficient 0.4 For walls that are restrained from rotation, they should be designed to resist the "at rest' earth pressure. Resistance to lateral loads can be provided by friction between concrete and soil and/or by "passive" earth pressure. Passive earth pres- sure should be ignored for the top one foot of soils against the structure since it can be easily removed with time. The proper application of these loading condi- tions is the responsibility of the wall designer. The hydrostatic pressure can be reduced by providing a drain and weep holes behind the walls. The drain should be reasonably well -graded sands and gravels with a maximum of 5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve and a maximum particle size of 3 inches that is at least 12 inches wide and placed against the back of a wall. The top 2 feet of backfill above the drain should be compacted clays. Weep holes should be 4 inches in diameter, spaced 10 feet center -to -center at the bottom of an abutment or wall. At least two weep holes should be provided per wall. The back of the weep holes should connect to the drain, be protected from INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 9 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 clogging and be screened to prevent drain materials from falling out of the weep holes. A manufactured drain such as Miradrain could be substituted for the drain sand and gravel. Manufactured drains should be installed following the manufac- turers recommendations. Wall backfill should be placed in 8-inch maximum loose lifts, moistened to within 2 percent of optimum moisture content and compacted to at least 95 percent of standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698). The placement and compaction of fill should be observed and tested by a representative of our firm during construction. WATER-SOLUBLE SULFATES Concrete that comes into contact with soils can be subject to sulfate at- tack. We measured water-soluble sulfate concentrations in two samples from this site. Concentrations measured were 0.01 percent. Sulfate concentrations less than 0.1 percent indicate Class 0 exposure to sulfate attack for concrete that comes into contact with the subsoils, according to the American Concrete Insti- tute (ACI). For this level of sulfate concentration, ACI indicates any type of ce- ment can be used for concrete that comes into contact with the soils. In our ex- perience, superficial damage may occur to the exposed surfaces of highly per- meable concrete, even though sulfate levels are relatively low. To control this risk and to resist freeze -thaw deterioration, the water-to-cementitious material ra- tio should not exceed 0.50 for concrete in contact with soils that are likely to stay moist due to surface drainage or high water tables. Concrete should be air en- trained. INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 10 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL I T PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 SURFACE DRAINAGE Performance of foundations are influenced by changes in subgrade mois- ture conditions. Carefully planned and maintained surface grading can reduce the risk of wetting of the foundation soils. Positive drainage should be provided away from foundations. Backfill around foundations should be moisture treated and compacted as described in Fill Placement. LIMITATIONS This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of Interwest Consult- ing Group for the purpose of providing geotechnical design and construction cri- teria for the Timberline Road Corridor Improvement project. It was prepared from data developed during our field exploration, laboratory testing, engineering anal- ysis and experience with similar conditions. The recommendations contained in this report were based upon our understanding of the planned construction. If plans change or differ from the assumptions presented herein, we should be contacted to review our recommendations. Although our borings were spaced to obtain a reasonably accurate picture of subsurface conditions, variations not indicated in our borings are possible. We should observe footing excavations to confirm soils are similar to those found in our borings. Placement and compaction of fill, backfill, subgrade and other fills should be observed and tested by a representative of our firm during construc- tion. We believe this investigation was conducted in a manner consistent with that level of skill and care ordinarily used by members of the profession currently practicing under similar conditions in the locality of this project. No warranty, ex- press or implied, is made. INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP t TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTL IT PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 If we can be of further service in discussing the contents of this report or in the analysis of the proposed construction from the geotechnical point of view, please contact the undersigned. CTL I THOMPSON, INC. by: Trace Krausse, El Geotechnical Staff Engineer INTERWEST CONSTULTING GROUP 12 TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT CTLIT PROJECT NO.FC06181-125 APPROXIMATE SCALE: V' = 80' 0' 40' 80' LEGEND: TH-1 INDICATES APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXPLORATORY BORING INDICATES APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF TBM TEMPORARY BENCHMARK AT NORTHWEST B CORNER OF BRIDGE SIDEWALK; ASSUMED ELEVATION 4916 FEET BASED ON PLANS PROVIDED PROSPECT RD. SITE DRAKE RD. n w Z J w m VICINITY MAP FORT COLLINS, COLORADO NOT TO SCALE ff '•TERRYJ. XBAfIAIG /� 1 1 .. �.._... _. '� �. 1. RL4 NQ 11 t J l CRYOFFCRTCCLLfND Cr ...4-v TH-7 r .� TH-6 , r TBM — s+ _ . cons II � � �. �� • '• � ,I �� TCYARAOtJ NOLiVNGs _ '� ••[4 (� NEC Nl! lD➢dOOSvt: I� ` I •.. i2 ir1 INTERWEST CONSULTING GROUP TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS CTL 1 T PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 I � Lei 1 I Locations of Exploratory Borings FIGURE 1 THE EL 4908.5 5 4,900 = - 771112 �0•B� 4 saw.ma 4,895 -d: 18112 � o a o� 4,890 50l4 885 5012 wc•+o T xm•ei IMFAV, CONSULTINGGROUP NABFRUNE ROAD CWRNOR IMPPOV FM CTLI T WOJEU NO, FOW101-12S TH-7 EI. 49115 d,91 LEGEND: © CLAY, SANDY, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO VERY MOIST, STIFF TO VERY STIFF, BROWN (CL) 4,91 SAND, CLAYEY WITH OCCASIONAL GRAVEL, SLIGHTLY MOIST TO WET, LOOSE TO MEDIUM DENSE, LIGHT BROWN, GRAY (SC) 01 10 i5n2 0 SAND AND GRAVEL, WET, MEDIUM DENSE TO DENSE, REDDISH BROWN, PINK (SR GP, 11 p.+l+�+s D- SW -SC' GW-SC) wore 4,90 B CLAYSTONE, SANDY, MOIST, VERY HARD, DARK GRAY (BEDROCK) ___ ____________ 9112 01 "oo W 10 4,90 I-. DRIVE SAMPLE. THE SYMBOL 18112 INDICATES 18 BLOWS OF A 140.POUND HAMMER 'rI FALLING 30 INCHES WERE REQUIRED TO DRIVE A 2.5-INCH O.O. SAMPLER 12 INCHES. 29112 W. WATER LEVEL MEASURED AT TIME OF DRILLING. WATER LEVEL MEASURED SEVERAL DAYS AFTER DRILLING. �6 48112 _—__ WATER LEVEL MEASURED SEVERAL DAYS AFTER DRILLING. bn �� NOTES: 1, THE BORINGS WERE DRILLED ON AUGUST 13, 2015 USING 4-INCH DIAMETER CONTINUOUS -FLIGHT AUGERS AND A TRUCK -MOUNTED DRILL RIG. 4,88 2. APPROXIMATE BORING ELEVATIONS WERE SURVEYED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF OUR FIRM AND ARE BASED ON THE TEMPORARY BENCHMARK SHOWN ON FIGURE 1. 3. THESE LOGS ARE SUBJECT TO THE EXPLANATIONS, LIMITATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS IN THIS REPORT. 4,88 4. WC - INDICATES MOISTURE CONTENT (%). DO - INDICATES DRY DENSITY (PCF). 5013 .200- INDICATES PASSING NO. 2DO SIEVE I%). SS - INDICATES SOLUBLE SULFATE CONTENT I%) SW - INDICATES SWELL WHEN WETTED UNDER A A7 APPROXIMATE OVERBURDEN PRESSURE (%). Summary Logs of Exploratory Borings FIGURE 2 3 2 1 z o O z �a x w e z -2 O N y W a 2 O U 0.1 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) From TH - 7 AT 4 FEET 3 2 1 z O 0 to z Q a x -, W 0 z O -2 rn W W a -3 2 O U 0.1 APPLIED PRESSURE - KSF Sample of CLAY, SANDY (CL) From TH - 7 AT 9 FEET INTERWEST CONSULTING GROUP TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS CTL l T PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 1.0 1.0 EXPANSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING 10 100 DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 117 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 14.5 % ADDITIONAL COMPRESSION UNDER CONSTANT PRESSURE DUE TO WETTING I l 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 100 DRY UNIT WEIGHT= 104 PCF MOISTURE CONTENT= 21.5 % Swell Consolidation FIGURE 3 No Text TABLE SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TESTING WON BORING DEPTH (FEET) MOISTURE CONTENT %) DRY DENSITY (PCF) SWELL TEST RESULTS* PASSING NO.200 SIEVE (%) WATER - SOLUBLE SULFATES (%) DESCRIPTION SWELL* (%) APPLIED PRESSURE (PSF) TH-6 4 3.9 38 SAND, CLAYEY SC TH-6 9 24.3 99 0.01 SAND, CLAYEY SC TH-6 14 11.9 7 SAND, GRAVELLY, SLIGHTLY CLAYEY SW -SC TH-6 24 19.7 94 CLAYSTONE TH-7 4 14.5 117 0.9 500 CLAY, SANDY (CL) TH-7 9 21.5 104 -0.1 1,100 0.01 CLAY, SANDY (CL) TH-7 19 6.4 6 GRAVEL, SANDY, SLIGHTLY CLAYEY (GW-GC) * NEGATIVE VALUE INDICATES COMPRESSION. INTERWEST CONSULTING GROUP TIMBERLINE ROAD CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENTS CTLIT PROJECT NO. FC06181-125 Page 1 of 1 J. Seals: For penetrations into Precast Concrete structures use two sets of Thunderline Link -Seal units w/stainless steel hardware. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE INSTALLATION A. Handling Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be handled at all times by lifting with padded cradles of canvas, leather or other suitable material so as to avoid shock or damage. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Developer in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer/Utility. Pipe handling equipment is to be approved by the ENGINEER. The use of bare metal cables, chains, or hooks, etc. will not be permitted. Stockpiled ductile iron pipe shall be supported on wood blocks and/or sandbags placed under the uncoated ends of the pipe. Bags shall be of sufficient size to prevent contact of the pipe coating with the ground or any obstruction. Rolling the pipe on coated surface will not be permitted. Adequate strutting shall be provided if necessary to prevent damage to pipe lining and coating. B. Subgrade No blocking of pipe will be permitted. Before the pipe is laid, the subgrade shall be prepared by backfilling with clean uniformly graded sand so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing and support for the pipe at every point between bell holes, except that it will be permissible to disturb or otherwise damage the subgrade surface over a maximum length of 18-inches near the middle of each length of pipe by the withdrawal of pipe slings or other lifting tackle. C. Joining Stab Joints Immediately before joining two lengths of ductile iron pipe, the inside of the bell end, the outside of the spigot end and the rubber gasket shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter. The rubber gasket shall be flexed inward and properly inserted in the gasket recess of the bell socket. Caution shall be exercised to insure the correct type of gasket is used. A thin film of gasket lubricant shall be applied to either the inside face of the gasket or the spigot end of the pipe or both. 9/3/2013 02615- 5 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Ir h 1k "'3 h a r� lu r IL' a. u' City of March 16, 2016 Fort s CONTENTS 1.0 Introduction 1 1.1 Title 1 1.2 Purpose of Manual 1 1.3 Applicability 1 1.4 Definitions 2 2.0 Fugitive Dust and the Problems it Causes 5 2.1 What is Fugitive Dust, Generally? 5 2.2 Why is the City Addressing Fugitive Dust? 5 2.3 Health and Environmental Effects 6 2.4 Nuisance and Aesthetics 6 2.5 Safety Hazard and Visibility 6 3.0 Best Management Practices 7 3.1 Eorthmoving Activities 8 3.2 Demolition and Renovation 10 3.3 Stockpiles 12 3.4 Street Sweeping 14 3.5 Track-out/Carry-out 15 3.6 Bulk Materials Transport 16 3.7 Unpaved Roads and Haul Roads 18 3.8 Parking Lots 20 3.9 Open Areas and Vacant Lots 22 3.10 Saw Cutting and Grinding 24 3.11 Abrasive Blasting 26 3.12 Mechanical Blowing 28 4.0 Dust Control Plan for Land Development Greater Than Five Acres 30 5.0 Resources 34 5.1 Cross Reference to Codes, Standards, Regulations, and Policies 34 5.2 City of Fort Collins Manuals and Policies 37 5.3 References for Dust Control 37 Page i 1.0 Introduction 1.1 Title The contents of this document shall be known as the Dust Prevention and Control Manual ("the Manual"). 1.2 Purpose of Manual The purpose of the Manual is to establish minimum requirements consistent with nationally recognized best management practices for controlling fugitive dust emissions and to describe applicable best management practices to prevent, minimize, and mitigate off -property transport or off -vehicle transport of fugitive dust emissions for specific dust generating activities and sources. 1.3 Applicability This Manual applies to any person who conducts, or is an owner or operator of, a dust generating activity or source, as described in this Manual, within the City of Fort Collins. Page 1 1.4 Definitions Abrasive blasting shall mean a process to smooth rough surfaces; roughen smooth surfaces; and remove paint, dirt, grease, and other coatings from surfaces. Abrasive blasting media may consist of sand; glass, plastic or metal beads; aluminum oxide; corn cobs; or other materials. Additional best management practice shall mean using at least one additional measure if the required best management practices are ineffective at preventing off -property transport of particulate matter. Additional requirements shall mean when applicable, any measure that is required, e.g., a dust control plan when project sites are over 5 acres in size. Best management practice shall mean any action or process that is used to prevent or mitigate the emission of fugitive dust into the air. Bulk materials transport shall mean the carrying, moving, or conveying of loose materials including, but not limited to, earth, rock, silt, sediment, sand, gravel, soil, fill, aggregate, dirt, mud, construction or demolition debris, and other organic or inorganic material containing particulate matter onto a public road or right-of-way in an unenclosed trailer, truck bed, bin, or other container. Chemical stabilization shall mean the application of chemicals used to bind soil particles or increase soil moisture content, including, but not limited to, dust suppressants, palliatives, tackifiers, surfactants, and soil stabilizers. Asphalt -based products or any product containing cationic polyacrylamide or products deemed environmentally incompatible with Code §26-498, or defined as a pollutant per Code §26-491, or explicitly prohibited by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the state of Colorado may not be used for chemical stabilization. Water soluble plant - based oils or gums, clay additives, or other synthetic polymer emulsion that are non -toxic, non-combustible, and harmless to fish, wildlife, plants, pets, and humans may be used for chemical stabilization. Code shall mean the Fort Collins City Code, as amended from time to time. Dust control measure shall mean any action or process that is used to prevent or mitigate the emission of fugitive dust into the air, including but not limited to the best management practices identified in this Manual. Dustgenerating activity orsource shall mean a process, operation, action, or land use that creates emissions of fugitive dust or causes off -property or off -vehicle transport. Dust generating activity or source shall include a paved parking lot containing an area of more than one half (1/2) acre. Earthmoving shall mean any process that involves land clearing, disturbing soil surfaces, or moving, loading, or handling of earth, dirt, soil, sand, aggregate, or similar materials. Fugitive dust shall mean solid particulate matter emitted into the air by mechanical processes or natural forces but is not emitted through a stack, chimney, or vent Page 2 Local wind speed shall mean the current or forecasted wind speed for the Fort Collins area as measured at the surface weather observation station KFNL located at the Fort Collins Loveland Municipal Airport or at Colorado State University's Fort Collins or Christman Field weather stations or as measured onsite with a portable or hand-held anemometer. The City will use anemometers whenever practicable. Maximum speed limit shall mean the speed limit on public rights -of -way adopted by the City pursuant to Fort Collins Traffic Code adopted pursuant to City Code Section 28-16 For private roadways, a speed limit shall be established as appropriate to minimize off -site transportation Of. Mechanical blower shall mean any portable machine powered with an internal combustion or electric -powered engine used to blow leaves, clippings, dirt or other debris off sidewalks, driveways, lawns, medians, and other surfaces including, but not limited to, hand-held, back- pack and walk -behind units, as well as blower - vacuum units. Off property transport shall mean the visible emission of fugitive dust beyond the property line of the property on which the emission originates or the project boundary when the emission originates in the public right-of-way or on public property. Off -vehicle transport shall mean the visible emission of fugitive dust from a vehicle that is transporting dust generating materials on a public road or right-of-way. On -tool local exhaust ventilation shall mean a vacuum dust collection system attached to a construction tool that includes a dust collector (hood or shroud), tubing, vacuum, and a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter. On -tool wet dust suppression shall mean the operation of nozzles or sprayers attached to a construction tool that continuously apply water or other liquid to the grinding or cutting area by a pressurized container or other water source. Open area shall mean any area of undeveloped land greater than one-half acre that contains less than 70 percent vegetation. This includes undeveloped lots, vacant or idle lots, natural areas, parks, or other non-agricultural areas. Recreational and multi -use trails maintained by the City are not included as an open area. Operator or owner shall mean any person who has control over a dust generating source either by operating, supervising, controlling, or maintaining ownership of the activity or source including, but not limited to, a contractor, lessee, or other responsible party of an activity, operation, or land use that is a dust generating activity or source. Particulate matter shall mean any material that is emitted into the air as finely divided solid or liquid particles, other than uncombined water, and includes dust, smoke, soot, fumes, aerosols and mists. Required best management practices shall mean specific measures that are required to be implemented if a dust generating activity is occurring. Sensitive area shall mean a specific area that warrants special protection from adverse impacts due to the deposition of fugitive dust, such as natural areas (excluding buffer zones), sources of water supply, wetlands, critical wildlife habitat, or wild and scenic river corridors. Soil retention shall mean the stabilization of disturbed surface areas that will remain exposed and inactive for 30 days or more or while vegetation is being established using mulch, compost, soil mats, or other methods. Page 3 Stockpile shall mean any accumulation of bulk materials that contain particulate matter being stored for future use or disposal. This includes backfill materials and storage piles for soil, sand, dirt, mulch, aggregate, straw, chaff, or other materials that produce dust. Storm drainage facility shall mean those improvements designed, constructed or used to convey or control stormwater runoff and to remove pollutants from stormwater runoff after precipitation. Surface roughening shall mean to modify the soil surface to resist wind action and reduce dust emissions from wind erosion by creating grooves, depressions, ridges orfurrows perpendicular to the predominant wind direction using tilling, ripping, discing, or other method. Synthetic or natural cover shall mean the installation of a temporary cover material on top of disturbed soil surfaces or stockpiles, such as tarps, plastic sheeting, netting, mulch, wood chips, gravel or other materials capable of preventing wind erosion. Track -out shall mean the carrying of mud, dirt, soil, or debris on vehicle wheels, sides, or undercarriages from a private, commercial, or industrial site onto a public road or right-of- way. Vegetation shall mean the planting or seeding of appropriate grasses, plants, bushes, or trees to hold soil or to create a wind break. All seeded areas must be mulched, and the mulch should be adequately crimped and or tackified. If hydro -seeding is conducted, mulching must be conducted as a separate, second operation. All planted areas must be mulched within twenty- four (24) hours after planting. Wet suppression shall mean the application of water by spraying, sprinkling, or misting to maintain optimal moisture content or to form a crust in dust generating materials and applied at a rate that prevents runoff from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility or watercourse. Wind barrier shall mean an obstruction at least five feet high erected to assist in preventing the blowing of fugitive dust, comprised of a solid board fence, chain link and fabric fence, vertical wooden slats, hay bales, earth berm, bushes, trees, or other materials installed perpendicular to the predominant wind direction or upwind of an adjacent residential, commercial, industrial, or sensitive area that would be negatively impacted by fugitive dust. Page 4 2.0 Fugitive Dust and the Problems it Causes 2.1 What is Fugitive Dust, Generally? Dust, also known as particulate matter, is made up of solid particles in the air that consist primarily of dirt and soil but can also contain ash, soot, salts, pollen, heavy metals, asbestos, pesticides, and other materials. "Fugitive' dust means particulate matter that has become airborne by wind or human activities and has not been emitted from a stack, chimney, or vent. The Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) estimates that more than 4,300 tons of particulate matter are emitted into the air in Larimer County annually. The primary sources of this particulate matter include construction activities, paved and unpaved roads, and agricultural operations. The quantity of dust emitted from a particular activity or area and the materials in it can depend on the soil type (sand, clay, silt), moisture content (dry or damp), local wind speed, and the current or past uses of the site (industrial, farming, construction). 2.2 Why is the City Addressing Fugitive Dust? Colorado state air regulations and Larimer County air quality standards generally require owners and operators of dust generating activities or sources to use all available and practical methods that are technologically feasible and economically reasonable in order to prevent fugitive dust emissions. However, state regulations and permitting requirements typically apply to larger stationary sources rather than to activities that generate dust. Larimer County fugitive dust standards apply only to land development. Although state and county requirements apply to many construction activities, they do not address many sources of dust emissions. Fort Collins is experiencing rapid growth and development that has contributed to local man-made dust emissions. Page 5 2.3 Health and Environmental Effects Dust particles are very small and can be easily inhaled. They can enter the respiratory system and increase susceptibility to respiratory infections, and aggravate cardio-pulmonary disease. Even short-term exposure to dust can cause wheezing, asthma attacks and allergic reactions, and may cause increases in hospital admissions and emergency department visits for heart and lung related diseases. Fugitive dust emissions can cause significant environmental impacts as well as health effects. When dust from wind erosion or human activity deposits out of the air, it may impact vegetation, adversely affect nearby soils and waterways, and cause damage to cultural resources. Wind erosion can result in the loss of valuable top soil, reduce crop yields, and stunt plant growth. According to the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), studies have linked particulate matter exposure to health problems and environmental impacts such as: •Health Impacts: o Irritation of the airways, coughing, and difficulty breathing o Reduced lung function and lung cancer o Aggravated asthma and chronic bronchitis o Irregular heartbeat and increases in heart attacks • Environmental impacts: o Haze and reduced visibility o Reduced levels of nutrients in soil 2.4 Nuisance and Aesthetics Dust, dirt and debris that become airborne eventually settle back down to the surface. How far it travels and where it gets deposited depends on the size and type of the particles as well as wind speed and direction. When this material settles, it can be deposited on homes, cars, lawns, pools and ponds, and other property. The small particles can get trapped in machinery and electronics causing abrasion, corrosion, and malfunctions. The deposited dust can damage painted surfaces, clog filtration systems, stain materials and cause other expensive clean-up projects. 2.5 Safety Hazard and Visibility Blowing dust can be a safety hazard at construction sites and on roads and highways. Dust can obstruct visibility and can cause accidents between vehicles and bikes, pedestrians, or site workers. Dust plumes can also decrease visibility across a natural area or scenic vistas. The "brown cloud", often visible along the Front Range during the winter months, and the brilliant red sunsets that occur are often caused by particulate matter and other pollutants in the air. Page 6 3.0 Best Management Practices This Manual describes established best management practices for controlling dust emissions that are practical and used in common practice to prevent or mitigate impacts to air quality from dust generating activities and sources occurring within Fort Collins. The objective of the dust control measures included in this Manual are to reduce dust emissions from human activities and to prevent those emissions from impacting others and are based on the following principles: Prevent —avoid creating dust emissions through good project planning and modifying or replacing dust generating activities. Minimize— reduce dust emissions with methods that capture, collect, or contain emissions. Mitigate —when preventing fugitive dust or minimizing the impacts are not feasible, the Manual provides specific measures to mitigate dust. More specifically, the Manual establishes the following procedures for each dust generating activity outlined in this Chapter: 1. Required Best Management Practices — this section includes the specific measures that are required to be implemented if the dust generating activity is occurring. For example, high wind restrictions (temporarily halting work when wind speeds exceed 30 mph) are required best management practices for earthmoving, demolition/renovation, saw cutting or grind, abrasive blasting, and leaf blowing. 2. Additional Best Management Practices —this section includes additional measures if the required best management practices are ineffective at preventing off -property transport of particulate matter. At least one of the additional best management practices outlined in the Manual must be implemented on the site to be in compliance with the Manual. 3. Additional Requirements — When applicable, additional measures are also required, e.g., a dust control plan when project sites are over 5 acres in size. Page 7 3.1 Earthmoving Activities Above: This figure illustrates earthmoving, which is an activity that can generate dust. Dust emissions from earthmoving activities depend on the type and extent of activity being conducted, the amount of exposed surface area, wind conditions, and soil type and moisture content, including: • Site preparation (clearing, grubbing, scraping) • Road construction • Grading and overlot grading • Excavating, trenching, backfilling and compacting • Loading and unloading dirt, soil, gravel, or other earth materials • Dumping of dirt, soil, gravel, or other earth materials into trucks, piles, or receptacles • Screening of dirt, soil, gravel, or other earth materials Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator who conducts earthmoving that is a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Minimize disturbed area: plan the project or activity so that the minimum amount of disturbed soil or surface area is exposed to wind or vehicle traffic at any one time. (ii) Reduce vehicle speeds: establish a maximum speed limit or install traffic calming devices to reduce speeds to a rate to mitigate off -property transport of dust entrained by vehicles. (iii) Minimize drop height: Drivers and operators shall unload truck beds and loader or excavator buckets slowly, and minimize drop height of materials to the lowest height possible, including screening operations. (iv) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off -property transport. (v) Restrict access: restrict access to the work area to only authorized vehicles and personnel. Page 8 The spigot end of the pipe shall be placed in the socket with care to prevent the joint from contacting the ground. The joint shall be completed by pushing the pipe home with a slow steady pressure without jerky or jolting movements. Pipe furnished without a depth mark shall be marked before assembly to assure insertion to the full depth of the joint. The spigot end of field cut pipe lengths shall be filed or ground to resemble the spigot end of such pipe as manufactured. Whenever it is desirable to deflect stab joint pipe in order to form a long radius curve, the deflection shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the pipe manufacturer's recommendations for maximum deflection. D. Joining Mechanical Joint Pipe Before joining mechanical joint ductile iron fittings to the ductile iron pipe, the outside of the spigot, the inside of the bell and the rubber gasket shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove oil, grit, excess coating, and other foreign matter. Normal practice is to lubricate the joint with a soap solution; however, in cold weather the joint may be assembled dry if approved by the Engineer/Utility. Extreme care shall be exercised in making the dry joint. The ductile iron gland shall be slipped on the spigot end of the pipe with the lip extension of the gland toward the socket, or bell end. The rubber gasket shall be placed on the spigot end with the thick edge toward the gland. The pipe shall be pushed forward until the spigot end fully penetrates the bell. The gasket shall then be pressed into place in the bell evenly around the entire joint. The gland shall be moved along the pipe into position for bolting, the bolts inserted, and the nuts screwed finger tight, then tightened with a torque limiting wrench. The torque for the various sizes of bolts shall be as follows: Pipe Size Bolt Size Range of Torque inches inches ft.-Ibs. 2-3 518 60 4-24 3/4 75-90 Nuts spaced 180 degrees apart shall be tightened alternately in order to produce an equal pressure on all parts of the gland. Whenever it is desirable to deflect mechanical joint pipe in order to form a long radius curve, the deflection shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the pipe manufacturer's recommendations for maximum deflection. E. Flanged Joint Before the joint is assembled, the flange faces shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign material with a power wire brush. The gasket shall be centered and the 9/3/2013 02615- 6 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.1(a)(i)-(v) are ineffective to prevent off - property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: apply water to disturbed soil surfaces, backfilI materials, screenings, and other dust generating operations as necessary and appropriate considering current weather conditions, and prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, stormwater drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Wind barrier: construct a fence or other type of wind barrier to prevent wind erosion of top soils. (iii) Vegetation: plant vegetation appropriate for retaining soils or creating a wind break. (iv) Surface roughening: stabilize an active construction area during periods of inactivity or when vegetation cannot be immediately established. (v) Synthetic or natural cover: install cover materials during periods of inactivity and properly anchor the cover. (vi) Soil retention: stabilize disturbed or exposed soil surface areas that will be inactive for more than 30 days or while vegetation is being established. (vii) Chemical stabilization: apply chemical stabilizers using manufacturer's recommended application rates. Avoid over -application and prevent runoff of chemical stabilizers into any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. Asphalt -based products or any product containing cationic polyacrylamide or products deemed environmentally incompatible with Code §26-498, or defined as a pollutant per Code §26-491, or explicitly prohibited by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the state of Colorado may not be used for chemical stabilization. Water soluble plant -based oils or gums, clay additives, or other synthetic polymer emulsion that are non -toxic, non-combustible, and harmless to fish, wildlife, plants, pets, and humans may be used for chemical stabilization. (c) Additional requirements: Any person, owner, or operator who conducts earthmoving that is a dust generating activity or source at a construction site or land development project with a total disturbed surface area equal to or greater than five (5) acres also shall implement the following measures: (i) Dust Control Plan: submit a plan that describes all potential sources of fugitive dust and methods that will be employed to control dust emissions with the development construction permit application or development review application (see Chapter 4 of this Manual). A copy of the Dust Control Plan must be onsite at all times and one copy must be provided to all contractors and operators engaged in dust generating activities at the site. (ii) Construction sequencing: include sequencing or phasing in the project plan to minimize the amount of disturbed area at any one time. Sites with greater than 25 acres of disturbed surface exposed at any one time may be asked to provide additional justification, revise the sequencing plan, or include additional best management practices. Page 9 3.2 Demolition and Renovation Above: This photo illustrates restricting access (a mandatory measure) and a wind barrier (an engineering control) for demolition and renovation activities. Dust generated from demolition activities may contain significant levels of silica, lead, asbestos, and particulate matter. Inhalation of silica and asbestos is known to cause lung cancer, and exposure to even small quantities of lead dust can result in harm to children and the unborn. In addition to complying with the dust control measures below, any person engaged in demolition or renovation projects must comply with applicable state and federal regulations for asbestos and lead containing materials and notification and inspection requirements under the State of Colorado Air Quality Control Commission's Regulation No. 8, Part B Control of Hazardous Air pollutants. Best Management Practices to Conti -of Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator who conducts demolition or renovation that is a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Asbestos and lead containing materials: demolition and renovation activities that involve asbestos or lead containing materials must be conducted in accordance with Code Chapter 5 Sec. 5-27 (59) §3602.1.1; (k) Restrict access: restrict access to the demolition area to only authorized vehicles and personnel; (iii) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off -property transport; and (iv) Minimize drop height: Drivers and operators shall unload truck beds and loader or excavator buckets slowly, and minimize drop height of materials to the lowest height possible, including screening operations. Page 10 (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.2(a)(i)-(iv) are ineffective to prevent off - property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: apply water to demolished materials or pre -wet materials to be demolished as necessary. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of- way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Chemical stabilization: apply chemical stabilizers to demolished materials or materials to be demolished using manufacturer's recommended application rates. Avoid over -application and prevent runoff of chemical stabilizers into any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. Asphalt -based products or any product containing cationic polyacrylamide or products deemed environmentally incompatible with Code §26-498, or defined as a pollutant per Code §26-491, or explicitly prohibited by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the state of Colorado may not be used for chemical stabilization. Water soluble plant -based oils or gums, clay additives, or other synthetic polymer emulsion that are non -toxic, non-combustible, and harmless to fish, wildlife, plants, pets, and humans may be used for chemical stabilization. (iii) Wind barrier: construct a fence or other type of wind barrier to prevent onsite dust generating materials from blowing offsite. (c) Additional requirements: (i) Building permit compliance: comply with all conditions and requirements under any building required pursuant to the Code and/or the Land Use Code. Above: This photo illustrates reducing drop height, a required best management practice. Page 11 3.3 Stockpiles Above: This photo illustrates wet suppression, on additional best management procticefor stockpiles. Stockpiles are used for both temporary and long-term storage of soil, fill dirt, sand, aggregate, woodchips, mulch, asphalt and other industrial feedstock, construction and landscaping materials. Fugitive dust can be emitted from stockpiles while working the active face of the pile or when wind blows across the pile. The quantity of emissions depends on pile height and exposure to wind, moisture content and particle size of the pile material, surface roughness of the pile, and frequency of pile disturbance. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of a stockpile that is a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Minimize drop height: Drivers and operators shall unload truck beds and loader or excavator buckets slowly, and minimize drop height of materials to the lowest height possible, including screening operations. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.3(a)(i) is ineffective to prevent off -property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: Apply water to the active face when working the pile or to the entire pile during periods of inactivity. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right- of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Synthetic or natural cover: install cover materials during periods of inactivity and anchor the cover. Page 12 (iii) Surface roughening: stabilize a stockpile during periods of inactivity or when vegetation cannot be immediately established. (iv) Stockpile location: locate stockpile at a distance equal to ten times the pile height from property boundaries that abut residential areas. (v) Vegetation: seed and mulch any stockpile that will remain inactive for 30 days or more. (vi) Chemical stabilization: apply chemical stabilizers using manufacturer's recommended application rates. Avoid over -application and prevent runoff of chemical stabilizers into any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. Asphalt -based products or any product containing cationic polyacrylamide or products deemed environmentally incompatible with Code §26-498, or defined as a pollutant per Code §26-491, or explicitly prohibited by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the state of Colorado may not be used for chemical stabilization. Water soluble plant -based oils or gums, clay additives, or other synthetic polymer emulsion that are non -toxic, non-combustible, and harmless to fish, wildlife, plants, pets, and humans may be used for chemical stabilization. (vii) Enclosure: construct a three -sided structure equal to or greater than the height of the pile to shelter the pile from the predominant winds. (c) Additional requirements: (i) Stockpile permit compliance: comply with all conditions and requirements under any stockpile permit required under the Code or the Land Use Code. (ii) Erosion control plan compliance: implement and comply with all conditions and requirements in Section §26-500 "Fort Collins Storm Criteria"; specifically, Volume 3 Chapter 7 "Construction BMPs". The criteria requirement may require the use of Erosion Control Materials, soil stockpile height limit of ten feet, watering, surface roughening, vegetation, silt fence and other control measures as contained in that chapter. Left: This picture illustrates one of the additional best management practices for stockpiles — to use a synthetic cover. Page 13 3.4 Street Sweeping Left: This figure illustrates the use of a wet suppression and vacuum system, an additional best management practice for street sweeping. Street sweeping is an effective method for removing dirt and debris from streets and preventing it from entering storm drains or becoming airborne. Regenerative air sweepers and mechanical sweepers with water spray can also be effective at removing particulate matter from hard surfaces. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator that conducts sweeping operations or services on paved or concrete roads, parking lots, rights -of -way, pedestrian ways, plazas or other solid surfaces, and whose operations are a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Uncontrolled sweeping prohibited: the use of rotary brushes, power brooms, or other mechanical sweeping for the removal of dust, dirt, mud, or other debris from a paved public road, right-of-way, or parking lot without the use of water, vacuum system with filtration, or other equivalent dust control method is prohibited. Mechanical or manual sweeping that occurs between lifts of asphalt paving operations or due to preparation for pavement makings is excluded from this prohibition, due to engineering requirements associated with these operations. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.4(a)(i) is ineffective to prevent off -property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: use a light spray of water or wetting agent applied directly to work area or use equipment with water spray system while operating sweeper or power broom. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any storm drainage facility or watercourse. (ii) Vacuum system: use sweeper or power broom equipped with a vacuum collection and filtration system. (iii) Other method: use any other method to control dust emissions that has a demonstrated particulate matter control efficiency of 80 percent or more. Page 14 3.5 Track -out / Carry -out Above: This figure illustrates an installed grate (left) and a gravel bed (right), both of which are additional best management practices associated with track-out/carry-out. Mud, dirt, and other debris can be carried from a site on equipment's wheels or undercarriage onto public roads. When this material dries, it can become airborne by wind activity or when other vehicles travel on it. This is a health concern and can cause visibility issues and safety hazards. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of any operation that has the potential to result in track -out of dirt, dust, or debris on public roads and rights -of -way and whose operation is a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Contracts and standards: comply with track -out prevention requirements and construction best management practices as set forth in the Code, City regulations, or policies and as specified in applicable contract documents or Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual. (ii) Remove deposition: promptly remove any deposition that occurs on public roads or rights - of -way as a result of the owner's or operator's operations. Avoid over -watering and prevent runoff into any storm drainage facility or watercourse. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.5(a)(i)-(ii) are ineffective to prevent off - property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Install rails, pipes, grate, or similar track -out control device. (ii) Install a gravel bed track -out apron that extends at least 50 feet from the intersection with a public road or right-of-way. (iii) Install gravel bed track -out apron with steel cattle guard or concrete wash rack. (iv) Install and utilize on -site vehicle and equipment washing station. (v) Install a paved surface that extends at least 100 feet from the intersection with a public road or right-of-way. (vi) Manually remove mud, dirt, and debris from equipment and vehicle wheels, tires and undercarriage. Page 15 3.6 Bulk Materials Transport Above: This figure illustrates covered loads, a required best management practice for bulk materials transport. Haul trucks are used to move bulk materials, such as dirt, rock, demolition debris, or mulch to and from construction sites, material suppliers and storage yards. Dust emissions from haul trucks, if uncontrolled, can be a safety hazard by impairing visibility or by depositing debris on roads, pedestrians, bicyclists, or other vehicles. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of a dust generating activity or source for which vehicles used for transporting bulk materials to and from a site within the City on a public or private road or on a public right-of-way shall prevent off -vehicle transport of fugitive dust emissions. To prevent off -vehicle transport of fugitive dust to and from the site, the owner or operator shall implement the following measures : (i) Cover Loads: Loads shall be completely covered or all material enclosed in a manner that prevents the material from blowing, dropping, sifting, leaking, or otherwise escaping from the vehicle. This includes the covering of hot asphalt and asphalt patching material with a tarp or other impermeable material. (ii) Minimize drop height: Drivers and operators shall unload truck beds and loader or excavator buckets slowly, and minimize drop height of materials to the lowest height possible, including screening operations. Page 16 (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.6(a)(i)-(ii) are ineffective to prevent off - vehicle transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: apply water to bulk materials loaded for transport as necessary to prevent fugitive dust emissions and deposition of materials on roadways. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Chemical stabilization: apply chemical stabilizers using manufacturer's recommended application rates. Avoid over -application and prevent runoff of chemical stabilizers into any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. Asphalt -based products or any product containing cationic polyacrylamide or products deemed environmentally incompatible with Code §26-498, or defined as a pollutant per Code §26-491, or explicitly prohibited by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the state of Colorado may not be used for chemical stabilization. Water soluble plant -based oils or gums, clay additives, or other synthetic polymer emulsion that are non -toxic, non-combustible, and harmless to fish, wildlife, plants, pets, and humans may be used for chemical stabilization. (iii) Other technology: use other equivalent technology that effectively eliminates off -vehicle transport, such as limiting the load size to provide at least three inches of freeboard to prevent spillage. Above: This figure illustrates minimizing drop heights, a required best management practice for bulk materials transport. Page 17 3.7 Unpaved Roads and Haul Roads Above: This figure illustrates surface improvements on an unpaved road, an additional best management practice. Road dust from unpaved roads is caused by particles lifted by and dropped from rolling wheels traveling on the road surface and from wind blowing across the road surface. Road dust can aggravate heart and lung conditions as well as cause safety issues such as decreased driver visibility and other safety hazards. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of an unpaved road located on a construction site greater than five acres on private property or an unpaved road used as a public right- of-way shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Reduce vehicle speeds: establish a maximum speed limit or install traffic calming devices to reduce speeds to a rate that prevents off -property transport of dust entrained by vehicles. (ii) Restrict access: restrict travel on unpaved roads by limiting access to only authorized vehicle use. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.7(a)(i)-(ii) are ineffective to prevent off - property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Wet suppression: apply water to unpaved road surface as necessary and appropriate considering current weather conditions, and prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (ii) Surface improvements: install gravel or similar materials with sufficient depth to reduce dust or pave high traffic areas. Page 18 connecting flanges drawn up watertight without unnecessary stressing of the flanges. All bolts shall be tightened in a progressive diametrically opposite sequence using torque wrenches at settings recommended by the manufacturer (75 lb. min.). Only compressed asbestos sheet gaskets with a rubber compound binder shall be used. Where steel flanges are connected to ductile iron flanges, an insulating connection shall be provided. F. Polyethylene Wrap Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be polyethylene encased (cross -laminated HDPE) in accordance with AWWA Standard C-105, "Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Piping for Water and Other Liquids," and as detailed on the Drawings. G. Cutting and Fitting The Developer shall make all pipe cuts required to conform to location, line and grade. All cuts on ductile iron pipe shall be made by the use of pipe cutters or pipe saws. All cuts shall be straight and true. 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Underground Interference It shall be the responsibility of the Developer to verify the locations shown on the Construction Drawings The Developer shall exercise care when working in order to protect all underground interference and shall be fully responsible for any and all damage caused by his/her operations. B. Temporary Bulkhead Whenever the pipe is left unattended, temporary plugs shall be installed at all openings. Temporary plugs shall be watertight and of such design as to prevent children, animals, or debris from entering the pipe. If water accumulates in the trench, the plugs shall remain in place until the trench is dry. C. Pipeline Marker or Detection Tape Polyethylene warning tape shall be installed approximately one (1) foot above the pipe, centered over all buried waterlines. END OF SECTION 9/3/2013 02615- 7 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings mfga3 k 2 x W= 3§ Q o _ - _ _ a a} f' 7 b, m oa= B=-a3 m-T=02=E 70 WCL {� =-§\7"r;g \ / {0, rL rcr ) \ gi§[E§ \%'<W0MM ----Ecu m2EIEJ2M ® ° ©Ln C:k=fc2\\CDrrl M <o $w m {/ Lk) 0Rg e p M {/ƒ}1\0)M 0 a) M 00 w § / / } a j ( < / w,_- �2E= /jƒ/{/\2) C = 3 $ _ \�k��k� /\��k¢/\f ==I;r2ƒ/ )§a-cuE0 k3{\/�2k} _/ a M m �`t2 a §\(c\rLbr ag 4a EkƒrD ƒ(MM G - 2Sq 7« ©i - 3.8 Parldng Lots Above: This figure illustrates an unpaved parking lot in Fort Collins. This section applies to paved and unpaved areas where vehicles are parked or stored on a routine basis and includes parking areas for shopping, recreation, or events; automobile or vehicle storage yards; and animal staging areas. Best Management Practices to Control Dust- Unpaved Parking Lots (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owners or operator of an unpaved parking lot greater than one-half acre shall use at least one of the following best management practices to prevent off - property transport of fugitive dust emissions (i) Surface improvements: install gravel or similar materials with sufficient depth to reduce dust or pave high traffic areas. (ii) Vegetation: plant vegetation appropriate for retaining soils or creating a wind break. (iii) Wet suppression: apply water as necessary and appropriate considering current weather conditions to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (iv) Chemical stabilization: apply chemical stabilizers appropriate for high traffic areas using manufacturer's recommended application rates. Avoid over -application and prevent runoff of chemical stabilizers into any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. Asphalt -based products or any product containing cationic polyacrylamide or products deemed environmentally incompatible with Code §26-498, or defined as a pollutant per Code §26-491, or explicitly prohibited by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the state of Colorado may not be used for chemical stabilization. Water soluble plant -based oils or gums, clay additives, or other synthetic polymer emulsion that are non -toxic, non-combustible, and harmless to fish, wildlife, plants, pets, and humans may be used for chemical stabilization. (v) Wind barrier: construct a fence or other type of wind barrier. Page 20 (vi) Reduce vehicle speeds: establish a maximum speed limit or install traffic calming devices to reduce speeds to a rate that prevents off -property transport of dust entrained by vehicles. (vii) Restrict access: restrict travel in parking lots to only those vehicles with essential duties and limit access to hours of operation or specific events. Best Management Practices to Control Dust- Paved Parking Lots (a) Required Best Management Practices: An owner or operator of a paved parking lot greater than one-half acre and shall use at least one of the following best management practices to prevent off - property transport of fugitive dust emissions. (i) Maintenance: repair potholes and cracks and maintain surface improvements. (ii) Mechanical sweeping: Sweep lot with a vacuum sweeper and light water spray as necessary to remove dirt and debris. Avoid overwatering and prevent runoff from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (iii) Reduce vehicle speeds: establish a maximum speed limit or install traffic calming devices to reduce speeds to a rate that prevents off -property transport of dust entrained by vehicles. (iv) Restrict access: restrict travel in parking lots to only those vehicles with essential duties and limit access to hours of operation or specific events. Above: This photo represents improving the surface of a parking area, which is one measure to comply with the Manual. Page 21 3.9 Open Areas and Vacant Lots Above: These photos illustrate open areas in Fort Collins, which have the potential to generate dust. Open areas are typically not a significant source of wind-blown dust emissions if the coverage of vegetation is sufficient or soil crusts are intact. However, if soils in open areas are disturbed by vehicle traffic, off -highway vehicle use, bicycling or grazing, or if they have become overpopulated by prairie dogs, dust emissions can become a problem. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any owner or operator of an open area greater than one-half acre shall use at least one of the following best management practices to stabilize disturbed or exposed soil surface areas that are intended to or remain exposed for 30 days or more and to prevent off - property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Vegetation: plant vegetation appropriate for retaining soils or creating a wind break (ii) Synthetic or natural cover: install cover materials over exposed areas during periods of inactivity and properly anchor the cover. (iii) Surface roughening: stabilize an exposed area during periods of inactivity or when vegetation cannot be immediately established. (iv) Soil retention: stabilize disturbed or exposed soil surface areas that will be inactive for more than 30 days or while vegetation is being established, using mulch, compost, soil mats, or other methods. (v) Wet suppression: apply water to disturbed soil surfaces as necessary and appropriate considering current weather to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions. Prevent water used for dust control from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (vi) Wind barrier: construct a fence or other type of wind barrier to prevent wind erosion of top soils. Page 22 (vii) Chemical stabilization: apply chemical stabilizers using manufacturer's recommended application rates. Avoid over -application and prevent runoff of chemical stabilizers into any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. Asphalt -based products or any product containing cationic polyacrylamide or products deemed environmentally incompatible with Code §26-498, or defined as a pollutant per Code §26-491, or explicitly prohibited by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the state of Colorado may not be used for chemical stabilization. Water soluble plant -based oils or gums, clay additives, or other synthetic polymer emulsion that are non -toxic, non-combustible, and harmless to fish, wildlife, plants, pets, and humans may be used for chemical stabilization. Above: This photo represents adding vegetation by hydroseeding, which is one measure to comply with the Manual. Page 23 3.10 Saw Cutting and Grinding Above: This photo illustrates concrete cutting and how the activity can generate dust. Cutting and grinding of asphalt, concrete and other masonry materials can be a significant short-term source of fugitive dust that may expose workers and the public to crystalline silica. Inhalation of silica can cause lung disease known as silicosis and has been linked to other diseases such as tuberculosis and lung cancer. Using additional best management practices during cutting and grinding operations can significantly reduce dust emissions. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator that cuts or grinds asphalt, concrete, brick, tile, stone, or other masonry materials and whose operations are a dust generating activity or source shall use the following best management practices to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Restrict access: prevent the public from entering the area where dust emissions occur. (ii) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off -property transport. (iii) Equipment and work area clean up: use wet wiping, wet sweeping, or vacuuming with HEPA filtration for equipment and work area clean up and do not cause dust to become airborne during clean up. (iv) Slurry clean up: prevent water used for dust control or clean up from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse by using containment, vacuuming, absorption, or other method to remove the slurry, and dispose of slurry and containment materials properly. Follow additional procedures prescribed in the City's Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual or contract documents and specifications. Page 24 (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.10(a)(i)-(iv) are ineffective to prevent off - property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) On -tool local exhaust ventilation: use a tool -mounted dust capture and collection system. (ii) On -tool wet suppression: use a tool -mounted water application system. (iii) Vacuuming: use a vacuum equipped with a HEPA filter simultaneously with cutting or grinding operations. (iv) Wet suppression: use a water sprayer or hose simultaneously with cutting or grinding operations. (v) Enclosure: conduct cutting or grinding within an enclosure with a dust collection system or temporary tenting over the work area. Above: These photos illustrate how dust generated from cutting can be minimized by applying on -tool wet suppression, an additional best management practice associated with saw cutting and grinding. Page 25 3.11 Abrasive Blasting Above: This photo illustrates abrasive blasting without dust mitigation in place. Abrasive blasting is used to smooth rough surfaces; roughen smooth surfaces; and remove paint, dirt, grease, and other coatings from surfaces. Abrasive blasting media may consist of sand; glass, plastic or metal beads; aluminum oxide; corn cobs; or other materials. Abrasive blasting typically generates a significant amount of fugitive dust if not controlled. The material removed during abrasive blasting can become airborne and may contain silica, lead, cadmium or other byproducts removed from the surface being blasted.* Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator who conducts outdoor abrasive blasting or indoor abrasive blasting with uncontrolled emissions vented to the outside and whose operations are a dust generating activity or source shall implement the following best management practices to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions: (i) Restrict access: prevent the public from entering the area where dust emissions occur. (ii) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off -property transport. (iii) Equipment and work area clean up: use wet wiping, wet sweeping, or vacuuming with HEPA filtration for equipment and work area clean up and do not cause dust to become airborne during clean up. (iv) Slurry clean up: prevent water used for dust control or clean up from entering any public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse by using containment, vacuuming, absorption, or other method to remove the slurry, and dispose of slurry and containment materials properly. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.11(a)(i)-(iv) are ineffective to prevent off - property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Enclosure: conduct abrasive blasting within an enclosure with a dust collection system or temporary tenting over the work area. Page 26 (ii) Wet suppression blasting: use one of several available methods that mix water with the abrasive media or air during blasting operations. (iii) Vacuum blasting: conduct air -based blasting that uses a nozzle attachment with negative air pressure to capture dust. (iv) Abrasive media: select less toxic, lower dust -generating blasting media. * Blasting on surfaces that contain lead paint or wastes from sand blasting that contain hazardous materials maybe subject to additional state and federal requirements. Above: This photo illustrates wet suppression blasting, an additional best management practice. Page 27 3.12 Mechanical Blowing Above: This photo illustrates mechanical blowing without dust mitigation in place. Mechanical blowers are commonly used to move dirt, sand, leaves, grass clippings and other landscaping debris to a central location for easier pick-up and removal. Mechanical blowing with a leaf blower can be a significant source of fugitive dust in some situations and can create nuisance conditions and cause health effects for sensitive individuals. Mechanical blowing can resuspend dust particles that contain allergens, pollens, and molds, as well as pesticides, fecal contaminants, and toxic metals causing allergic reactions, asthma attacks and exacerbating other respiratory illnesses. Best Management Practices to Control Dust (a) Required Best Management Practices: Any person, owner, or operator who operates a mechanical leaf blower (gas, electric, or battery -powered) in a manner that is a dust generating activity or source shall use the following best management practices as necessary to prevent off -property transport of fugitive dust emissions (i) Low speed: use the lowest speed appropriate for the task and equipment. (ii) Operation: use the full length of the blow tube and place the nozzle as close to the ground as possible. (iii) High winds restriction: temporarily halt work activities during high wind events greater than 30 mph if operations would result in off -property transport. (b) Additional Best Management Practices: In the event 3.11(a)(i)-(iii) are ineffective to prevent off - property transport, the person, owner, or operator shall use at least one of the following best management practices: (i) Alternative method: use an alternative such as a rake, broom, shovel, manually push sweeper or a vacuum machine equipped with a filtration system. (ii) Prevent impact: do not blow dust and debris off -property or in close proximity to people, animals, open windows, air intakes, or onto adjacent property, public right-of-way, storm drainage facility, or watercourse. Page 28 SECTION 02621 PLASTIC PRESSURE PIPE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section covers the furnishing and installation of plastic pressure pipe and fittings. 1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handling. 1. Pipe shall not be handled in a manner which will cause damage to the pipe. 2. Pipe or fittings shall not be dropped. 3. Care must be taken to prevent damage to the pipe and fittings by impact, bending, compression or abrasion. 4. Damaged pipe or fittings shall not be installed, and shall be immediately removed from the site. B. Storage. 1. Lubricant shall not be stored or handled in a manner which will cause contamination to the lubricant. 2. Rubber gaskets shall be stored in a location which protects them from deterioration. 3. Pipe shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 4. Pipe shall be stored on a surface which provides even support for the pipe barrel. a. Pipe shall not be stored in such a way as to be supported by the bell. 5. Pipe which exhibits any signs of ultraviolet deterioration shall not be used. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standard: 1. AWWA C900 or C909: PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fitting, 4"- 12", For Water Distribution 2. AWWA C905: PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fitting, 16"- 48", For Water Transmission and Distribution 3. ASTM F477: Elastomeric Seals ( Gaskets ) for Joining Plastic Pipe 13 Plastic Pressure Pipe (iii) Minimize use on dirt: minimize the use of mechanical blower on unpaved surfaces, road shoulders, or loose dirt. (iv) Wet suppression: use a light spray of water, as necessary and appropriate considering current weather conditions, to dampen dusty work areas. Prevent water, dirt, and debris from entering any storm drainage facility, or watercourse. (v) Remove debris: remove and properly dispose of blown material immediately. Above: These photos illustrate alternative methods to mechanical blowing that can minimize dust generation. Page 29 4.0 Dust Control Plan for Land Development Greater Than Five Acres A dust control plan is required for all development projects or construction sites with a total disturbed surface area equal to or greater than five (5) acres. If the project is required to obtain a development construction permit, then the dust control plan shall be submitted with the development review application or the development construction permit application. A copy of the dust control plan shall be available onsite at all times for compliance and inspection purposes. For dust control plans associated with a Development Construction Permit (DCP), applications for the DCP are available online at www.fcgov.com/developmentreview/applications.php. The dust control plan may be submitted on the Dust Control Plan Form included in Chapter 4 of this Manual or other equivalent format and shall include the following information: • Project name and location. • Name and contact information of property owner. • Project start and completion dates. • Name and contact information of the developer, general contractor, and each contractor or operator that will be engaged in an earthmoving activity. • Total size of the development project or construction site in acres. • A description of the project phasing or sequencing of the project to minimize the amount of disturbed surface area at any one time during the project. • A list of each dust generating activity or source associated with the project. • A list of each best management practice and engineering control that will be implemented for each dust generating activity or source. • A list of additional best management practices that will be implemented if initial controls are ineffective. • A signed statement from the property owner, developer, general contractor, and each contractor or operator engaged in an earthmoving activity acknowledging receipt of the Dust Control Plan and an understanding of and ability to comply with the best management practices in the plan. Page 30 r City Of F6rl Collins DUST CONTROL PLAN PROJECT INFORMATION Project Name Project Location Start and Completion Dates Total Size of Project Site (acres) Maximum disturbed surface area at any one time (acres) Property Owner name, address, phone, e-mail Developer name, address, phone, e-mail General Contractor name, address, phone, e-mail Subcontractor or Operator of a dust generating activity or source name, address, phone, e-mail Subcontractor or Operator of a dust generating activity or source name, address, phone, e-mail Subcontractor or Operator of a dust generating activity or source name, address, phone, e-mail PROJECT PHASING OR SEQUENCING Provide a description of how this project will be phased or sequenced to minimize the disturbed surface area. Attach phasing plan or map if available. Page 31 DUST CONTROL PLAN CERTIFICATION I certify the information and attachments contained in this Dust Control Plan are true and correct to the best of my knowledge and that I and the project's subcontractors have received a copy of this Dust Control Plan and acknowledge my understanding of and ability to comply with best management practices for controlling fugitive dust emissions. I hereby permit City officials to enter upon the property for the purpose of inspection of any dust generating activity or source for which I am the responsible person, owner, or operator. Name: Title: Role on project: Address: Phone: Signature: Date: List of Subcontractors: Title: Role on project: Title: Role on project: Title: Role on project: Title: Role on project: Title: Role on project: Title: Role on project: Title: Role on project: Title: Role on project: Page 32 Instructions: Place an X in each box indicating all best management practices that will be implemented for each dust generating activity. Please refer to the Dust Prevention and Control Manual for requirements. Dust Generating Activity /Best Management Practice !l Oq > t t w~ C o > O O aE `m - Y U ° 00 C v 3 Ln v U O ° .� o m° C 0 z° 0 o— N _ c v Y o C a a Q C o O O m m o 7 C m on •,F, CO CI W 3 o CO Abrasive media Asbestos or lead materials Building permit Chemical stabilization Construction sequencing Drop height Enclosure Equipment &work area clean up Erosion Control plan High winds restriction Load cover Leaf blowing techniques Location Minimize disturbed area On -tool local exhaust ventilation On -tool wet suppression Other method Reduce vehicle speeds Remove deposition Restrict access Slurry clean up Soil retention Stockpile permit Surface improvements Surface roughening Sweeping Synthetic or natural cover Track -out prevention system Uncontrolled sweeping prohibited Vacuum Vegetation Wet suppression F- Wind barrier -4 Describe any additional dust generating activities and best management practices that will be used: Page 33 5.0 Resources 5.1 Cross Reference to Codes, Standards, Regulations, and Policies Earthmoving Activities Fort Collins Land Use Code Article 3 General Development Standards §3.2.2 Access, Circulation and Parking. Fort Collins Land Use Code Article 3 General Development Standards §3.4.1(N) Standards for Protection During Construction. Fort Collins Land Use Code Article 3 General Development Standards §3.4.2 Air Quality Fort Collins City Code, Chapter 5 Buildings and Building Regulations, Section 5-27 (59) §3602.1.1 Building demolitions. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 23 Public Property §23-16. Permit required; exception in case of emergency. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual, Volume 3, Chapter 7, Section 1.3 Policy, Standards and Submittal Requirements, §1.3.3.e.5. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual — Fact Sheet SM-1 Construction Phasing/Sequencing and Fact Sheet EC-1 Surface Roughening. Larimer County Land Use Code §8.11.4. Fugitive dust during construction. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.b Construction Activities. OSHA Safety and Health Regulations for Construction 29 CFR Part 1926.55 Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. Demolition and Renovation Fort Collins Land Use Code, Division 2.7 Building Permits §2.7.1 Fort Collins City Code, Chapter 5 Buildings and Building Regulations, Section 5-27 (59) §3602.1.1 Building demolitions. Page 34 Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, Regulation Number 8, Part B Control of Hazardous Air Pollutants, 5 CCR 1001-10. Stockpiles Fort Collins Land Use Code, Division 2.6 Stockpiling Permits and Development Construction Permits §2.6.2. Fort Collins Land Use Code §2.6.3 (K) Stockpiling Permit and Development Construction Permit Review Procedures. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual Volume 3, Chapter 7, Section 1.3 Policy, Standards and Submittal Requirements, §1.3.3.e.7. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual - Fact Sheet MM-2 Stockpile Management. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.c Storage and Handling of Materials. Street Sweeping Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual - Fact Sheet SM-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming. Track-out/Carry-out Fort Collins Traffic Code, Part 1407 Spilling loads on highways prohibited. Fort Collins Land Use Code §5.2.1 Definitions Maintenance (of a newly constructed street). Fort Collins City Code: Chapter 20— Nuisances, Article V - Dirt, Debris and Construction Waste, §Sec. 20-62. Depositing on streets prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual, Volume 3, Chapter 7, Section 1.3 Policy, Standards and Submittal Requirements, §1.3.3.e.8. Page 35 Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual — Fact Sheet SM-4 Vehicle Tracking Control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual — Fact Sheet SM-7 Street Sweeping and Vacuuming. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.a.(ii).(B) General Requirements. Bulk Materials Transport Fort Collins Traffic Code, Part 1407 Spilling loads on highways prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.f Haul Trucks. Colorado Revised Statutes. 42-4-1407 Spilling loads on highways prohibited. Unpaved Roads and Haul Roads Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. State of Colorado, Air Quality Control Commission, 5 CCR 1001-3, Regulation No. 1, §III.D.2.a Roadways and §III.D.2.e Haul Roads. Parking Lots Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Open Areas and Vacant Lots Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control Saw Cutting and Grinding Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual — Fact Sheet SM-12 Paving and Grinding Operations. Page 36 Colorado Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Section 208.04 Best Management Practices for Stormwater. Abrasive Blasting Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. Mechanical (Leaf) Blowing Fort Collins City Code Chapter 20 Nuisances, Article 1 In General, §20-1 Air pollution nuisances prohibited. Fort Collins City Code Chapter 26 Utilities, Article VII Stormwater Utility, §26-498 Water quality control. 5.2 City of Fort Collins Manuals and Policies Fort Collins Stormwater Criteria Manual http://www.fcgov.com/utilities/business/builders-and- developers/development-forms-guidelines-regulations/stormwater-criteria City of Fort Collins Parks and Recreation Environmental Best Management Practices Manual 2011, Chapter Four: Best Management Practices for Construction http://www.fcgov.com/parks/pdf/bmp.pdf City of Fort Collins Building Design and Construction Standards, Oct. 2013 http://www.fcgov.com/opserv/pdf/building-des ign-sta nda rds2. pdf? 1390850442 City of Fort Collins, Recommended Species and Application Rates of Perennial Native Upland Gross Seed for Fort Collins, Colorado. City of Fort Collins Plant List, April 2011. 5.3 References for Dust Control Leaf Blowing A Report to the California Legislature on the Potential Health and Environmental Impacts of Leaf Blowers, California Environmental Protection Agency —Air Resources Board, Feb. 2000. http://www.arb.ca.gov/msprog/mailouts/msc0005/msc0005.pdf Abrasive Blasting Sandblasting and Other Air -based Blasting Fact Sheet, Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, Dec. 2011. Protecting Workers from the Hazards of Abrasive Blasting Materials, OSHA Fact Sheet. California Air Resources Board, Abrasive Blasting Program. http://www.arb.ca.gov/ba/certabr/certabr.htm Page 37 Saw Cutting OSHA Fact Sheet on Crystalline Silica Exposure https://www.osha.gov/OshDoc/data General Facts/crystalline-factsheet.pdf State of New Jersey — Dry Cutting and Grinding Fact Sheet http://www.state.n*.us/health/surv/documents/dry cutting.pdf Centers for Disease Control and Prevention - Engineering Controls for Silica in Construction http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/silica/cutoffsaws.htmi Shepherd-S; Woskie-S, Controlling Dust from Concrete Saw Cutting. Journal of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, 2013 Feb; 10(2):64-70. http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/nioshtic-2/20042808.html Akbar-Khanzadeh F, Milz SA, Wagner CD, Bisesi MS, Ames AL, Khuder S, Susi P, Akbar-Khanzadeh M, Effectiveness of dust control methods for crystalline silica and respirable suspended particulate matter exposure during manual concrete surface grinding. Journal of Occupational and Environmental Hygiene, 2010 Dec;7(12):700-11. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/21058155 HSE, On -Tool Controls to Reduce Exposure to Respirable Dusts in the Construction Industry —A Review. Health and Safety Executive, RR926, 2012, Derbyshire, U.K. http://www.hse.gov.uk/research/rrpdf/rr926.pdf Croteau G, Guffey S, Flanagan ME, Seixas N, The Effect of Local Exhaust Ventilation Controls on Dust Exposures During Concrete Cutting and Grinding Activities. American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, 2002 63:458-467 http://deohs.washington.edu/sites/default/files/images/general/`CroteauThesis.pdf Unpaved Roads, Parking Lots, and Open Areas Dust Control from Unpaved Roads and Surfaces, Code 373, USDA-NRCS, April 2010. http://www.nres.usda.gov/Internet/FSE DOCUMENTS/nres143 025946.pdf CPWA, 2005, Dust Control for Unpaved Roads, A Best Practice by the National Guide to Sustainable Municipal Infrastructure, Canadian Public Works Association. Colorado Forest Road Field Handbook, Colorado State Forest, Editor: Richard M. Edwards, CF; CSFS Assistant Staff Forester, July 2011. Fay L., Kociolek A., Road Dust Management and Future Needs: 2008 Conference Proceedings, Western Transportation Institute, March 2009. Chemical Stabilizers Interim Guidelines on Dust Palliative Use in Clark County, Nevada. Nevada Division of Environmental Protection, Feb. 2001. http://ndep.nv.gov/admin/dustpal.pdf Bolander, Peter, ed. 1999. Dust Palliative Selection and Application Guide. Project Report. 9977-1207- SDTDC. San Dimas, CA: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, San Dimas Technology and Development Center. http://www.fs.fed.us/eng/pubs/html/`99771207/99771207.htmi Page 38 4. ASTM D1784: Specification for Rigid PVC Compounds and CPVC Compounds 5. ASTM D3139: Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomedc Seals B. Manufacturers: 1. Diamond Plastics Corporation 2. PW Eagle 3. J-M Manufacturing Company 4. CertainTeed 5. Underground Solutions, Inc 6. Or An Approved Equal PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. PVC Pressure Pipe (4 inch through 12 inches). 1. Conformance: AW WA C-900 DR-18 Class 150 and AW WA C909 Class 200. 2. O.D. Base: Cast Iron equivalent. 3. Pipe Joints: a. Direct Bury: Bell ends with elastomeric gaskets. Solvent cement joints are strictly prohibited. b. Horizontal Directional Drilling: i. Fusible C-900Tm manufactured by Underground Solutions, Inc. ii. Low profile restrained joint pipe such as C900/RJ system manufactured by CertainTeed or approved equal. 4. All joints on plastic pressure pipe shall be push -on, using an integral bell with an elastometric gasket. 5. All plastic pressure pipe shall have a nominal laying length of twenty feet (20'). a. Randon pipe lengths are not acceptable. B. PVC Pressure Pipe (16 inch through 20 inches). 1. Conformance: AWWA C-905. 2. O.D. Base: Cast Iron equivalent. 3. Pressure Rating: Refer to drawings for minimum pressure class. 4. Joints: Bell ends with elastomeric gaskets. Solvent cement joints are strictly prohibited. 5. Color of the pipe shall be blue to distinguish as potable water. C. Mechanical Joint Restraints: Ford Uni-Flange Block Buster Series 1300 Pipe Restraint or approved equal. 9/3/2013 02621-2 Plastic Pressure Pipe Techniques for Fugitive Dust Control —Chemical Suppressants, City of Albuquerque NM, website last accessed on Oct. 25, 2014. http://www.cabq.gov/airguality/business-programs-permits/ordinances/fugitive-dust/fugitive-dust- control USDA BioPreferred Catalog: Dust Suppressants http://www. biopreferred.gov/BioP referred/faces/catalog/Cata log.xhtm I USGS Columbia Environmental Research Center Project: Environmental Effects of Dust Suppressant Chemicals on Roadside Plant and Animal Communities, http://www.cerc.usgs.gov/Proiects.aspx?Proaectld=77 Street Sweeping U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Stormwater Best Management Practices: Street Sweeper Fact Sheet. http://environment.fhwa.dot.gov/ecosystems/ultraurb/`3fsl6.asp Agriculture and Livestock Agricultural Air Quality Conservation Measures - Reference Guide for Cropping Systems and General Land Management, USDA-NRCS, Oct. 2012. http://www.nres.usda.gov/Internet/FSE DOCUMENTS/stelprdb1049502.pdf Dust Control from Animal Activity on Open Lot Surfaces, Code 375, USDA-NRCS, Sept. 2010. http://www.nres.usda.gov/Internet/FSE DOCUMENTS/nres143 025821.pdf Residue and Tillage Management, Reduced Till, Code 345, USDA-NRCS, Dec. 2013. http://www.nres.usda.gov/Internet/FSE DOCUMENTS/stelprdb1251402.pdf Herbaceous Wind Barriers, Code 603, USDA-NRCS, Jan. 2010. http://www.nres.usda.gov/Internet/FSE DOCUMENTS/nres143 025927.pdf Michalewicz, D. A., J. D. Wanjura, B. W. Shaw, and C. B. Parnell. 2005. Evaluation of sources and controls of fugitive dust from agricultural operations. In Proc. 2005 Beltwide Cotton Conference. http://caages.tamu.edu/Publication-Pariculate%20Matter.htmi Harner J., Maghirang R., Razote E., Water Requirements for Dust Control on Feedlots, from the proceedings of Mitigating Air Emissions From Animal Feeding Operations Conference, May 2008. http://www.extension.org/pages/23966/water-requ irements-for-dust-control-on-feed lots California Air Pollution Control Officers Association Agriculture Clearinghouse http://www.capcoa.org/ag-clearinghouse U.S. Department of Agriculture Natural Resources Conservation Service - Nevada, Fugitive Dust: A Guide to the Control of Windblown Dust on Agricultural Lands in Nevada. Jan. 2007. http://www.cdsn.org/images/FugitiveDustGuide v7 201 .pdf Demolition and Renovation Page 39 CDPHE, Demolition and Asbestos Abatement forms and information https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/cdphe/`asbestos-forms Earthmoving Activities CDPHE, An Overview of Colorado Air Regulations for Land Development, August 2014 https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/sites/default/files/AP Land -Development -Guidance -Document 1.pdf Working With Dirt When the Wind Blows http://www.gradingandexcavation.com/GX/Articles/Working With Dirt When the Wind Blows 5455 .aspx EPA — Stormwater Best Management Practices: Dust Control http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/Dust-Control.cfm EPA—Stormwater Best Management Practices: Wind Fences and Sand Fences http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/W ind-Fences-and-Sand-Fences.cfm EPA — Stormwater Best Management Practices: Construction Sequencing http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/Construction-Sequencing.cfm EPA—Stormwater Best Management Practices: Construction Entrances http://water.epa.gov/polwaste/npdes/swbmp/Construction-Entrances.cfm An Overview of Colorado Air Regulations for Land Development. Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment — Air Pollution Control Division. https://www.colorado.gov/pacific/sites/default/files/AP Land -Development -Guidance -Document 1.pdf Health Effects of Particulate Matter U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Integrated Science Assessment for Particulate Matter. EPA/600/R-08/139F Dec. 2009. http://cfpub. epa.gov/ncea/cfm/record isplay. cfm?deid=216546#Down load World Health Organization, Health Effects of Particulate Matter- Policy. 2013 http://www.euro.who.int/ data/assets/pdf file/0006/189051/Health-effects-of-particulate-matter- final-Eng.pdf Preventing Silicosis in Construction Workers, NIOSH http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/docs/96-112/ General Dust Abatement Handbook, Maricopa County Air Quality Department, June 2013. http://www. ma ricopa.gov/aq/divisions/compliance/dust/docs/pdf/Rule%20310-Dust%20Hand book. pdf Fugitive Dust Control: Self Inspection Handbook, California Air Resources Board, 2007. http://www.arb.ca.gov/pm/fugitivedust large.pdf WRAP Fugitive Dust Handbook, Western Governors' Association. Sept. 2006. Page 40 Managing Fugitive Dust: A Guide for Compliance with the Air Regulatory Requirements for Particulate Matter Generation, Michigan Department of Environmental Quality. March 2014. Colorado Oil and Gas Conservation Commission, Rules and Regulations, Rule 805 Odors and Dust http://coacc.state.co.us/ Page 41 D. Fittings: Ductile Iron. 1. Standard: AWWA C-104, C-110, C-111, or C-153. 2. Lining: Epoxy. 3. Coating: Epoxy. 4. Pressure rating: 250 psi. 5. Connections: mechanical joint unless specified otherwise indicated. a. Tee -head bolts and nuts: Type 304 stainless steel E. Tracer wire. 1. Tracer wire shall be a #12 AWG high -flex copper clad steel conductor (HF- CCS), insulated with a 30 mil, high density, high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE) insulation, and rated for direct burial use at 30 volts. HF-CCS conductor must be a 21 % conductivity for locatability purposes, rated break load 282#. HDPE insulation shall be RoHS compliant and utilize virgin grade material. Insulation color shall be blue. Tracer wire shall be manufactured by Copperhead Industies. 2. Magnesium grounding rod/anode shall be installed at all dead end points. Use Northtown company CP-A-M 1.315x12D05 (#! X 1.315" D x 13.5" L) magnesium drive-in anode with HDPE cap and 5' of factory installed 12 AWG copper clad steel wire with 30 mil high density, high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE) insulation. Anodes shall be manufactured by Copperhead Industies. 3. Wire connectors shall be SnakeBite 90 degree twist lock connectors manufactured by Copperhead Industries. 4. Locator Station: a. Reference standard detail. b. Marked: "LOCATOR STATION"- F. Warning Tape 1. Tape to read: CAUTION: BURIED WATER LINE BELOW 2. Colors: Blue background with black text 3. APWA & AASHTO compliant 4. Tape shall be detectable 5 mil foil for plastic piping or other detectable non- degradable material G. Joint Restraining Devices Mechanical joints may be restrained with any of the following: a. Reference Section 01000 —Approved Product Listing. 2. Push -on joints may be restrained with any of the following: a. Reference Section 01000 — Approved Product Listing. 9/3/2013 Plastic Pressure Pipe 02621-3 vavF73�oW1od # $U�jO pfto S1N3W3AOtldWI NOII]35X31NI OW1YMOtl0@f § (WO111334SOUd GW OVOM 3MR WI1 F /g J F{{: O O ?I Z j $ O o $ W 'F@II � o @cnN p O m0 o LL LL F Z O z O 3NIlHJ1tlW LL+I IJ \ I•� I � I j4 3NIlN71tlW If �I � � I � �� _}I � � III 3g• \ m L4J` I-� I l' Lr %7\ .L� 11 C `YIIt . ry I �' I � I - Y i ' ¢• Ly 1 J I ` I \ �l I � 8 s♦ 17fp\�¢, \ Ftl O s* Z ' ' •MI I • 2G I l \ 4p l i I. ---- i I •II. I I I � � iI II I —__ tl y, •I I I I i �� i I� I it 1�. i. II ��q�� i \\\ — 7 I- It 3NnHoivw PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine the pipe and fittings for cracks, dents, abrasions or other flaws prior to installation. Mark defective pipe and remove from the site. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install pipe in accordance with Section 02713 — Water Distribution System. B. Cutting the pipe. 1. Cut the pipe square with saws or pipe cutters designed specifically for the material. 2. Bevel the end in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Locate a depth mark with a marker or crayon to assure the spigot end is inserted to the recommended depth. 4. Remove burrs and wipe off all dust from the jointing surfaces. C. Gasketed joints. 1. Remove all dirt and foreign material from the spigot, gasket an gasket groove. 2. Apply lubricant furnished by the pipe manufacturer. 3. Insert the spigot to the depth recommended by manufacturer. 4. Do not disturb previously completed joints during jointing operations. D. Do not bend pipe on any radius. Joints may be deflected if manufacturer's written literature allows, but bending of pipe is not allowed. E. Joints of all pipe in the trench shall be completed before work is stopped. If water accumulates in the trench, the plugs shall remain in place until the trench is dry. F. PVC to ductile iron pipe joints shall be made with mechanical joint solid sleeves. G. Tracer wire. 1. Tape to top centerline pipe every 5 feet with tape such that wire remains in place during embedding of pipe. 2. As an alternative to taping, spiral wrap tracer wire around pipeline in a symmetric pattern. Taping is not required with this method of installation. 3. Secure tracer wire to fire hydrant be wrapping twice around riser to hydrant. Terminate end of tracer wire in a pre -fabricated cathodic protection test station. Two (2) feet of wire shall be coiled inside each box. Place box in front of fire hydrant. 4. Wire may be spliced with plastic ties. Totally enclose in waterproof Permatex. Double wrap in Protecto-Wrap. 5. Attach one pound (1 lb) sacrificial anodes to tracer wire every 500 feet. 6. Testing. a. Pass current through wire and demonstrate that wire is capable of locating the pipe. 13 02621-4 Plastic Pressure Pipe b. If wire will not pass current, locate break in circuit and test until tracer wire works in accordance with its intended use. H. Warning Tape 1. Place twelve (12) inches above top of pipe and centered over pipe in backfill. 2. Tape shall run continuous with pipe. 3.03 TAPPING Reference Sections 02644 and 02713 of these specifications. 3.04 LOCATION BOXES Reference City standard detail. END OF SECTION 9/312013 02621-5 Pressure Pipe (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 9/3/2013 Plastic Pressure Pipe 02621-6 SECTION 02640 VALVES PART 1-GENERAL 1,01 DESCRIPTION: This section covers the furnishing and installation of butterfly line valves, air release and vacuum valves. gate valves, valve boxes, and valve appurtenances used for water distribution lines. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Section 02605 — Water System Manholes and Vaults Section 03310 - Structural Concrete Section 03210 - Reinforcing Steel 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to materials during delivery and storage. B. Valves shall be stored off of the ground and away from materials that could contaminate potable water systems. C. Precautions shall be taken to keep all joints and internal parts clean PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL A. All valves shall open clockwise (right). 2.02 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Butterfly valves shall be used when pipe is larger than 12-inches in diameter. B. All butterfly valves shall conform to AWWA C504. 1. All butterfly valves shall have an epoxy coated interior. 2. All flanged butterfly valves shall be the short body type. 3. All butterfly valves shall be Class 150B. 4. Valve operator torque shall be as specified in Appendix A, of AWWA 9/3/2013 02640-1 Valves C504. 5. Acceptable manufacturers of butterfly valves are: a. Reference Section 01000 — Approved Product Listing. 6. All butterfly valves shall be placed in a manhole or vault. a. Reference Butterfly Valve Vault Detail Drawing. 7. All butterfly valves shall have a disc position indicator. C. Painting All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting. All surfaces, exterior and interior, except the seating surfaces of flange faces shall be evenly coated with a suitable primer to inhibit rust or black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal Specification TT-V51 C for buried service; and two coats of Zinc Chromate in accordance with Federal Specification Tt-P-645 for non -buried service. Flange faces shall be shop coated with a rust preventive compound, Dearborn Chemical "No-Ox-Id", Houghton 'Rust -Veto 344", or Rust-Oleu, "R-9". After above painting is completed, a lubricant compatible with the rubber seal shall be applied to a surface of this seal and the mating metal surface to prevent bonding of the two surfaces during shipment and storage. Following application of the seal lubricant, the valve disk shall be placed in the fully closed position for shipment. 2.03 GATE VALVES A. All gate valves shall be a resilient seat type and manufactured in accordance with AWWA C509. All gate valves shall have an epoxy coated interior. B. All gate valves shall be provided with two O-ring type stem seals in accordance with Section 4.8 of AWWA C509. C. If the operating nut on gate valves is more than five (5) feet below finish grade, a valve extension shall be used. 1. When a valve extension is installed, the top of the extension shall be set two (2) feet below finished grade. a. Valve Extension shall not be pinned to operator nut on valve. 2. Reference Valve Extension Detail Drawing. D. Manufacturers: 9/3/2013 Valves 02640-2 Reference Section 01000 — Approved Product Listing. 2.04 COMBINATION AIR RELEASE VALVES A. Combination air release valves shall be designed to exhaust large volumes or air when the system is filled with water and to allow large volumes of air to enter the pipeline when the system is drained. The air and vacuum relief portion of the valve shall have a discharge orifice area which is equal to or greater than the valve inlet. The valve shall also be capable of venting small quantities of entrained air which typically accumulate at high points in the pipeline during system operation. Entrained air shall be vented under pressure by means of a small, independently controlled orifice. The combination air release valve shall be designed forwater-tight operation and a minimum working pressure of 200 psi and a hydrostatic test pressure of 250 psi. B. The combination air release valve body, cover and baffle shall be high strength plastic or cast iron conforming to ASTM A48 or ASTM A126. The valve float shall be stainless steel conforming to ASTM A240. The float retainer, outlet orifice plug, float cushion retainer, restraining screws and internal lock nuts and washers shall be stainless steel conforming to ASTM A276. The float cushion and outlet orifice seat shall be synthetic Buna-N rubber manufactured in compliance with ASTM SB800. C. Unless prior permission is obtained from Utility, size of air relief and vacuum relief valves shall be 2-inches in diameter. D. Taps for air relief and vacuum relief valves shall be made with a tapping saddle. E. All pipes shall be brass. F. Connections: i . The inlet connection for air relief and vacuum relief valves shall be 2-inches in diameter with a tapered iron pipe thread conforming to AWWA C800. 2. Connections on the outlet side of air relief and vacuum relief valves shall be threaded and shall be protected to minimize entry of debris and dirt into the valve. G. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Reference Section 01000 — Approved Product Listing 2.05 VALVE BOXES A. General The manufacturer of valve box components shall be experienced in the design and construction, shall be regularly engaged in the manufacture and shall have produced valve boxes which have given successful service for a period of at least five (5) years. Valve boxes herein described are for 4" or larger main and service lines. B. Material 9/3/2013 02640-3 Valves Valve box parts shall be made of gray cast iron in compliance with the requirements of ASTM A48 or ASTM A 126. C. Approved Patterns 1. Valve boxes shall be Tyler 5 1/4 inch shaft, screw -type with the word "WATER" cast into the lid. 2. Valve box bases for gate valves shall be Tyler 6860 series, #6 base. 3. Valve boxes for all main line valves shall be Tyler 6860 series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 VALVES All valves shall be handled in such a manner as to prevent any injury or damage. All joints shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation. Valves shall be located as shown on the Construction Drawings. Any deviations from this shall be at the discretion of the Engineer/Utility. Valves shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner previously specified for cleaning, laying and joining the appropriate joints as provided with the valves. Valves shall be set in such a manner that the valve stems are plumb. Valves shall be examined for cracks, dents, abrasions, and other flaws prior to installation. Defective valves shall be marked and removed from the site. All valves shall be installed a minimum of 4 feet from any fence, bush, building or structure. With the exception of tapping valves, flanged valves shall not be buried. Valves shall be installed in such a manner that the operating nut is perpendicular to the ground surface. Installed valve shall be supported in place on compacted granular material. Tapping valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Tapping valves and sleeves are to be water pressure tested to 150 psi for 5 minutes with no leakage allowed, prior to proceeding with the wet tap. 3.02 VALVE BOXES A valve box shall be provided for every valve of size 12" and smaller or as shown on the Construction Drawings. The valve box shall not transmit shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover set to the elevation determined by the Design Engineer. Compact around barrel with hand equipment to minimize misalignment and settling of backfill. 9/3/2013 Valves 02640-4 Valve boxes shall be examined for cracks, dents, abrasions, and other flaws prior to installation. Defective valve boxes shall be marked and removed from the site. 3.03 AIR RELIEF/VACULIM RELIEF VALVES Air relief and vacuum relief valves shall be installed at high points, and as shown on the Construction Drawings. 3.04 OPERATION Valves which have been accepted by the City shall be operated by City personnel only. END OF SECTION 9/3!2013 Valves 02640-5 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) Valves 02640-6 SECTION 02644 TAPPING SLEEVES FOR DISTRIBUTION LINES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish and install all tapping sleeves as either shown or implied on the Construction Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK Section 02615 — Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Section 02621 — Plastic Pressure Pipe PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 General Tapping sleeves shall be used to tap into existing waterlines. The sleeves shall be designed for a minimum working pressure of 150 psi. Sleeves for 12 inch and smaller mains shall be stainless steel with stainless steel nuts and bolts. 2.02 Sleeve Body The sleeve body shall be fabricated stainless steel or steel with epoxy lining and coating. The sleeve body shall have a flanged outlet for the branch connection with dimensions and drillings complying with ANSI B16.1 and AWWA C207 Class D, ASNI 150 lb. drilling. The sleeve body shall form a water tight seal at the main line tap by means of a synthetic rubber gasket. 2.03 Nuts and Bolts Nuts and bolts shall be stainless steel Type 304. 2.04 Gaskets Gaskets shall be a resilient, synthetic rubber material subject to the manufacturer's specification and formulated to resist oil, water, acids and alkalis and aliphatic hydro- carbons. 2.05 Acceptable Manufacturers Tapping sleeves shall be Romac FTS 420 as manufactured by Romac Industries, Inc. or approved equal. 9/3/2013 Tapping Sleeves 02644-1 ii •g� `,k..: \ III' ` •� nwrem .`'..� wae�wnwcr w \ -- • �} _T_T�� ___ _ _ ___________________ w 1 .• — 1L1/BERLW!'ROAO i 1 _ _ ...�_.. - •,ter 11(\/\\ •' V F — s I ____________________i P, r_7 -_ .,,.�.r-;> �>�..., 1 r i �� I I i avrrnew.mr � I r•� li � I \ '�.a.. ,. .....r.,,,. i ___ — — 4�m -- •.;1 I 1 '� r I � i wr."wa°..i.+v:.o.:aw.ue i Ili li � I ' � ... r n — • i.' I i li I I FOR INFORMATION ONLY O° ,•,1 �Y „ •I 'ry Ili li (_.�_ °a i ° �1 a .,• �1 �� e.J�r1 \.� II 1 I ,.. III li I rc F ¢ • TIMBERLINE ROAD w O U 9TA 59+50 TO 69+00 w 1 W m F F O O a ° oa i G w ° w o a m C w w z z z 4 rc a w m ; m m a F F 0 F F 3 � E BID SET NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION 2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install tapping sleeves in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prior to installation, thoroughly remove all oil, scale, and dirt from the saddle and provide a clean seat for the gasket. C. Wipe gasket clean prior to installation. D. Final nut tightening shall be performed with a torque -limiting wrench to the torque level recommended by the Manufacturer. E. Taps on pipe shall not be closer than three feet (T) from each other. END OF SECTION 9/3/2013 Tapping Sleeves 02644-2 SECTION 02645 HYDRANTS PART GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED The Developer shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, equipment and perform all work and services necessary for, or incidental to, the furnishing and installation, complete, of all dry -barrel hydrants as shown on the Construction Drawings and completely coordinated with the work of other trades. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 02640 — Valves 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Fire hydrants shall be handled, stored, and protected in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials, coatings, and finishes. B. All fittings and joints shall be kept free from dirt, oil and grease. 1.05 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with specifications, products of the following manufacturers are accepted for use as approved by the City. Reference Section 01000 — Approved Product Listing. PART 2 MATERIALS 2.01 GENERAL All fire hydrants shall be designed and manufactured in strict compliance with AWWA Standard C-502 entitled "AWWA Standard for Dry -Barrel Fire Hydrants". 2.02 SERVICE All fire hydrants shall be designed for working pressure of 250 psi. and each factory assembled unit shall be hydrostatically tested in accordance with applicable Standards noted in this specification. Shop tests for the body and main valve will be subjected to a hydraulic pressure of 300 psi. 2.03 SIZE OF HYDRANT (I Hydrants 02645-1 Hydrants shall have a main valve opening size of five and one quarter (5-1/4) inches. 2.04 TYPE OF HYDRANT Hydrants shall be a three-way type with two (2) hose nozzles and one (1) pumper nozzle located on the same plane with the center line of the pumper nozzle, at least eighteen (18) inches above ground line. 2.05 INLET CONNECTION Hydrant shall be provided with a mechanical joint inlet to accommodate 6-inch diameter ductile iron pipe complete with plain rubber gasket, gland, bolts and nuts all in accordance with ANSI A 21.11. The bolts and nuts shall be a high -strength low -alloy corrosion resistant steel, "COR TEN" or equal, with a minimum yield of 50,000 psi conforming to ASTM Specification A 242. All mechanical joint accessories shall be attached to hydrant for shipment. 2.06 MAIN VALVE ASSEMBLY Main valve of the hydrant shall be 5-1/4-inch diameter compression type which closes with the water pressure. Seat ring shall be bronze with a machined face and external threads for threading into a bronze drain ring or a bronze bushed shoe to provide bronze to bronze seating for the main valve, complete with O-rings for sealing. Gasket for valve shall be a replaceable type fabricated of a resilient material with a threaded bottom plate or nut complete with seal to prevent leakage from the hydrant. The valve assembly shall include one or more drain valves which will work automatically with the main valve and drain the barrel when the main valve is in the closed position. All drain tubes shall be bronze lined and sized large enough for the barrel to drain within 12 minutes when the barrel is sized for a five (5) foot trench depth. All parts of the main valve assembly shall be so designed that removal of the assembly from the barrel is accomplished without excavation in accordance with Section 3.2 of the referenced specifications. 2.07 OPERATING SHAFT NUT The operating nut shall be 7/8-inch square. Bushings in bonnet shall be so constructed that it will prevent the operating nut from traveling during opening or closing operation; also the bushing shall house a gasket or seal to prevent moisture or foreign material from entering the lubricant reservoir. The hydrant shall open by turning the operating nut to the right in a clockwise direction and shall have an arrow on top of the bonnet to designate the direction of opening. 9/3/2013 Hydrants 02645-2 2.08 PUMPER NOZZLE AND CAP The pumper nozzle shall be 4-1/2-inch nominal diameter with four (4) threads per inch NST; threads shall be open right (clockwise). Nozzle cap shall be furnished with a synthetic rubber gasket installed in a retaining groove and the dimensions and shape of the nozzle cap nut shall be the same as the operating shaft nut as described in Paragraph 2.8 of the specifications. Nozzle caps shall be furnished with security chains with one end of each securely attached to the upper barrel section of the hydrant. 2.09 HOSE NOZZLES AND CAPS The two hose nozzles shall be 2-1/2-inch nominal diameter with seven and one-half threads per inch (2.5 — 7.5 N.H.). Threads shall be open right(clockwise) and National Standard in accordance with NFPA No. 194. Each hose nozzle shall include a nozzle cap with nut and security chain. 2.10 NOZZLE ATTACHMENT The hose and pumper nozzles shall be threaded and locked in place by a stainless steel pin or screw. Sealing of the threaded connections shall be accomplished by the use of O-ring gaskets. 2.11 COLOR The upper exposed section of the hydrant above ground shall be given a prime coat of synthetic red lead primer, Type IV-TFP-86a, followed by one shop coat of heavy duty alkyd enamel paint conforming to the City's standards. Acceptable paint and manufacturers: Diamond Vogel Nu -Cling; 100% acrylic latex enamel gloss Part #MH3533 Safety Yellow. The buried portion of the hydrant shall be given a bituminous coating in accordance with Section 6-8.1 of AWWA C-106 Standards. 2.12 HYDRANT GRAVEL Hydrant Gravel shall be a well graded crushed stone or gravel, conforming to ASTM- D448, CDOT #67, as listed below: SIZE PERCENT PASSING 1" 100 3/4" 90 - 100 3/8" 20 - 55 #4 0 - 10 #8 0 - 5 9/3/2013 Hydrants 02645-3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION A. Carefully clean hydrants of all foreign material and inspect hydrant's valves in open and closed positions. Notify the Engineer/Utility and do not install the hydrant if it does not function properly. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation practices shall conform to the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install hydrants as shown on the Construction Drawings and set plumb. C. All underground valves shall be installed with cast iron valve boxes set over the valve with no weight bearing on the valve or pipe. All under ground valves shall be coated with bituminous material and encased in polyethylene. D. Developer shall provide offset staking for both vertical and horizontal control. E. Joining of laterals, valves, and hydrants shall be handled in the same manner as pipe. 1. Fire hydrant shall be installed vertically plumb with pumper nozzle facing direction shown on Construction Drawings. a. The vertical distance from any finished surface to centerline of pumper nozzle shall not be less than eighteen (18) inches, nor greater than twenty (22) inches. 2. Fire hydrant shall be set to elevation staked, to insure that bury line is at final grade. 3. Hydrant, piping and valve shall be encased in eight (8) mil polyethylene. a. When hydrant is connected to a PVC water main, the locator wire for the PVC main shall also be placed inside the polyethylene encasement at the fire hydrants. 4. All joints on fire hydrant laterals shall be restrained joint. D. All fire hydrants shall be supported on a minimum of eighteen (18) inches of compacted Hydrant Gravel. 1. Fire hydrant shall be supported with a concrete block. E. Concrete thrust block, with minimum bearing surface area of 4.5 square feet, shall be placed behind hydrant shoe. 913/2013 Hydrants 02645-4 i. A sheet of eight (8) mil polyethylene film shall be placed between hydrant shoe and concrete thrust block. 2. Care shall be taken when placing thrust blocks so that hydrant drain holes remain free of obstructions. F. After pouring thrust block, Hydrant Gravel shall be placed to a depth of twelve (12) inches above hydrant shoe. 1. Hydrant drain holes shall remain free of obstructions. G. Following placement of Hydrant Gravel, area around hydrant shall be backfilled with Flo -fill. 1. Reference Section 02321. H. Fire hydrants which are placed in concrete sidewalks or pavement, shall maintain twelve inches of horizontal clearance between the concrete and the hydrant barrel. 1. Space between concrete and barrel shall be filled with asphalt or gravel. I. When installation of fire hydrant in parking or driveway area is approved by Utility, bollards shall be installed around the fire hydrant. J. No post, fence, vehicle, trash, storage, or other permanent or temporary material or item, shall be within four (4) feet of a fire hydrant. K. No tree shall be within 10 feet of a fire hydrant and no bush shall be within 4 feet of a fire hydrant. L. Ground surrounding the fire hydrant shall slope away from the hydrant at a minimum grade of 2%, toward street. M. After installation of fire hydrant is complete, oil/grease reservoir shall be checked to insure that it is full. 1. If necessary to fill reservoir, it shall be filled with oillgrease which is specified by hydrant manufacturer. N. If hydrant must be raised, no more than one (1) extension section can be used, unless approved by Engineer/Utility. 1. All adjustments must meet manufacturer's recommendations for final bury. 2. Contact Engineer/Utility for final approval of hydrant adjustment. O. Reference standard detail. 9/3/2013 Hydrants 3.03 OPERATION A. Fire hydrants which have been accepted by the City, shall be operated by City personnel only. B. Fire hydrants shall be booted or bagged until they have been accepted for service by the City. 3.04 TESTING Hydrants shall be tested at the same time that the adjacent pipeline is tested. Joints shall show no visible leakage under test. The Developer shall repair joints that show signs of leakage prior to final acceptance. END OF SECTION Hydrants 02645-6 SECTION 02646 WATER SERVICE LINES AND APPURTENANCES PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section concerns materials and installation of corporation stops, curb stops, service lines less than two (2) inches in size, backflow prevention assemblies, stop & waste valves and appurtenances. 1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Products shall be handled, stored, and protected in a manner which will prevent damage to materials, coatings and finishes- B. All material shall be kept clean and free from dirt. 1.03 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE TAPS A. Reference Typical Water Service Detail for 5/8 x 3/4-inch through 2-inch services. All residential water service shall be installed in the center of the lot unless otherwise approved by the Engineer/Utility. 2. All water and sanitary sewer services shall have a minimum horizontal separation of ten feet. B. Contractors licensed by City for utilitywork in the public right-of-way shall be allowed to make service taps on new water mains which have been initially accepted. C. Contractor shall not make service taps on existing water mains without permission from the Engineer/Utility. Engineer/Utility may authorize Contractor to make service taps or to use a licensed or authorized tapping Contractor to make service taps on existing mains. The Engineer/Utility representative will observe the tapping operation. 2. The Engineer/Utility shall be notified twenty-four (24) hours before making a tap. D. Utility reserves the right to make taps in lieu of Contractor and the right to deny permission for any main to be tapped. E. Tapping equipment shall be of good quality, used for the purpose intended and used in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 9/3/2013 Water Service Lines and Appurtenances 02646-1 F. All'/4-inch and 1-inch taps, on ductile iron pipe, shall be installed by direct tapping. G. On ductile iron pipe, 1 1/2-inch and 2-inch taps shall be installed by one of the following methods: 1. Taps on new construction shall be a mechanical joint tapped tee with an iron pipe thread inlet corporation. 2. Taps on existing lines shall be made with a tapping saddle. H. Service connections larger than 2-inch shall be installed by one of the following methods: Reference Sections 02644 and 02713. I. Unless otherwise approved by Engineer/Utility, all taps on plastic pressure pipe shall be made with a tapping saddle in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. 1.04 MAINTENANCE AND CORRECTION A. Developer shall maintain and repair all service lines and any associated appurtenances which leak, were installed incorrectly, or otherwise prove to be defective. Developer shall provide a two-year (2) maintenance guarantee and a five- year (5) guarantee covering all errors and omissions in the design and/or construction of the improvements and which guarantees shall run concurrently and shall commence upon the date of completion of the improvements and acceptance thereof by the City. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 TAPPING SADDLES A. Tapping saddles for 2-inch and smaller services shall have either a bronze or brass body with bronze flat straps and bronze nuts. Outlet threads on tapping saddles shall be "cc" type. 2. Acceptable manufacturers of tapping saddles are: a. Reference Section 01000. 2.02 CORPORATION STOPS A. All corporation stops shall conform to AWWA C800. 9/3/2013 Water Service Lines and Appurtenances 02646-2 1. All corporation stops shall be constructed of brass. 2. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapping saddles shall be "cc" type. 3. Corporation stop inlet threads for tapped tees shall be IP type. 4. All corporation stop outlets shall use a compression connection. 5. All corporation stops shall be ball type valves only. 6. Corporation stops shall be used for all taps which are 2-inches and smaller. 7. Corporation stops shall have uniform size on inlet and outlet. B. Acceptable manufacturers of corporation stops are: 1. Reference Section 01000, 2.03 WATER SERVICE LINES A. Copper pipe shall be used for service lines 3/4" and 1" and may be used for 1-112" and 2" service lines. B. All copper services shall conform to the Appendix to AWWA C800. 1. The copper for copper services shall be Type K. C. DR 9 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe may be used for 1 '/?inch and 2 inch services instead of copper. 1. HDPE pipe shall conform to ASTM D2737 Copper Tube Size (CTS). 2. Stiffeners are required when making a compression connection on HDPE pipe. 2.04 COUPLINGS A. All couplings shall use a compression connection. B. Acceptable couplings are: 1. Reference Section 01000. 2.05 CURB STOPS A. All curb stops shall have compression connections at both ends. 9/3/2013 Water Service Lines and Appurtenances 02646-3 City of Fort Collins Purchasing ADDENDUM NO. 1 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Description of BID 8266: Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvements OPENING DATE: 3:00 PM (Our Clock) March 24, 2016 Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2"" Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov. corn/purchasing To all prospective bidders under the specifications and contract documents described above, the following changes/additions are hereby made and detailed in the following sections of this addendum: Exhibit 1 — Revised Bid Schedule Exhibit 2 — Clarifications, Questions & Answers Exhibit 3 — Water Utility Specifications Please contact Elliot Dale, Buyer at (970) 221-6777 with any questions regarding this addendum. RECEIPT OF THIS ADDENDUM MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED BY A WRITTEN STATEMENT ENCLOSED WITH THE BID/QUOTE STATING THAT THIS ADDENDUM HAS BEEN RECEIVED. B. Top threads for all curb stops shall be Minneapolis type. C. Curb stops shall be used for services which are 2-inches and smaller. D. Curb stops shall be ball type valves only. E. Curb stops shall not be of the "Stop & Waste" type. F. Acceptable curb stops are: 1. Reference Section 01000. G. Acceptable 2-inch curb stops are: 1. Reference Section 01000. 2.06 CURB BOXES FOR CURB STOPS A. Minneapolis pattern base shall be used for all curb stops. B. Acceptable curb boxes are: 1. Reference Section 01000. 2.07 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES FOR 3-INCH AND LARGER SERVICES A. Reference Section 02640 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall make all taps and install the service line to the curb stop prior to disinfection and pressure testing of the water main. B. The Contractor shall adjust stop boxes to horizontal location and to final grade as determined by a grade stake. 1. Grade stakes shall be a placed a minimum of five feet from the location of the stop box. 2. Grade stakes shall not be disturbed prior to inspection of the service by the Engineer/Utility. C. The Contractor shall mark the location of the water service with a cross cut into the face of the curb and gutter. 1. Reference Typical Water Service Detail Drawing. 9/3/2013 Water Service Lines and Appurtenances 02646-4 3.02 'CORPORATION STOPS 3.03 A. B. C D. Taps shall not be made within two feet of any joint or fitting. Taps shall be separated by a minimum of three feet (T) (measured along the pipe length), even when taps are made on opposite sides of pipe. Taps which are made on the same side of the pipe and within 10 feet of each other (measured along the pipe length), shall be staggered fifteen degrees. Taps made to plastic pressure pipe shall be made in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. 1. Use tapping saddles only. 2. Use shell cutters to make tap. SERVICE LINES C. All service lines shall be a minimum of 54 inches and a maximum of 66 inches below the final grade. There will be a maximum of one coupling per service, between the main and the curb stop. 1. Service lines (3/4-in. through 2") shall be uniform in size from the corporation stop to 5 feet past the meter. 2. An exterior meter setting will be required if the customer's service line is not uniform in size from the corporation stop to the building. When backfilling the service trench, sand shall be used under and 6-inches above the goose neck at the service connection. 1. Sand shall conform to ASTM C 33 SIZE PERCENT PASSING 1^ 100 3/4" 90-100 3/8" 20- 55 ##4 0- 10 ##8 0-5 Service trenches shall be subject to compaction specifications. 1. Reference Section 02225. 9l3/2013 Water Service Lines and Appurtenances 02646-5 E. All commercial service lines shall be protected by a backflow, prevention assembly per the most recent Cross -Connection Control Manual adopted by City Council. This shall include domestic, fire and lawn irrigation service lines 3.04 CURB STOPS A. The Contractor shall adjust the curb stop box to'/2-inch above final grade prior to final inspection. B. Curb stop box shall be screwed onto the curb stop. C. Curb stop box shall be plumb, so that a shut-off key can be placed on the curb stop. D. Major landscaping (shrubs, boulders, etc.) and structures (retaining walls, fences, buildings, etc.) shall not be placed within four (4) feet of the curb stop box. Trees shall not be planted with six feet (6') of the curb stop box. E. If the grade of the ground surrounding the curb stop box is changed, after the curb stop box has been installed, the curb stop box cover shall be adjusted to '/2-inch above final grade. 3.05 SERVICE AND TAP INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall insure that the curb stop, corporation stop, and any couplings remain exposed until after the inspection and the approval for backfill is given by the Engineer/Utility. B. All tap and ser✓ice inspections shall be scheduled with the Engineer/Utility. 1. Without exception, a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours notice is required on all tap and service inspections. END OF SECTION 9/3/2013 Water Service Lines and Appurtenances 02646-6 SECTION 02675 DISINFECTION OF WATER SYSTEMS PART 1-GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section covers disinfection of potable water systems. The Contractor is responsible for disinfection. 1.02 SUBMITTALS Certification: Label on container shall have proper precautionary information that materialis a strong oxidizing agent and that contact with heat, acids, organics or combustible materials could cause fire. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Storage shall be in a cold, dark, dry and secure area. Extreme care shall be exercise in handling of hypochlorites. B. Standard: Foreword to both AWWA B-300 and AWWA C-651. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Hypochlorites: References AWWA B-300. Hypochlorites for use in swimming pools shall not be allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall properly disinfect all new waterlines and system components prior to placing them in service, in accordance with AWWA C-651. B. All newly constructed pipelines must be flushed, chlorinated and dechlorinated. Bacteriological testing must be performed and results must pass before pressure testing and placing pipeline in service. C. Valves which tie the new main to the existing waterlines and existing water valves in the City's system shall be operated by approved City personnel only. 9/3/2013 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-1 D. The Contractor shall take appropriate measures during the construction of the work so as to prevent contamination of all pipelines and system components at all times. If in the opinion of the Engineer/Utility, contamination has occurred, all systems shall be flushed before disinfecting. E. If in the opinion of the Engineer/Utility dirt or debris has entered the system that will not be removed by the flushing operation the interior of the pipe shall be cleaned by mechanical means and then shall be swabbed with a 1 percent hypochlorite disinfection solution. Cleaning with the use of a pig, swab, or "go -devil' should be undertaken only when such operation will not force mud or debris into pipe joint spaces. F. Care shall be taken to prevent the disinfectant solution from flowing back into existing pipelines in service. The City shall operate existing valves and shall limit velocities to 2.5 fps. G. If it is not possible to keep the pipe and fittings dry during installation, every effort shall be made to assure that any of the water that may enter the pipe joint spaces contains an available chlorine concentration of approximately 25 mg/I. This may be accomplished by adding calcium hypochlorite granules to each length of pipe before it is lowered into a wet trench. H. If the main is flooded during construction, it shall be cleared of the flood water by draining and by flushing with potable water until clean. The section exposed to the flood water shall then be filled with chlorinated potable water which at the end of a 24-hour holding period will have a free chlorine residual of not less than 25 mg/l. The chlorinated water may then be drained or flushed from the main. After construction is completed, the main shall be disinfected using the continuous feed or slug method. If permanent air vents are not available, the contractor shall install corporation stops at high points in the waterline, in order to evacuate air. After the water main is filled, all corporation stops which were installed to facilitate evacuation of airfrom the water main shall be removed and plugged with a brass plug. 3.02 PRELIMINARY FILLING/FLUSHING A. Disposing of chlorinated water during flushing activities. 1. A reducing agent shall be applied to the water to be disposed to thoroughly neutralize the chlorine residual remaining in the water. Where necessary, federal, state, and local regulatory agencies should be contacted to determine special provisions for the disposal of chlorinated water. 2. Chlorine residual of water being disposed shall be reduced to a concentration of less than 0.1 mg/I. 3. The treated water to be disposed shall have a pH of between 6.5 and 9 Standard Units (S.U.). 4. Chlorine residual of water being disposed shall be neutralized by treating with one of the chemicals specified in Paragraph 3.04.B.4. 9/3/2013 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-2 B.* Fill/flush water main In a manner to avoid surge conditions in the pipeline. C. After initial filling, flush main with a minimum flushing velocity of 2.5 feet/second. In some cases, depending on the diameter of the main, this may not be practical. In these situations, a lower flushing velocity may be used with the approval of the Engineer/Utility. D. Procedures: Inform the Engineer/Utility of the filling/flushing plan. 2. Check all valves, air release valves, etc. on the new main for proper orientation. 3. Inspect facilities for wasting the flushed water. 4. Notify Engineer/Utility at 221-6700 to inform that filling/flushing is about to begin. 5. Approved City personnel shall operate valve to begin filling. Open only one valve to existing system at a time during filling/flushing. 6. Check air release valves and other facilities for wasting filling/flushing water for proper operation. 7. When filling/flushing is complete, close line valve to existing system, then close valve at the point of discharge (i.e. fire hydrant or blow -off connection). 3.03 METHODS A. In general, apply chlorine using continuous feed or granular methods. 1. The tablet method may NOT be used. B. Continuous Feed Method The continuous feed method consist of injecting a chlorine solution in the after construction and filling the main with potable water chlorinated so that after a 24-hour holding period in the main there will be a free chlorine residual of not less than 10 mg/I. 2. Prior to being chlorinated, the main shall be filled to eliminate air pockets and, if practical, shall be flushed to remove particulates. 3. Chlorinating The Main: a. Water from the existing distribution system or other approved source of supply shall be made to flow at a constant, measured rate into the newly laid water main. 9/3/2013 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-3 b. At a point prior to the potable water connection to the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will have not less than 25 mg/1 free chlorine. To assure that the proper concentration is provided, the injected chlorine solution shall be metered and tested in accordance with the procedures described in the current edition of Standard Methods or AWWA M-12, Simplified Procedures for water examination, or using appropriate chlorine test kits. 4. During the application of chlorine, valves shall be positioned so that the strong chlorine solution in the main being treated will not flow into water mains in active service. Chlorine application shall not cease until the entire main is filled with heavily chlorinated water. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for at least 24 hours, during which time all new valves and hydrants in the section treated shall be operated in order to disinfect the appurtenances. At the end of this 24-hour period, the treated water in all portions of the main shall have a residual of not less than 10 mg/I free chlorine. 5. The preferred equipment for applying liquid chlorine is a solution feed vacuum operated chlorinator to mix the chlorine gas in solution water, in combination with a booster pump for injecting the chlorine gas solution water into the main to be disinfected. It is recommended that direct feed chlorinators not be used. (A direct feed chlorinator is one which operates solely from the pressure in the chlorine cylinder.) Hypochlorite solutions may be applied to the water main with a gasoline or electrically powered chemical feed pump designed for feeding chlorine solutions. Feed lines shall be of such material and strength as to withstand safely the corrosion caused by the concentrated chlorine solutions and the maximum pressure that may be created by the pumps. All connections shall be checked for tightness before the solution is applied to the main. 6. Procedure: a. Inform Engineer/Utility of proposed disinfection plan. b. Check all line valves, air release valves, etc. for proper orientation. C. Inspect facilities for wasting the displaced water which are to include a meter for measuring the wasted water. d. Inspect facilities for injecting chlorine into pipeline. e. Call Engineer/Utility at 221-6700 to inform Utility disinfection is about to begin. Operate valve to begin disinfection procedure. Open only one valve to existing system at a time during disinfection procedure. Only qualified City personnel shall operate existing valves. 9/3/2013 02675-4 Disinfection of Water Systems g. Check facilities for wasting water for proper operation. h. Check first available sampling station for proper chlorine concentration. Adjust rate of chlorine if not acceptable. Continue injecting chlorine until pipeline is completely full of heavily chlorinated water. k. Close valve to existing system. I. Close valve to facility where water is being wasted. M. If more than one chlorination set-up is required on a segment of pipeline, repeat Steps c through m for each set-up. n. After chlorination process is complete and all valves are closed, test each sampling station (access manhole, fire hydrant, air valve, blow - off, etc. for initial chlorine concentration of at least 25 mg/I. o. After 24 hours, re -test each sampling station for residual free chlorine concentration of at least 10 mgll. C. Granule Method Consists of placing calcium hypochlorite granules in water main during construction and filling main with potable water when installation is completed. a.. Granule method shall not be used if trench water or foreign material has entered the water line, if the water main extensions are over 1000 feet in length, if the water main is larger than 12-inches in diameter, or if the water temperature is below forty-one degrees Fahrenheit (50 C). b. Calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed at the upstream end of the first section of pipe and at the upstream end of each branch main. TABLE 1 — AWWA C651-99 Pipe Diameter Calcium Hypochlorite Granules (inches) ounces (oz) 4 1.7 9/3/2013 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-5 C. fl e. 3.04 FINAL FLUSHING 6 3.8 8 6.7 10 10.5 12 15.1 14 and larger DZ x 15.1 Where "D" is the inside pipe diameter in feet. Granules shall be placed in each section of pipe, hydrant, hydrant lateral and other appurtenances. Granules shall be placed in sufficient number and amount to produce a minimum chlorine concentration in the treated water of 50 mg/l. Contractor shall introduce water into the pipes at a velocity of less than 1 feet per second. Chlorinated water shall be retained in the lines for a minimum of 24 hours, at which time the treated water must contain no less than 25 milligrams per liter of chlorine throughout the entire length of the water main. A. Clearing the Main of Heavily Chlorinated Water After the applicable retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until chlorine measurements show that the concentration in the water leaving the main is no higher than that generally prevailing in the system, less than 0.55 mg/I. B. Disposing of Heavily Chlorinated Water 1. A reducing agent shall be applied to the water to be disposed to thoroughly neutralize the chlorine residual remaining in the water. Where necessary, federal, state, and local regulatory agencies should be contacted to determine special provisions for the disposal of heavily chlorinated water. 2. Chlorine residual of water being disposed shall be reduced to a concentration of less than 0.1 mg/I. 3. The treated water to be disposed shall have a pH of between 6.5 and 9 (S.U.). 4. Chlorine residual of water being disposed shall be neutralized by treating with one of the following chemicals. Pounds of chemicals required to neutralize various residual chlorine concentrations in 100,000 gallons of water. 9/3/2013 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-6 RESIDUAL CHLORINE CONCENTRATION mg/I SULFUR DIOXIDE SO2 SODIUM BISULFATE NaHSO3 SODIUM SULFITE Na2S03 SODIUM THIOSULFATE Na2S203 5H20 1 0.8 1.2 1.4 1.2 2 1.7 2.5 2.9 2.4 10 8.3 12.5 14.6 12.0 50 41.7 62.6 73.0 60.0 C. Procedures: 1 2. Check that all potentially affected people, businesses, etc. have been notified. 3. Call Water Quality Lab (416-2726) at least 24 hours before flushing to schedule sampling and bacteriological testing. 4. Check all valves, blow -offs and air release valves for proper orientation. 5. Inspect facilities for detaining and wasting the flushed/dechlorinated water. 6. Call Engineer/Utility at 221-6700 to inform that flushing/dechlorination is about to begin. 7. City approved personnel shall operate valve to begin flushing/dechlorination. Only one valve shall be opened to the existing system at a time during the flushing/dechlorination. 8. Check all blow -offs, air release valves and facilities for flushing/dechlorination for proper operation. 9. Perform chlorine concentration testing on flushed and dechlorinated water for compliance. Any chlorine residual in the dechlorinated water is unacceptable. Continue periodic chlorine testing until flushing/dechlorination procedure is completed. 10. When residual chlorine concentration in the entire pipeline is no greater than 0.55 mg/I or no greater than is generally prevailing in the system, close line valve to existing system, then close valve to the flushing facility. 3.05 BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTS A. The Utility's Water Quality Lab shall collect samples from the pipeline after final 9/3/2013 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-7 EXHIBIT 1 — REVISED BID SCHEDULE Ref # Item # Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Cost Total Cost 1 201-01 Clearing and Grubbing 1 LS $ 2 202-01 Removal of Inlet 3 EA $ 3 202-02 Removal of Manhole 1 EA $ 4 202-03 Removal of Gravel Drive 63 SY $ 5 202-04 Removal of Water Service 1 EA $ 6 202-05 Removal of Fire Hydrant 2 EA $ 7 202-06 Removal of Pipe 328 LF $ 8 202-07 Removal of Concrete Median Cover Material 1,725 SY $ 9 202-08 Removal of Sidewalk 589 SY $ 10 202-09 Removal of Curb and Gutter 4,133 LF $ 11 202-10 Removal of Concrete Curb Ramp 112 SY $ 12 202-11 Removal of Concrete Sidewalk (Bridge) 92 SY $ 13 202-12 Removal of Concrete (Silo Foundation, Vault and Scale) 91 SY $ 14 202-13 Removal of Metal Bridge Railing 2 EA $ 15 202-14 Removal of Asphalt Mat (Full Depth) (6"-10") 8,536 SY $ 16 202-15 Removal of Asphalt Mat (Planing) (0"-2") 14,435 SY $ 17 202-16 Removal of Pavement Markings 3,098 SF $ 18 202-17 Removal, Stockpile and Reset of Bath Landscape Boulders 1 LS $ 19 202-18 Removal of "W" Beam Gaurdaril and Posts 91 LF $ 20 203-01 Unclassified Excavation 4,465 CY $ 21 203-02 Borrow (Complete in Place) 2,211 CY $ 22 203-03 Excess Excavation (Haul) 2,713 CY $ 23 203-04 Muck Excavation (Complete in Place) 1,500 CY $ 24 203-05 Potholing (Special) 50 HR $ 25 203-06 MEDIAN EMBANKMENT MATERIAL (compacted beneath boulders only), Complete in Place 275 CY $ 26 206-01 Structure Excavation 201 CY $ 27 206-02 Structure Backfll (Class 1) 205 CY $ 28 206-03 Structure Backfill (Flowfill) 400 CY $ 29 207-01 Topsoil (Stripping)(6") 2,381 CY $ 30 207-02 Topsoil (Stockpile) 1,243 CY $ 31 207-03 Excess Topsoil (Haul) 1,138 CY $ 32 207-04 TOPSOIL - Pre -amended with 4 cu.yds. / 1000 sq.ft. Compost (Medians) - Depth varies 1,525 CY $ 33 207-05 TOPSOIL - Irrigated Lawn: Soil Amendment (Compost) @ 4 cu. yds. / 1000 sq.ft. 50 CY $ 34 208-01 Erosion Log (12 Inch) 3,016 LF $ 35 208-02 Aggregate Bag 88 LF $ 36 208-03 Inlet Protection 238 LF $ 37 208-04 Concrete Washout Structure 2 EA $ 38 208-05 Vehicle Tracking Pad 1 EA $ 39 208-06 Erosion Control Supervisor 150 HR $ 40 209-01 Watering (Dust Control) 40,000 GAL $ flushing, and prior to pressure testing and placing waterlines in service, to test for bacteriological quality to show the absence of coliform organisms. Prior to collecting samples the Water Quality Lab shall be given a minimum of 24 hours advance notice. B. The number and frequency of samples shall be determined by the Engineer/Utility's Water Quality Lab based upon AWWA C-651. C. Procedures: Collect samples at each sampling point designated by the Engineer/Utility and/or Water Quality Lab. Sample sites and number shall generally follow AWWA guidelines. 2. If sampling is performed without Water Quality Lab personnel present, the required sterile sample containers can be obtained and returned to the Water Quality Lab at the City Water Treatment Facility for bacteriological testing. 3. Label sample containers with sample date, time, location, free chlorine concentration, and the initials of the person who collected the sample. Sample containers shall be transported in a cooler (with frozen ice packs if weather is warm). 4. Results of bacteriological testing should be available 48 hours after testing begins. 5. All water samples shall meet the following criteria: a. Coliform bacteria - 0 per 100 ml b. pH - distribution system average t 0.5 units C. Alkalinity - distribution system average t 5 mg/I d. Any other parameters which clearly do not meet the criteria of the Colorado Primary Drinking Water Regulations (Example - turbidity). 6. If any water sample fails the bacteriological testing, the entire segment of water line which contained the failed sample shall be flushed again and the sites re -sampled. 7. If any water re -sample fails the bacteriological testing, the entire segment of water line which contained the failed sample shall be rechlorinated, flushed/dechlorinated and retested. 8. If any water sample fails the water chemistry or other testing (taste, odor, pH, etc.), continue flushing until acceptable testing results are achieved. 9/3/2013 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-8 3.06 REPETITION OF PROCEDURES A. If the initial chlorine concentration at any testing location is less than 25 milligrams per liter the entire segment of waterline being chlorinated will be rechlorinated using the continuous feed method. B. If, after the 24 hour retention period, the residual chlorine concentration at any testing location is less than 10 milligrams per liter the entire segment of waterline being chlorinated shall be rechlorinated by the continuous feed method of chlorination and retested. C If the initial disinfection, or subsequent disinfections, fail to produce satisfactory bacteriological samples, the main shall be reflushed and resampled. If the samples are still not satisfactory, the main shall be rechlorinated bythe continuous feed orthe slug method of chlorination until satisfactory results are obtained. END OF SECTION 3 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-9 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 9/3/2013 Disinfection of Water Systems 02675-10 SECTION 02676 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM HYDROSTATIC TESTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION This section covers hydrostatic testing of domestic water system and electronic leak detection testing. Electronic leak detection testing will be performed at the discretion of the Engineer/Utility. The Contractor is responsible for hydrostatic testing and shall provide all equipment and personnel to perform the hydrostatic test. 1.02 Once the pipeline has been filled, disinfected, flushed, and backfilling has been completed and approved, a pressure test shall be conducted. 1.03 Testing equipment shall be able to maintain a continuous internal pipe pressure of 150 psi and accurately measure leakage over a two (2) hour minimum test period. PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. After the pipeline has been disinfected and all chlorinated water has been purged, dechlorinated, and all bacteriological testing completed and accepted, all pipe shall be field pressure tested to 150 psi unless otherwise noted. B. The Engineer/Utility shall be notified 24 hours in advance of testing. All testing shall be made in the presence of the Engineer/Utility. C. The Contractor will furnish the calibrated meter and the pump for testing. The pipeline shall be in a state of readiness for testing; all bulkheads, pumps, taps and appurtenances necessary to fill the pipeline and maintain the required pressure shall be in place. The pipeline shall be filled with potable water and the test pressure of 150 psi applied to the pipeline by means of a pump, equipped with a suitable pressure regulator. When filling the pipeline, it shall be filled at a rate which will not cause any surge nor will it exceed the rate at which the air can be released. D. All air in the line shall be properly purged. Where blow -offs or hydrants are not available or effective in purging air from the line, the Engineer/Utility shall require a tap to purge the line. Following completion of the tests, Contractor shall properly extract corporation(s) and install plug(s). E. Water services shall be pressure tested with the main to the Curb Stop. F. Testing through fire hydrants is not permitted. Hydrostatic 9/3/2013 02676-1 G. The City is not responsible for water tightness of its valves on existing facilities. If existing valves leak, the City will assist in reducing the influx of water, but the Contractor must use methods at his/her own disposal to work with the resulting leakage, including temporary plugging and blocking of the new water line for hydrostatic testing. H. Test shall be performed on isolated water main sections not to exceed 1,000 feet in length, unless approved by Engineer/Utility. 3.02 LEAKAGE A. While the test pressure is maintained, an examination shall be made of the pipeline in general, and any leaks shall be repaired. Any pipe or fitting found to be cracked shall be removed and replaced. Cutting and replacing of pavement, excavating and backfilling are a necessary part of locating and repairing leaks discovered by pressure testing of pipe. B. Any exposed pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, and joints shall be examined carefully during the test. Any damaged or defective pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants, or joints that are discovered following the pressure test shall be repaired or replaced with reliable material, and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. C. After all visible leaks have been stopped the full test pressure shall be maintained for a minimum of 2 hours. The amount of leakage for each test section of the pipeline shall be determined by the following formula for all types of pipe. L = SD (P)1/2 where: L = maximum allowable leakage in 133,200 gallons per hour S = pipeline length to be tested in feet D = nominal pipeline diameter in inches P = average test pressure during the leakage test in psi (gauge) Reference AWWA C600. D. Leakage shall be defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied into the pipeline test section to maintain pressure within 5 psi of 150 psi after the air in the pipeline has been expelled and the pipe has been filled with water. Leakage shall not be measured by a drop in pressure in a test section over a period of time. E. If pressure test fails, Contractor shall repair defects and retest until leakage is less than minimum allowed. F. All visible leaks shall be repaired regardless of maximum allowable leakage. 3 02676-2 Hydrostatic Testing 3.03 ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTION A. When applicable, the Engineer/Utility will conduct electronic leak detection before paving operations and/or prior to end of warranty period. B. Contractor shall repair all identified leaks prior to acceptance of the water mains. END OF SECTION 9/3/2013 Hydrostatic Testing 02676-3 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 9/3/2013 02676-4 Hydrostatic Testing SECTION 02713 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This Section concerns the installation of water distribution mains, and includes the acceptable products, materials, and construction practices which may be used in the installation of water distribution mains. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Water system installations shall conform to the regulations of the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment, and the Water Quality Control Commission. B. Construction staking. Reference Section 01720 — Field Engineering and Surveying. C. Horizontal alignment shall not be deviated from by more than six (6) inches. D. Vertical alignment shall not be deviated from by more than three (3) inches, as measured from the pipe invert. E. The minimum effective area of thrust blocks, shall be as specified in the Thrust Blocks Detail Drawing. 1.03 JOB CONDITIONS A. Foreign material, including trench water, shall not be permitted in the pipe. B. Debris, tools, clothing, or other material shall not be permitted in the pipe. C. In order to prevent water, debris, and animals from entering the pipe, the open ends of the pipe shall be plugged with a restrained watertight plug when pipe laying is not in progress. D. Effective measures shall be used to prevent uplifting or floating of the pipeline prior to completion of the backfilling operations. E. Pipe, or taps, shall not be installed under the following conditions: 1. When the trench contains water. 9/3/2013 Water Distribution System 02713-1 2. When weather conditions are unsuitable. a. Temperature is less than 10°F. Written approval is required when the temperature is 320 F or less. b. Snowing heavily. C. Raining heavily. d. High winds. 3 When the trench bottom is unstable. F. Pipe and appurtenances shall be protected against dropping and damage. 1. Pipe and appurtenances shall not be used if they are damaged. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. The same type of pipe material shall be used for each size pipe. 1. Pipe material shall not be interchanged, except where another type of pipe material is specifically indicated. B. Reference Sections 02615 and 02621. 2.02 VALVES A. Reference Section 02640. 2.03 HYDRANTS A_ Reference Section 02645. 2.04 SERVICE LINES, METERS, APPURTENANCES A. Reference Section 02646. 9/3l2013 Water Distribution System 02713-2 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Pipe barrel, fittings, and valve boxes shall be free of dirt or other foreign objects prior to installation. B. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected for cracks, dents, abrasions or other flaws prior to installation. C. Pipe and fittings with damaged linings or coatings shall be rejected. 1. Defective pipe shall be marked and removed from the site. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Trenching, backfilling and compaction. 1. Reference Section 02225 — Trenching, Bedding, and Backfill. B. Connections. 1. The location and elevation of the existing pipe shall be verified prior to construction. C. Cutting the pipe. 1. The pipe shall be cut smooth, straight, and at right angles to the pipe axis, with saws or pipe cutters which are designed specifically for the material. 2. The cut end of the pipe shall be beveled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Burrs shall be removed and all dust shall be wiped off of the jointing surface. D. Joints. 1. Dirt, oil, grit, and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the bell and outside of the spigot. 2. A thin film of lubricant shall be applied to the inside surface of the gasket and the spigot end of the pipe, per the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 3. The lubricated joint surface shall be kept clean until joined. 4. The pipe shall have a depth mark prior to the assembly to insure that the 9/3/2013 Water Distribution 02713-3 41 210-01 Modify Manhole 1 EA $ 42 210-02 Reset Water Meter 1 EA $ 43 210-03 Adjust Water Valve 2 EA $ 44 210-04 Adjust Fire Hydrant 1 EA $ 45 210-05 Adjust Manhole 1 EA $ 46 210-06 Relocate Water Vent Pipe 1 EA $ 47 212-01 NATIVE SEED (Non -Irrigated) (23,090 sq.ft.) 1 AC $ 48 212-02 NATIVE SEED (Irrigated) (13,410 sq.ft.) 0 AC $ 49 212-03 SOD (includes sod and fine grade) 48.650 SF $ 50 213-01 MULCHING (WOOD CHIP) - 3"d. (9,389 sq.ft.)+(3,033 sq.ft.) 3,110 CF $ 51 213-02 HYDRAULIC MULCHING (non -irrigated native seed area 1 AC $ 52 213-03 INORGANIC MULCH - 6"-12" RIVER COBBLE (30% of 46 TONS $ median = 1,093 sq.ft.+275 sq.ft.) 53 213-04 INORGANIC MULCH - 1.5" to 3" dia. TAN RIVER ROCK 56 TONS $ (70% of median = 2,551 sq.ft.+642 sq.ft.) 54 213-05 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS - TYPE W TIE FEATURE 25 EA $ BOULDERS - SIZES VARIES 55 213-06 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS - TYPE'B' BOULDERS - 24"h. x 98 EA $ 30' W. x 361. 56 213-07 LANDSCAPE BOULDERS - TYPE'C' BOULDERS - 18"h. x 45 EA $ 24W. x 301. 57 214-01 Landscape Maintenance 1 LS $ Deciduous Street/Canopy Trees 58 214-00225 Catalpa speciosa (Northern Catalpa), 2.5" Cal. B&B 8 EA $ 59 214-00230 Celtis occidentalis (Northern Hackberry), 3" Cal. B&B 7 EA $ 60 214-00225 Ginkgo biloba'Autumn Gold' (Autumn Gold Ginkgo), 2.5" Cal. 8 EA $ 61 214-00225 Gleditsiatricanthos inermis'Shademaster (Shademaster 9 EA $ Honeylocust), 2.5" Cal. B&B 62 214-00225 Gleditsia tricanthos inermis 'Skyline' (Skyline Honeylocust), 9 EA $ 2.5" Cal. B&B 63 214-00225 Gymnocladus dioicus'Espresso' (Espresso Kentucky 6 EA $ Coffeetree), 2.5" Cal. B&B 64 214-00225 Quercus buckleyi (Texas Red Oak), 2.5" Cal. B&B 4 EA $ 65 214-00225 Quercus macrocarpa (Bur Oak), 2.5" Cal. B&B 9 EA $ 66 214-00225 Quercus shumardii (Shumard Oak), 2.5" Cal. B&B 4 EA $ 67 214-00225 Quercus muehlenbergii (Chinkapin Oak), 2.5" Cal. B&B 6 EA $ 68 214-00225 Ulmus japonica x wilsoniana'Morton' (Accolade Elm), 2.5" 5 EA $ Cal. B&B Deciduous Ornamental Trees 69 214-00220 Celts occidentalis'JFS-KSU1' (Prairie Sentinel Hackberry), 2" Cal. B&B 13 EA $ 70 214-00220 Malus 'Red Barron' (Red Barron Crabapple), 2" Cal. B&B 29 EA $ 71 214-00220 Malus 'Thunderchild' (Thunderchild Crabapple), 2" Cal. B&B 2 EA $ 72 214-00220 Prunus x cerasifera'Cdpoziam' (Crimson Pointe Plum), 2" 10 EA $ Cal. B&B 73 214-00220 calleryana'Chanticleer' (Chanticleer Pear), 2" Cal. 18 EA $ B&B 74 214-00220 1 Quercus 'Crimson Spire' (Crimson Spire Oak), 2" Cal. B&B 23 EA $ spigot end is inserted the full depth of the joint. 5. Stabbing of the pipe shall not be allowed 6. Previously completed joints shall not be disturbed during the jointing operation. 7. All joints shall be watertight and free from leaks. 8. After the initial acceptance of the water main, the Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of any leak, resulting from improper workmanship or materials, which is discovered within a two (2) year period. 3.03 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Pipe shall be installed with the bells pointing in the direction that the work is progressing. B. The Contractor shall prevent the opening of joints during bedding and backfilling operations. 1. Bedding Zone Material shall not be dropped onto unsupported pipe, which has been set to alignment and grade. C. The joint shall be completed in accordance with the pipe material specification, and the pipe shall be adjusted to the correct line and grade as each length of pipe is placed in the trench. 1. Pipe shall be laid to and maintained at required lines and grades as specified in the approved Construction Drawings. D. Ductile iron pipe shall be installed with polyethylene encasement. E. Plastic pressure pipe shall not be installed without the use of a tracing wire. 1. Reference Section 02621. 2. A continuity test will be required on the tracing wire after backfilling. F. The pipe shall be secured in place with the specified Bedding Zone Material consolidated under and around the pipe. G. The pipeline shall be installed so that a uniform positive or negative grade is maintained between the designed high and low points. H. The minimum depth of cover shall be 4 `/z feet from the finished grade to the top of 9/3/2013 Water Distribution System 02713-4 the pipe, except as otherwise indicated on the Construction Drawings. The maximum depth of cover shall be 5'/s feet from the finished grade to the top of the pipe, except as otherwise indicated on the Construction Drawings. J. Concrete encasement shall be provided where indicated on the Construction Drawings or required by these specifications. K. A Minimum of 18" vertical clearance shall be maintained when crossing all other utilities. L. A Minimum horizontal clearance of 10' shall be maintained from all other utilities unless approved by the Engineer/Utility. 13 Cast -in -Place Concrete. a. Reference Division 3. 2. At any location where a water main crosses a sewer main, and the sewer is above the water main, or the vertical distance between the two mains is less than 18-inches, the crossing shall be constructed by one of the following methods: a. One length of structural sewer pipe, with a laying length of 18-feet, or greater, shall be installed in the sewer main. The structural sewer pipe shall be centered on the water main, and shall be the same size as the remainder of the sewer main. ii. All structural sewer pipe shall be ductile iron pipe, C900 PVC pipe, or an approved equal. a) Cement mortar lining on Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) shall be double thickness. b. Any joint within ten (10) feet of the centerline of the pipe being crossed, as measured perpendicular to that pipe, shall be encased in Butyl adhesive tape. i. Tape shall be 12" wideat all locations within 10 feet either side of the water line. ii. Comply with ASTM C 877 (Type III) and manufacturer's instructions for installation of the material. 02713-5 Water Distribution System Manufacturers: a) Press -Seal Gasket Corporation — EZ Wrap Rubber, b) Or Approved Equal. 3. Suitable backfill or other structural protection shall be provided to prevent settling or failure or the higher pipe. 3.04 THRUST RESTRAINT A. Anchorage and blocking. General: Thrust blocks shall be constructed at all horizontal bends. A bond breaker shall be placed between the pipe and the thrust block to aid in ease of future removal. For the same reason if a large thrust block is to be poured, it shall be separated by a suitable material into sections. The Construction Drawings show sizes and shapes of thrust blocks. The bearing surface areas are the minimum areas to bear against the undisturbed trench wall. If, in the opinion of the Design Engineer or the Engineer/Utility, the soil bearing capacity is not sufficient to provide adequate restraint based on the minimum bearing areas shown on the Construction Drawings, then the minimum bearing area shall be increased to the size that will ensure adequate restraint. In every instance the thrust block shall bear against undisturbed earth. When it is impossible, through over excavation or other causes, to pour a thrust block against undisturbed earth, approved restraining systems shall be required to anchor the fittings to the main. Before placing concrete, all equipment for mixing and transporting the concrete shall be clean. All debris, water or ice shall be removed from the place to be occupied by the concrete. Concrete shall not be placed in frozen subgrade. Concrete shall be placed only in the presence of the Engineer/Utility unless inspection has been waived prior to the placement. B. Form Work for Thrust Blocks All forming for concrete thrust blocks and anchors will be done by bulkheading around the shape of the thrust block or anchor with burlap or reinforced paper sacks which have been filled with sand or earth. Sacks shall be of a size easily handled by the workmen when the sacks are full. Filled sacks used to form concrete blocks shall be left in place in the trench. 2. If the main must be placed immediately into service, wood may be used to form up the thrust block. The wood form shall be of such design as to support the thrust until the concrete has set. 3. No horizontal struts or braces required for trench shoring shall remain in the concrete thrust blocks. Prior to placing concrete, the forms and ditch bank 9/3/2013 Water Distribution System 02713-6 shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer/Utility. C. Minimum Curing Time Newly placed concrete shall be allowed to set, undisturbed for a minimum curing time of 24 hours prior to pressurizing the pipeline. D. Compaction of Fill Over the Thrust Block Backflll may be placed over the thrust block once the surface has set sufficiently to resist the weight of the backfill. E. Reference Standard Concrete Thrust Blocks & Water Main Lowering Detail Drawings. F. Concrete thrust blocks and anchors for preventing pipe movement shall be provided at all mechanical joint plugs, wyes, tees, crosses, bends which deflect 11-1/4 degrees or more. G. Minimum size of concrete thrust blocks and anchors shall be determined from the table in Standard Concrete Thrust Blocks & Water Main Lowering Detail Drawings. H. Concrete thrust block bottom shall be flat, and sides shall be vertical. If soil is disturbed, making a concrete thrust block or thrust anchor unusable, alternate restraining systems must be approved by the Engineer/Utility prior to pipeline installation. J. The concrete thrust block shall be formed to provide access to fittings, valves and hydrants. K. Concrete thrust blocks shall be constructed so that joints and drain holes are clear and accessible. L. The Engineer shall be notified 24 hours before concrete is placed. M. Restraining devices. If concrete thrust blocks cannot be used for any reason, push -on and mechanical joints may be restrained. a. The Design Engineer shall determine the amount of pipe which needs to be restrained for each individual situation where a mechanical restraining device is needed. 2. Reference Section 02615. 3 Water Distribution System 02713-7 3.05 INSTALLATION OF PIPELINE APPURTENANCES A. Valves, meters, hydrants and other appurtenances to the water distribution lines shall be installed at the location and to the elevation shown on the Construction Drawings, or as approved by the Engineer/Utility to accommodate field conditions. 1. Measurements of the actual location of appurtenances shall be made prior to backfflling for recording in the Record Drawings, by the Developer. 2. Taps shall not be made within three feet (3') of anyjoint, fitting, or other tap. 3. Only Utility personnel shall make taps on existing lines. 4. No taps shall be made when the temperature is 320 Fahrenheit, or less, without permission from the Engineer/Utility. B. All dead-end water mains shall be plugged and have a thrust block poured against the plug. C. Blow -offs shall not be permanently installed on dead-end mains. 1. Dead-end water mains with services, shall have a fire hydrant at the end of the water main to facilitate the discharge of air and water from the water main. a. If the water main is to be extended in the future, the fire hydrant may be installed temporarily, until the extension occurs. b. Reference Section 02645. D. Blow -offs which are installed by the Contractor during construction shall be abandoned at the main and removed prior to acceptance of the water main. 3.06 PROTECTION OF METAL SURFACES A. If the supplied material has not been factory coated, or the coating has been damaged by installation, the material shall be protected by one of the following methods: 1. Two coats of coal tar paint shall be applied to ferrous metal rods, rebars, clamps, bolts, nuts and other accessories which are subject to submergence or contact with earth or fill material, and are not encased in concrete. a. The first coat of coal tar paint shall be applied to a dry, clean surface. 9/3/2013 Water Distribution System 02713-8 9/3/2013 b. The first coat of coal tar paint shall be allowed to dry before the second coat is applied. 2. Ferrous metal rods, rebars, clamps, bolts, nuts and other accessories which are subject to submergence or contact with earth or fill material, and not encased in concrete shall be protected with coal tar paint and wrapped with a minimum 8 mil polyethylene film. END OF SECTION Water Distribution System 02713-9 (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 9/3/2013 Water Distribution 02713-10 GRI TRENCH WIDTH AS SPECIFIED eN Orr7jnw mni • INITIAL LIFT SHALL NOT EXCEED 2 FEET IN DEPTH. NOTE: GRANULAR BEDDING MATERIAL SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES BELOW BOTTOM OF PIPE AND A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES ABOVE TOP OF PIPE - CITY O{ CITY OF FORT COLLINS �rru OF ounnc RCIOID Y UTILITIES - HATER WATER MAIN BEDDING e/28 Io Flirt CollinS FIELD OPERATIONS REQUIREMENTS (DIP & PVC) DETAIL P.O. BOX 380. FORT COLLINS. I CO. 80522 (970) 221-6700 POLYETHYLENE � BOND BREAKERT--, 71x� UNDISTURBED SOIL TYPICAL BEND POLYETHYLENE BOND BREAKER 2/3 DI& BEDDING MATERIAL BEARING SURFACE UNDISTURBED SOIL TYPICAL CROSS—SECTION POLYETHYLENE BOND BREAKER BEARING SURFACE UNDISTURBED SOIL DEAD END POLYETHYLENE BOND BREAKER BEARING • SURFACE UNDISTURBED SOIL TEE MINIMUM BEARING SURFACE AREA (SO. FT.) PIPE BENDS TEE OR SIZE 11 1 /4 22 1 /2 45' 90' END 6" 1.0 1.5 2.5 4.5 3.5 8" 1.5 2.5 4.5 8.0 5.5 12" 3.0 4.5 9.0 16.5 12.0 16" 4.8 9.6 18.9 34.7 24.5 BEARING SURFACES ARE A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT AND DO NOT RELIEVE DESIGN ENGINEER OF RESPONSIBILITY TO DESIGN EACH THRUST BLOCK. GENERAL NOTES: 1. Bearing surface areas shown in chart are minimum. 2. All fittings to be wrapped with polyethylene. 3. Pipe installed under conditions different from those normally encountered shall require thrust blocks designed for those particular conditions. 4. Thrust blocks on pipe larger than 16 inches diameter shall be designed for conditions existing at the installation site. 5. Refer to Section 03300 for concrete requirements. �.ITY OT UTILITIES — WATER F&t Collins e ^ FIELD... OPERATIONS uQ of u WOC STANDARD CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS raw= "M e/m/Yo DETAIL 01 FT-02 FT L T- 12 IN. L FLOW -FILL 12 IN. IC MUELLER HYDRANT NUMBER A-423 OR WATROUS PACER 2511 1 LOCATOR STATION (SEE DETAIL 25) 18 IN to 22 IN EDGE OF SIDEWALK OR BACK OF CURB 30 INCHES--] I MINIMUM 54 INCHES MINIMUM 66 INCHES MAXIMUM HYDRANT DRAIN OPENINGS MUST REMAIN CLEAR OF OBSTRUCTIONS RESTRAINED O p JOINTS O 5 INCH DIA PIPE 18 IN L CONCRETE BLOCK 24 INCH MIN THRUST BLOCK (REF. SECTION 02644) HYDRANT GRAVEL (REF SECTION 02644) VALVE BOX (REFERENCE SECTION 02641) RESILIENT SEAT GATE VALVE 8 MIL SHEET OF POLYETHYLENE TRACER WIRE (PVC WATER MAIN ONLY) SWIVEL TEE THRUST BLOCK NOTES NO LANDSCAPING (TREES, SCRUBS, BOULDERS. ETC ). RETAINING WALLS OR FENCES ALLOWED WITHIN 4 FEET OF FIRE HYDRANT FIRE HYDRANT PIPING, VALVES, ETC SHALL BE WRAPPED IN POLYETHYLENE CITY OF FORT COLLINS Tnu 4r munxc IUYmn DHI! City Of UTILITIES - WATER a/25/10 Fort Collins FIELD OPERATIONS FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION DETAIL P.O. BOX 380, FORT COLLINS. 3 CO. 50522 I970) 221 -E700 Shrubs 75 214 Deciduous -4'h.Clump 2 EA $ 76 214 Deciduous - Sh. Clump 1 EA $ 77 214-00350 Deciduous - #5 Cont. 519 EA $ 78 214-00650 Evergreen - #5 Cont. 88 EA $ 79 214 Evergreen - #6 Cont. 42 EA $ 80 214 Evergreen - #15 Cont. 2 EA $ 81 214-00750 Broadleaf Evergreen - #5 Cont. 75 EA $ Ornamental Grasses 82 214-00910 Grasses - #1 Cont. 569 EA $ Perennials 83 214-00910 Perennials - #1 Cont. 143 EA $ 84 216-00039 SOIL RETENTION BLANKET (Straw) (13,410 sq.ft.) 1,490 SY $ 85 304-01 Aggregate Base Course (Class 5 or Class 6) 5,090 TON $ 86 403-01 Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (75) (PG 64-28)(4" Full Depth Widening) 1,770 TON $ 87 403-02 Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (75) (PG 64-22)(Modifed Binder)(2" Final Lift) 2,612 TON $ 88 403-03 Hot Mix Asphalt (Grading S) (75) (PG 64-22)(8" Patching) 491 TON $ 89 412-01 Concrete Pavement (9 Inch) 936 SY $ 90 506-01 Riprap (12 Inch) (Buried with Bedding) 60 CY $ 91 514-01 Pedestrian Railing (Steel) 67 LF $ 92 514-00100 PEDESTRIAN HAND RAIL (West Railing - with rub rail) 1 EA $ 93 514-00100 PEDESTRIAN HAND RAIL (East Railing - without rub rail) 1 EA $ 94 514-00100 PEDESTRIAN HAND RAIL (Median Railing) Includes 1 each extra'D' and'E' panel for future replacement 1 EA $ 95 515-01 Waterproofing (Membrane) 83 SY $ 96 601-01 Concrete Class D (Bridge) 72 CY $ 97 601-02 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE COATING - RECOAT 270 SY $ 98 602-01 Reinforcing Steel (Epoxy Coated) 10,015 LB $ 99 603-01 15 Inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe 124 LF $ 100 603-02 18 Inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe 426 LF $ 100 603-03 14 x 23 Inch Reinforced Concrete Pipe Elliptical 8 LF $ 101 603-04 18 Inch Reinforced Concrete End Section 2 EA $ 102 603-05 Open Trench Sleeve Bank A (Reference Plans for Details) 280 LF $ 103 603-06 Open Trench Sleeve Bank B (Reference Plan for Details) 140 LF $ 104 603-07 Open Trench Sleeve Bank C (Reference Plan for Details) 380 LF $ 105 603-08 Bored Sleeve Bank X (Reference Plan for Details) 500 LF $ 106 603-09 Bored Sleeve Bank Y (Reference Plan for Details) 200 LF $ 107 603-10 Bored Sleeve Bank Z (Reference Plan for Details) 60 LF $ 108 604-01 Inlet, Type R (5 Foot) 4 EA $ 109 604-02 Inlet, Type R (15 Foot) 4 EA $ 110 604-03 Manhole (4 Foot) 2 EA $ 111 604-04 Manhole (5 Foot) 1 EA $ 112 604-05 Manhole (6 Foot) 2 EA $ 113 605-01 4 Inch Pipe Underdrain (Special) 2,450 LF $ 114 607-01 Fence (Plastic) 500 LF $ UTILITY BEING CROSSED 45' BENOS (Typ) STREET GRADE INSTALL MEG-A-LUG RETAINER GLANDS \ (TYP ) / GRAVITY :�PRCPOSEO ANCHOR (TYP) L/ SEE DETAIL 49 WATER MAIN THRUST BLOCK (TYP.)� SEE DETAIL 2 L (It) D i L (It) GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE DETAIL 2 FOR THRUST BLOCK SIZING 2 SEE DETAIL 48 FOR GRAVITY BLOCK SIZING 3 ALL FITTINGS AND JOINTS IN LOWERING AREA TO BE RESTRAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 02615-2 6A OR SECTION 02622-2 2A AS APPLICABLE. 4 ALL D I P PIP AND FITTINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT Fort Collins CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITIES - WATER FIELD OPERATIONS P.O. BOX 560. FORT COLUN! CO. 805V (270) 221-6700 0 L(ft) 4"-24" 3' 25"-48" 5' 49"-66" 7' >66" 10' WATER MAIN LOWERING avism "M 6/23/10 DETAIL 4-A NOTE: RESTRAIN ALL FITTINGS AND JOINTS VOLUMES SHOWN IN TABLE ARE BASED ON 150 P S I INTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE VALUES FOR ANY PRESSURE MAY BE OBTAINED BY MULTIPLYING TABULATED VALUES BY A CORRECTION FACTOR "F" .,F., = ACTUAL PRESSURE 150 (REQUIRED FOR VERTICAL BEND GRAVITY ANCHORS FOR 150 P.SI PRESSURE) CH BOTTOM BAR SIZES FOR 150 P.S.I. LESS THAN NO OF BARS & SIZE 60CF 2 1 /2 IN 90CF 2 5/8 IN 133CF 2 3/4 IN 200CF 2 1 IN. 400CF 2 1 IN 600CF 3 1 IN CONCRETE GRAVITY BLOCK VOLUME WATER MAIN SIZE (INCHES) BENDS 45' (FT,3) 22 1 /2' (FT.3) 11 1 /4' (FT.3) 4 15.9 8.6 4.4 6 35.3 19.1 9.7 8 62.4 33.8 17.2 10 95.4 51.6 1 26.3 12 136.4 738 37.6 14 184.7 100.0 51.0 16 240.9 130.4 66.5 GRAVITY ANCHOR DETAIL City Of CITY OF FORT COLLINS TM or onc Rng�.p�y}g UTILITIES — WATER Fort Collins FIELD OPERATIONS WATER MAIN LOWERING DETAIL P.O. BOX 550. FORT COWNS, CO, 805z2 (970) 221-5700 4—B CASING SEAL (REF. SECTION 02224) END VIEW STEEL CASING :ELL OF PIPE CARRIER PIPE „ASING SPACERS STEEL CASING 10 FT. SPACING ON LESS THAN 48 IN DIA. 6 FT SPACING FOR PVC SIDE VIEW 1 IN MAX ON CARRIER PIPE SUPPORTED WITH CASING SPACERS NOTES 1. CASING SPACERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL W/POLYMER RUNNER. 2. STANDARD INSTALLATION - SPACER SHALL NOT BE PLACED MORE THAN 2 FT. FROM END OF CASING. 3. PVC INSTALLATION - SPACER SHALL BE PLACED ON THE SPIGOT ENO OF EACH SEGMENT 4, CASING DIAMETER AND THICKNESS TO BE NOTED ON ENGINEERING PLANS City of F`Ct Collins CITY OF FORT COLLINS I T= OF DPATIM UTILITIES - WATER FIELD OPERATIONS P.O. 90X 500. FORT COLLINS. CO. 60522 (9701 221-0700 STEEL CASING MIM MT[: 6/23/10 DETAIL DISTANCE FINAL LANDSCAPED CUT 4 INCH CROSS VARIES `I FT GRADE IN FACE OF CURB CURB, GUTTER AND CURB SIDEWALK BOX PAVEMENT _ • • . 1\ /AZI w z r z w W Q W 54 INCH MIN. p 56 INCH MAX. Z w CORPORATION STOP a 0 o: a 45' CURB STOP WATER MAIN GENERAL NOTES 1. Use direct top (as shown) for 3/4 inch and 1 inch services unless water main is PVC, in which case, use a tapping saddle. 2.ln5t0ll 1 1/2 inch and 2 inch services with topped tee and corporation stop at time of construction or use a tapping saddle. 3.1-ocote curb box and meter pit according to the approved utility drawings. 4. The City is responsible for maintaining the water main, corporation stop, and service piping up to and including the curb stop. The owner is responsible for service from the curb stop, including the outlet coupling to the building. 5.No couplings allowed between curb stop and meter setting. 6. Use type K copper for the service from the corporation stop to a minimum of 5 feet post the meter pit. 7. No landscaping (shrubs, boulders, etc.), retaining walls or fences allowed within 4 feet of the curb stop and meter pit, and no trees within 10 feet of curb and meter pit. 8. All residential water service shall be installed in the center of the lot unless otherwise approved by the Utility. 9. All water and sanitary sewer service shall have a minimum horizontal separation of ten feet. CITY OF FORT COLLINS UTILITIES rrns cr RATER FIELD OPERATIONS �7®706� P.O. BOX 500. roar COUJNB, Co. 00522 TYPICAL WATER SERVICE DETAIL (970) Pe1-5700 1 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-1 - 00510-2 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release (Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC -A GC -Al - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4 SPECIFICATIONS GEOTECHNICAL REPORT DUST PREVENTION MANUAL SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: March 2, 2016 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on March 24, 2016, for the Timberline & Prospect Intersection Improvement Project; BID NO. 8266. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 8266. The Work consists of widening Timberline Road, installing landscape medians, installing a pedestrian bridge, asphalt overlay of Timberline Road and Prospect Road, storm sewer installation, concrete curb and sidewalk, concrete kneewalls, and traffic control. The project limits are Timberline Road from Blackbird Drive to 500' south of Prospect; and Prospect Road from 500' east of Timberline to Riverside Road. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with the City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. The City encourages all disadvantaged business enterprises to submit bid in response to all invitations and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 2:00 PM, on March 11, 2016, in the Training Room (Conference Room 2E) at 215 N Mason Street, Fort Collins. Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at: • Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System: www.rockvmountainbidsystem.com Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision - making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited. City of Fort Collins Gerry Paul Purchasing Director SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. 3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the